ndo_xdp is a control path callback for setting up XDP in the
driver. We can reuse it for other forms of communication
between the eBPF stack and the drivers. Rename the callback
and associated structures and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when an application gets netnsid from the kernel (for example as
the result of RTM_GETLINK call on one end of the veth pair), it's not much
useful. There's no reliable way to get to the netns fd from the netnsid, nor
does any kernel API accept netnsid.
Extend the RTM_GETLINK call to also accept netnsid. It will operate on the
netns with the given netnsid in such case. Of course, the calling process
needs to have enough capabilities in the target name space; for now, require
CAP_NET_ADMIN. This can be relaxed in the future.
To signal to the calling process that the kernel understood the new
IFLA_IF_NETNSID attribute in the query, it will include it in the response.
This is needed to detect older kernels, as they will just ignore
IFLA_IF_NETNSID and query in the current name space.
This patch implemetns IFLA_IF_NETNSID only for get and dump. For set
operations, this can be extended later.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen accidentally used IN6_ADDR_HSIZE, instead of using the size of an
IPv6 address.
Since IN6_ADDR_HSIZE recently was increased from 16 to 256, this old
bug is hitting us.
Fixes: 3f27fb2321 ("ipv6: addrconf: add per netns perturbation in inet6_addr_hash()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When run ipvs in two different network namespace at the same host, and one
ipvs transport network traffic to the other network namespace ipvs.
'ipvs_property' flag will make the second ipvs take no effect. So we should
clear 'ipvs_property' when SKB network namespace changed.
Fixes: 621e84d6f3 ("dev: introduce skb_scrub_packet()")
Signed-off-by: Ye Yin <hustcat@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Zhou <chouryzhou@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_getsockopt bpf call sets the ret variable to zero and
never changes it. What's worse in case CONFIG_INET is
not selected the variable is completely unused generating
a warning.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent additions to support multiple programs in cgroups impose
a strict requirement, "all yes is yes, any no is no". To enforce
this the infrastructure requires the 'no' return code, SK_DROP in
this case, to be 0.
To apply these rules to SK_SKB program types the sk_actions return
codes need to be adjusted.
This fix adds SK_PASS and makes 'SK_DROP = 0'. Finally, remove
SK_ABORTED to remove any chance that the API may allow aborted
program flows to be passed up the stack. This would be incorrect
behavior and allow programs to break existing policies.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event process back
to rtnetlink_event so that bonding could use it instead of calling
rtmsg_ifinfo to send a notification to userspace after netdev lower
state is changed in the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New tracepoint trace_tcp_send_reset is added and called from
tcp_v4_send_reset(), tcp_v6_send_reset() and tcp_send_active_reset().
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in do_setlink.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for helper function bpf_getsockops to socket_ops BPF
programs. This patch only supports TCP_CONGESTION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Vysotsky <vlad@cs.ucla.edu>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9cab88726929605 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
restores the transceiver type to struct ethtool_link_settings and
convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings() but forgets to remove the
error check for the same in convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings().
This prevents older versions of ethtool to change link settings.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 3.16
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
Cannot set new settings: Invalid argument
not setting speed
not setting duplex
not setting autoneg
While newer versions of ethtool works.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 4.10
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
[ 57.703268] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Down
[ 59.618227] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 100Mbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Fixes: 19cab88726 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reported-by: Renjith R V <renjith.rv@quest-global.com>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller stumbled upon a way to trigger
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 13881 at net/core/sock_reuseport.c:41
reuseport_alloc+0x306/0x3b0 net/core/sock_reuseport.c:39
There are two initialization paths for the sock_reuseport structure in a
socket: Through the udp/tcp bind paths of SO_REUSEPORT sockets or through
SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF before bind. The existing implementation
assumedthat the socket lock protected both of these paths when it actually
only protects the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT path. Syzkaller triggered this
double allocation by running these paths concurrently.
This patch moves the check for double allocation into the reuseport_alloc
function which is protected by a global spin lock.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Fixes: c125e80b88 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection")
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller hits WARN_ON(sk->sk_wmem_queued) in sk_stream_kill_queues
after triggering an EFAULT in __zerocopy_sg_from_iter.
On this error, skb_zerocopy_stream_iter resets the skb to its state
before the operation with __pskb_trim. It cannot kfree_skb like
datagram callers, as the skb may have data from a previous send call.
__pskb_trim calls skb_condense for unowned skbs, which adjusts their
truesize. These tcp skbuffs are owned and their truesize must add up
to sk_wmem_queued. But they match because their skb->sk is NULL until
tcp_transmit_skb.
Temporarily set skb->sk when calling __pskb_trim to signal that the
skbuffs are owned and avoid the skb_condense path.
Fixes: 52267790ef ("sock: add MSG_ZEROCOPY")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb->mark field is a union with reserved_tailroom which is used
in the TCP code paths from stream memory allocation. Allowing SK_SKB
programs to set this field creates a conflict with future code
optimizations, such as "gifting" the skb to the egress path instead
of creating a new skb and doing a memcpy.
Because we do not have a released version of SK_SKB yet lets just
remove it for now. A more appropriate scratch pad to use at the
socket layer is dev_scratch, but lets add that in future kernels
when needed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-17
This series contains updates to i40e and ethtool.
Alan provides most of the changes in this series which are mainly fixes
and cleanups. Renamed the ethtool "cmd" variable to "ks", since the new
ethtool API passes us ksettings structs instead of command structs.
Cleaned up an ifdef that was not accomplishing anything. Added function
header comments to provide better documentation. Fixed two issues in
i40e_get_link_ksettings(), by calling
ethtool_link_ksettings_zero_link_mode() to ensure the advertising and
link masks are cleared before we start setting bits. Cleaned up and fixed
code comments which were incorrect. Separated the setting of autoneg in
i40e_phy_types_to_ethtool() into its own conditional to clarify what PHYs
support and advertise autoneg, and makes it easier to add new PHY types in
the future. Added ethtool functionality to intersect two link masks
together to find the common ground between them. Overhauled i40e to
ensure that the new ethtool API macros are being used, instead of the
old ones. Fixed the usage of unsigned 64-bit division which is not
supported on all architectures.
Sudheer adds support for 25G Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Active Copper
Cables (ACC) PHY types.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are now doing strict checking of what offloads
may access, make sure skb->len is on that list.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the fact that verifier ops are now separate from program
ops to define a separate set of callbacks for verification of
already translated programs.
Since we expect the analyzer ops to be defined only for
a small subset of all program types initialize their array
by hand (don't use linux/bpf_types.h).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct bpf_verifier_ops contains both verifier ops and operations
used later during program's lifetime (test_run). Split the runtime
ops into a different structure.
BPF_PROG_TYPE() will now append ## _prog_ops or ## _verifier_ops
to the names.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly for all users of sk_timer.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The core sk_timer initializer can provide the common .data assignment
instead of it being set separately in users.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes cpumap functional, by adding SKB allocation and
invoking the network stack on the dequeuing CPU.
For constructing the SKB on the remote CPU, the xdp_buff in converted
into a struct xdp_pkt, and it mapped into the top headroom of the
packet, to avoid allocating separate mem. For now, struct xdp_pkt is
just a cpumap internal data structure, with info carried between
enqueue to dequeue.
If a driver doesn't have enough headroom it is simply dropped, with
return code -EOVERFLOW. This will be picked up the xdp tracepoint
infrastructure, to allow users to catch this.
V2: take into account xdp->data_meta
V4:
- Drop busypoll tricks, keeping it more simple.
- Skip RPS and Generic-XDP-recursive-reinjection, suggested by Alexei
V5: correct RCU read protection around __netif_receive_skb_core.
V6: Setting TASK_RUNNING vs TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE based on talk with Rik van Riel
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch connects cpumap to the xdp_do_redirect_map infrastructure.
Still no SKB allocation are done yet. The XDP frames are transferred
to the other CPU, but they are simply refcnt decremented on the remote
CPU. This served as a good benchmark for measuring the overhead of
remote refcnt decrement. If driver page recycle cache is not
efficient then this, exposes a bottleneck in the page allocator.
A shout-out to MST's ptr_ring, which is the secret behind is being so
efficient to transfer memory pointers between CPUs, without constantly
bouncing cache-lines between CPUs.
V3: Handle !CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL pointed out by kbuild test robot.
V4: Make Generic-XDP aware of cpumap type, but don't allow redirect yet,
as implementation require a separate upstream discussion.
V5:
- Fix a maybe-uninitialized pointed out by kbuild test robot.
- Restrict bpf-prog side access to cpumap, open when use-cases appear
- Implement cpu_map_enqueue() as a more simple void pointer enqueue
V6:
- Allow cpumap type for usage in helper bpf_redirect_map,
general bpf-prog side restriction moved to earlier patch.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function provides a way to intersect two link masks together to
find the common ground between them. For example in i40e, the driver
first generates link masks for what is supported by the PHY type. The
driver then gets the link masks for what the NVM supports. The
resulting intersection between them yields what can truly be supported.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 32302902ff ("mqprio: Reserve last 32 classid values for HW
traffic classes and misc IDs") sch_mqprio started using netdev_txq_to_tc
to find the correct tc instead of dev->tc_to_txq[]
However, when mqprio is compiled as a module, it cannot resolve the
symbol, leading to this error:
ERROR: "netdev_txq_to_tc" [net/sched/sch_mqprio.ko] undefined!
This adds an EXPORT_SYMBOL() since the other user in the kernel
(netif_set_xps_queue) is also EXPORT_SYMBOL() (and not _GPL) or in a
sysfs-callback.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Henrik Austad <haustad@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl af_ops currently rely on rtnl mutex: unregister (called from module
exit functions) takes the rtnl mutex and all users that do af_ops lookup
also take the rtnl mutex. IOW, parallel rmmod will block until doit()
callback is done.
As none of the af_ops implementation sleep we can use rcu instead.
doit functions that need the af_ops can now use rcu instead of the
rtnl mutex provided the mutex isn't needed for other reasons.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
next patch will rcu-ify rtnl af_ops, i.e. allow af_ops
lookup and function calls with rcu read lock held instead
of rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing dev tx_queue_len via netlink or net-sysfs,
a NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event notification will be
called.
But dev_ioctl missed this event notification, which could
cause no userspace notification would be sent.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_netdevice() could fail early when we have an invalid
dev name, in which case ->ndo_uninit() is not called. For tun
device, this is a problem because a timer etc. are already
initialized and it expects ->ndo_uninit() to clean them up.
We could move these initializations into a ->ndo_init() so
that register_netdevice() knows better, however this is still
complicated due to the logic in tun_detach().
Therefore, I choose to just call dev_get_valid_name() before
register_netdevice(), which is quicker and much easier to audit.
And for this specific case, it is already enough.
Fixes: 96442e4242 ("tuntap: choose the txq based on rxq")
Reported-by: Dmitry Alexeev <avekceeb@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IFLA_IFALIAS is defined as NLA_STRING. It means that the minimal length of
the attribute is 1 ("\0"). However, to remove an alias, the attribute
length must be 0 (see dev_set_alias()).
Let's define the type to NLA_BINARY to allow 0-length string, so that the
alias can be removed.
Example:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias foo
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
alias foo
Before the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
After the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
CC: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Fixes: 96ca4a2cc1 ("net: remove ifalias on empty given alias")
Reported-by: Julien FLoret <julien.floret@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event process in rtnetlink_event would
send a notification for userspace and tx_queue_len's setting in
do_setlink would trigger NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN.
So it shouldn't set DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY status for this change to
send a notification any more.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check 'status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY' in do_setlink doesn't really
work after status & DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED, as:
DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED 0x1
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY 0x3
Considering that notifications are suppposed to be sent only when
status have the flag DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY, the right check would be:
(status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY) == DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
This would avoid lots of duplicated notifications when setting some
properties of a link.
Fixes: ba9989069f ("rtnl/do_setlink(): notify when a netdev is modified")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
libteam needs this event notification in userspace when dev's master
dev has been changed. After this, the redundant notifications issue
would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: b6b36eb23a ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I said in patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back
in rtnetlink_event', removing NETDEV_POST_TYPE_CHANGE event was not the
right fix for the redundant notifications issue.
So bring this event process back to rtnetlink_event and the old redundant
notifications issue would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: aef091ae58 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for POST_TYPE_CHANGE event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same fix for changing mtu in the patch 'rtnetlink: bring
NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back in rtnetlink_event' is
needed for changing tx_queue_len.
Note that the redundant notifications issue for tx_queue_len
will be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: do not send
notification for tx_queue_len in do_setlink'.
Fixes: 27b3b551d8 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU
events") tried to fix the redundant notifications issue when ip link
set mtu by removing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process in rtnetlink_event.
But it also resulted in no notification generated when dev's mtu is
changed via other methods, like:
'ifconfig eth1 mtu 1400' or 'echo 1400 > /sys/class/net/eth1/mtu'
It would cause users not to be notified by this change.
This patch is to fix it by bringing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event back into
rtnetlink_event, and the redundant notifications issue will be fixed
in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in
do_setlink'.
Fixes: 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU events")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need a real-time notification for tcp retransmission
for monitoring.
Of course we could use ftrace to dynamically instrument this
kernel function too, however we can't retrieve the connection
information at the same time, for example perf-tools [1] reads
/proc/net/tcp for socket details, which is slow when we have
a lots of connections.
Therefore, this patch adds a tracepoint for __tcp_retransmit_skb()
and exposes src/dst IP addresses and ports of the connection.
This also makes it easier to integrate into perf.
Note, I expose both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses at the same time:
for a IPv4 socket, v4 mapped address is used as IPv6 addresses,
for a IPv6 socket, LOOPBACK4_IPV6 is already filled by kernel.
Also, add sk and skb pointers as they are useful for BPF.
1. https://github.com/brendangregg/perf-tools/blob/master/net/tcpretrans
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Brendan Gregg <brendan.d.gregg@gmail.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Brendan Gregg <bgregg@netflix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If for some reason, the newly allocated child need to be freed,
we will call cgroup_put() (via sk_free_unlock_clone()) while the
corresponding cgroup_get() was not yet done, and we will free memory
too soon.
Fixes: d979a39d72 ("cgroup: duplicate cgroup reference when cloning sockets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit fbb1fb4ad4.
This was not the proper fix, lets cleanly revert it, so that
following patch can be carried to stable versions.
sock_cgroup_ptr() callers do not expect a NULL return value.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_DST_CACHE is not selected cpu variable
will be unused and we will see a compilation warning.
Move it under the ifdef.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: d66f2b91f9 ("bpf: don't rely on the verifier lock for metadata_dst allocation")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now piggyback error strings to userspace via extended acks
rather than using printk.
Before:
bridge fdb add 01:02:03:04:05:06 dev br0 vlan 4095
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
After:
bridge fdb add 01:02:03:04:05:06 dev br0 vlan 4095
Error: invalid vlan id.
v3: drop 'RTM_' prefixes, suggested by David Ahern, they
are not useful, the add/del in bridge command line is enough.
Also reword error in response to malformed/bad vlan id attribute
size.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix BUG() calls to use BUG_ON(conditional) macros.
This was found using make coccicheck M=net/core on linux next
tag next-2017092
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_clone_lock() might run while TCP/DCCP listener already vanished.
In order to prevent use after free, it is better to defer cgroup_sk_alloc()
to the point we know both parent and child exist, and from process context.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling mem_cgroup_sk_alloc() from BH context,
it is better to call it from inet_csk_accept() in process context.
Not only this removes code in mem_cgroup_sk_alloc(), but it also
fixes a bug since listener might have been dismantled and css_get()
might cause a use-after-free.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack arg to netdev_upper_dev_link and netdev_master_upper_dev_link
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink_ext_ack to netdev_notifier_info to allow notifier
handlers to return errors to userspace.
Clean up the initialization in dev.c such that extack is easily
added in subsequent patches where relevant. Specifically, remove
the init call in call_netdevice_notifiers_info and have callers
initalize on stack when info is declared.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x-netns interfaces are bound to two netns: the link netns and the upper
netns. Usually, this kind of interfaces is created in the link netns and
then moved to the upper netns. At the end, the interface is visible only
in the upper netns. The link nsid is advertised via netlink in the upper
netns, thus the user always knows where is the link part.
There is no such mechanism in the link netns. When the interface is moved
to another netns, the user cannot "follow" it.
This patch adds a new netlink attribute which helps to follow an interface
which moves to another netns. When the interface is unregistered, the new
nsid is advertised. If the interface is a x-netns interface (ie
rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net is defined), the nsid is allocated if needed.
CC: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compiler does not really know that skb_shinfo(to|from) are constants
in skb_try_coalesce(), lets cache their values to shrink code.
We might even take care of skb_zcopy() calls later.
$ size net/core/skbuff.o.before net/core/skbuff.o
text data bss dec hex filename
40727 1298 0 42025 a429 net/core/skbuff.o.before
40631 1298 0 41929 a3c9 net/core/skbuff.o
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/dev.c:1306: warning: No description found for parameter 'name'
net/core/dev.c:1306: warning: Excess function parameter 'alias' description in 'dev_get_alias'
Fixes: 6c5570016b ("net: core: decouple ifalias get/set from rtnl lock")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device alias can be set by either rtnetlink (rtnl is held) or sysfs.
rtnetlink hold the rtnl mutex, sysfs acquires it for this purpose.
Add an extra mutex for it and use rcu to protect concurrent accesses.
This allows the sysfs path to not take rtnl and would later allow
to not hold it when dumping ifalias.
Based on suggestion from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RTM_GETSTATS was added the fields of its header struct were not all
initialized when returning the result thus leaking 4 bytes of information
to user-space per rtnl_fill_statsinfo call, so initialize them now. Thanks
to Alexander Potapenko for the detailed report and bisection.
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Fixes: 10c9ead9f3 ("rtnetlink: add new RTM_GETSTATS message to dump link stats")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting from linux-4.4, 3WHS no longer takes the listener lock.
Since this time, we might hit a use-after-free in sk_filter_charge(),
if the filter we got in the memcpy() of the listener content
just happened to be replaced by a thread changing listener BPF filter.
To fix this, we need to make sure the filter refcount is not already
zero before incrementing it again.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info from the flower classifier to the flow
dissector where all other dissection occurs. This should not have any
behavioural affect on other users of the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_prot and sk->sk_prot_creator can differ when the app uses
IPV6_ADDRFORM (transforming an IPv6-socket to an IPv4-one).
Which is why sk_prot_creator is there to make sure that sk_prot_free()
does the kmem_cache_free() on the right kmem_cache slab.
Now, if such a socket gets transformed back to a listening socket (using
connect() with AF_UNSPEC) we will allocate an IPv4 tcp_sock through
sk_clone_lock() when a new connection comes in. But sk_prot_creator will
still point to the IPv6 kmem_cache (as everything got copied in
sk_clone_lock()). When freeing, we will thus put this
memory back into the IPv6 kmem_cache although it was allocated in the
IPv4 cache. I have seen memory corruption happening because of this.
With slub-debugging and MEMCG_KMEM enabled this gives the warning
"cache_from_obj: Wrong slab cache. TCPv6 but object is from TCP"
A C-program to trigger this:
void main(void)
{
int fd = socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
int new_fd, newest_fd, client_fd;
struct sockaddr_in6 bind_addr;
struct sockaddr_in bind_addr4, client_addr1, client_addr2;
struct sockaddr unsp;
int val;
memset(&bind_addr, 0, sizeof(bind_addr));
bind_addr.sin6_family = AF_INET6;
bind_addr.sin6_port = ntohs(42424);
memset(&client_addr1, 0, sizeof(client_addr1));
client_addr1.sin_family = AF_INET;
client_addr1.sin_port = ntohs(42424);
client_addr1.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr("127.0.0.1");
memset(&client_addr2, 0, sizeof(client_addr2));
client_addr2.sin_family = AF_INET;
client_addr2.sin_port = ntohs(42421);
client_addr2.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr("127.0.0.1");
memset(&unsp, 0, sizeof(unsp));
unsp.sa_family = AF_UNSPEC;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&bind_addr, sizeof(bind_addr));
listen(fd, 5);
client_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
connect(client_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&client_addr1, sizeof(client_addr1));
new_fd = accept(fd, NULL, NULL);
close(fd);
val = AF_INET;
setsockopt(new_fd, SOL_IPV6, IPV6_ADDRFORM, &val, sizeof(val));
connect(new_fd, &unsp, sizeof(unsp));
memset(&bind_addr4, 0, sizeof(bind_addr4));
bind_addr4.sin_family = AF_INET;
bind_addr4.sin_port = ntohs(42421);
bind(new_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&bind_addr4, sizeof(bind_addr4));
listen(new_fd, 5);
client_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
connect(client_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&client_addr2, sizeof(client_addr2));
newest_fd = accept(new_fd, NULL, NULL);
close(new_fd);
close(client_fd);
close(new_fd);
}
As far as I can see, this bug has been there since the beginning of the
git-days.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
it can be switched to rcu.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
similar to earlier patches, split out more parts of this function to
better see what is happening and where we assume rtnl is locked.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fill_ifinfo currently requires caller to hold the rtnl mutex.
Unfortunately the function is quite large which makes it harder to see
which spots require the lock, which spots assume it and which ones could
do without.
Add helpers to factor out the ifindex dumping, one can use rcu to avoid
rtnl dependency.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just do the rename into bpf_compute_data_pointers() as we'll add
one more pointer here to recompute.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR() already implies unlikely(), so it can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key length can't be negative.
Leave comparisons against nla_len() signed just in case truncated attribute
can sneak in there.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 0/-7 (-7)
function old new delta
pneigh_delete 273 272 -1
mlx5e_rep_netevent_event 1415 1414 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv6 1194 1193 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv4 1071 1070 -1
cxgb4_l2t_get 1104 1103 -1
__pneigh_lookup 69 68 -1
__neigh_create 2452 2451 -1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As measured in my prior patch ("sch_netem: faster rb tree removal"),
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() is nice looking but much slower
than using rb_next() directly, except when tree is small enough
to fit in CPU caches (then the cost is the same)
Also note that there is not even an increase of text size :
$ size net/core/skbuff.o.before net/core/skbuff.o
text data bss dec hex filename
40711 1298 0 42009 a419 net/core/skbuff.o.before
40711 1298 0 42009 a419 net/core/skbuff.o
From: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Private part of allocation is never big enough to warrant size_t.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-10 (-10)
function old new delta
alloc_netdev_mqs 1120 1110 -10
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zerocopy skbs frags are copied when the skb is looped to a local sock.
Commit 1080e512d4 ("net: orphan frags on receive") introduced calls
to skb_orphan_frags to deliver_skb and __netif_receive_skb for this.
With msg_zerocopy, these skbs can also exist in the tx path and thus
loop from dev_queue_xmit_nit. This already calls deliver_skb in its
loop. But it does not orphan before a separate pt_prev->func().
Add the missing skb_orphan_frags_rx.
Changes
v1->v2: handle skb_orphan_frags_rx failure
Fixes: 1f8b977ab3 ("sock: enable MSG_ZEROCOPY")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
deprecated the ethtool_cmd::transceiver field, which was fine in
premise, except that the PHY library was actually using it to report the
type of transceiver: internal or external.
Use the first word of the reserved field to put this __u8 transceiver
field back in. It is made read-only, and we don't expect the
ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API to be doing anything with this anyway, so this
is mostly for the legacy path where we do:
ethtool_get_settings()
-> dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings()
-> convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings()
to have no information loss compared to the legacy get_settings API.
Fixes: 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since XDP's view of the packet includes the MAC header, moving the start-
of-packet with bpf_xdp_adjust_head needs to also update the offset of the
MAC header (which is relative to skb->head, not to the skb->data that was
changed).
Without this, tcpdump sees packets starting from the old MAC header rather
than the new one, at least in my tests on the loopback device.
Fixes: b5cdae3291 ("net: Generic XDP")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 109980b894 ("bpf: don't select potentially stale
ri->map from buggy xdp progs") passed the pointer to the prog
itself to be loaded into r4 prior on bpf_redirect_map() helper
call, so that we can store the owner into ri->map_owner out of
the helper.
Issue with that is that the actual address of the prog is still
subject to change when subsequent rewrites occur that require
slow path in bpf_prog_realloc() to alloc more memory, e.g. from
patching inlining helper functions or constant blinding. Thus,
we really need to take prog->aux as the address we're holding,
which also works with prog clones as they share the same aux
object.
Instead of then fetching aux->prog during runtime, which could
potentially incur cache misses due to false sharing, we are
going to just use aux for comparison on the map owner. This
will also keep the patchlet of the same size, and later check
in xdp_map_invalid() only accesses read-only aux pointer from
the prog, it's also in the same cacheline already from prior
access when calling bpf_func.
Fixes: 109980b894 ("bpf: don't select potentially stale ri->map from buggy xdp progs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Denys reported wrong rate estimations with HTB classes.
It appears the bug was added in linux-4.10, since my tests
where using intervals of one second only.
HTB using 4 sec default rate estimators, reported rates
were 4x higher.
We need to properly scale the bytes/packets samples before
integrating them in EWMA.
Tested:
echo 1 >/sys/module/sch_htb/parameters/htb_rate_est
Setup HTB with one class with a rate/cail of 5Gbit
Generate traffic on this class
tc -s -d cl sh dev eth0 classid 7002:11
class htb 7002:11 parent 7002:1 prio 5 quantum 200000 rate 5Gbit ceil
5Gbit linklayer ethernet burst 80000b/1 mpu 0b cburst 80000b/1 mpu 0b
level 0 rate_handle 1
Sent 1488215421648 bytes 982969243 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0
requeues 0)
rate 5Gbit 412814pps backlog 136260b 2p requeues 0
TCP pkts/rtx 982969327/45 bytes 1488215557414/68130
lended: 22732826 borrowed: 0 giants: 0
tokens: -1684 ctokens: -1684
Fixes: 1c0d32fde5 ("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <nuclearcat@nuclearcat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using bpf_redirect_map is allowed for generic XDP programs, but the
appropriate map lookup was never performed in xdp_do_generic_redirect().
Instead the map-index is directly used as the ifindex. For the
xdp_redirect_map sample in SKB-mode '-S', this resulted in trying
sending on ifindex 0 which isn't valid, resulting in getting SKB
packets dropped. Thus, the reported performance numbers are wrong in
commit 24251c2647 ("samples/bpf: add option for native and skb mode
for redirect apps") for the 'xdp_redirect_map -S' case.
Before commit 109980b894 ("bpf: don't select potentially stale
ri->map from buggy xdp progs") it could crash the kernel. Like this
commit also check that the map_owner owner is correct before
dereferencing the map pointer. But make sure that this API misusage
can be caught by a tracepoint. Thus, allowing userspace via
tracepoints to detect misbehaving bpf_progs.
Fixes: 6103aa96ec ("net: implement XDP_REDIRECT for xdp generic")
Fixes: 24251c2647 ("samples/bpf: add option for native and skb mode for redirect apps")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"The iwlwifi firmware compat fix is in here as well as some other
stuff:
1) Fix request socket leak introduced by BPF deadlock fix, from Eric
Dumazet.
2) Fix VLAN handling with TXQs in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
3) Missing __qdisc_drop conversions in prio and qfq schedulers, from
Gao Feng.
4) Use after free in netlink nlk groups handling, from Xin Long.
5) Handle MTU update properly in ipv6 gre tunnels, from Xin Long.
6) Fix leak of ipv6 fib tables on netns teardown, from Sabrina Dubroca
with follow-on fix from Eric Dumazet.
7) Need RCU and preemption disabled during generic XDP data patch,
from John Fastabend"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (54 commits)
bpf: make error reporting in bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action more clear
Revert "mdio_bus: Remove unneeded gpiod NULL check"
bpf: devmap, use cond_resched instead of cpu_relax
bpf: add support for sockmap detach programs
net: rcu lock and preempt disable missing around generic xdp
bpf: don't select potentially stale ri->map from buggy xdp progs
net: tulip: Constify tulip_tbl
net: ethernet: ti: netcp_core: no need in netif_napi_del
davicom: Display proper debug level up to 6
net: phy: sfp: rename dt properties to match the binding
dt-binding: net: sfp binding documentation
dt-bindings: add SFF vendor prefix
dt-bindings: net: don't confuse with generic PHY property
ip6_tunnel: fix setting hop_limit value for ipv6 tunnel
ip_tunnel: fix setting ttl and tos value in collect_md mode
ipv6: fix typo in fib6_net_exit()
tcp: fix a request socket leak
sctp: fix missing wake ups in some situations
netfilter: xt_hashlimit: fix build error caused by 64bit division
netfilter: xt_hashlimit: alloc hashtable with right size
...
Differ between illegal XDP action code and just driver
unsupported one to provide better feedback when we throw
a one-time warning here. Reason is that with 814abfabef
("xdp: add bpf_redirect helper function") not all drivers
support the new XDP return code yet and thus they will
fall into their 'default' case when checking for return
codes after program return, which then triggers a
bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_action() stating that the return
code is illegal, but from XDP perspective it's not.
I decided not to place something like a XDP_ACT_MAX define
into uapi i) given we don't have this either for all other
program types, ii) future action codes could have further
encoding there, which would render such define unsuitable
and we wouldn't be able to rip it out again, and iii) we
rarely add new action codes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
do_xdp_generic must be called inside rcu critical section with preempt
disabled to ensure BPF programs are valid and per-cpu variables used
for redirect operations are consistent. This patch ensures this is true
and fixes the splat below.
The netif_receive_skb_internal() code path is now broken into two rcu
critical sections. I decided it was better to limit the preempt_enable/disable
block to just the xdp static key portion and the fallout is more
rcu_read_lock/unlock calls. Seems like the best option to me.
[ 607.596901] =============================
[ 607.596906] WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
[ 607.596912] 4.13.0-rc4+ #570 Not tainted
[ 607.596917] -----------------------------
[ 607.596923] net/core/dev.c:3948 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
[ 607.596927]
[ 607.596927] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 607.596927]
[ 607.596933]
[ 607.596933] rcu_scheduler_active = 2, debug_locks = 1
[ 607.596938] 2 locks held by pool/14624:
[ 607.596943] #0: (rcu_read_lock_bh){......}, at: [<ffffffff95445ffd>] ip_finish_output2+0x14d/0x890
[ 607.596973] #1: (rcu_read_lock_bh){......}, at: [<ffffffff953c8e3a>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x14a/0xfd0
[ 607.597000]
[ 607.597000] stack backtrace:
[ 607.597006] CPU: 5 PID: 14624 Comm: pool Not tainted 4.13.0-rc4+ #570
[ 607.597011] Hardware name: Dell Inc. Precision Tower 5810/0HHV7N, BIOS A17 03/01/2017
[ 607.597016] Call Trace:
[ 607.597027] dump_stack+0x67/0x92
[ 607.597040] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xdd/0x110
[ 607.597054] do_xdp_generic+0x313/0xa50
[ 607.597068] ? time_hardirqs_on+0x5b/0x150
[ 607.597076] ? mark_held_locks+0x6b/0xc0
[ 607.597088] ? netdev_pick_tx+0x150/0x150
[ 607.597117] netif_rx_internal+0x205/0x3f0
[ 607.597127] ? do_xdp_generic+0xa50/0xa50
[ 607.597144] ? lock_downgrade+0x2b0/0x2b0
[ 607.597158] ? __lock_is_held+0x93/0x100
[ 607.597187] netif_rx+0x119/0x190
[ 607.597202] loopback_xmit+0xfd/0x1b0
[ 607.597214] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x127/0x4e0
Fixes: d445516966 ("net: xdp: support xdp generic on virtual devices")
Fixes: b5cdae3291 ("net: Generic XDP")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can potentially run into a couple of issues with the XDP
bpf_redirect_map() helper. The ri->map in the per CPU storage
can become stale in several ways, mostly due to misuse, where
we can then trigger a use after free on the map:
i) prog A is calling bpf_redirect_map(), returning XDP_REDIRECT
and running on a driver not supporting XDP_REDIRECT yet. The
ri->map on that CPU becomes stale when the XDP program is unloaded
on the driver, and a prog B loaded on a different driver which
supports XDP_REDIRECT return code. prog B would have to omit
calling to bpf_redirect_map() and just return XDP_REDIRECT, which
would then access the freed map in xdp_do_redirect() since not
cleared for that CPU.
ii) prog A is calling bpf_redirect_map(), returning a code other
than XDP_REDIRECT. prog A is then detached, which triggers release
of the map. prog B is attached which, similarly as in i), would
just return XDP_REDIRECT without having called bpf_redirect_map()
and thus be accessing the freed map in xdp_do_redirect() since
not cleared for that CPU.
iii) prog A is attached to generic XDP, calling the bpf_redirect_map()
helper and returning XDP_REDIRECT. xdp_do_generic_redirect() is
currently not handling ri->map (will be fixed by Jesper), so it's
not being reset. Later loading a e.g. native prog B which would,
say, call bpf_xdp_redirect() and then returns XDP_REDIRECT would
find in xdp_do_redirect() that a map was set and uses that causing
use after free on map access.
Fix thus needs to avoid accessing stale ri->map pointers, naive
way would be to call a BPF function from drivers that just resets
it to NULL for all XDP return codes but XDP_REDIRECT and including
XDP_REDIRECT for drivers not supporting it yet (and let ri->map
being handled in xdp_do_generic_redirect()). There is a less
intrusive way w/o letting drivers call a reset for each BPF run.
The verifier knows we're calling into bpf_xdp_redirect_map()
helper, so it can do a small insn rewrite transparent to the prog
itself in the sense that it fills R4 with a pointer to the own
bpf_prog. We have that pointer at verification time anyway and
R4 is allowed to be used as per calling convention we scratch
R0 to R5 anyway, so they become inaccessible and program cannot
read them prior to a write. Then, the helper would store the prog
pointer in the current CPUs struct redirect_info. Later in
xdp_do_*_redirect() we check whether the redirect_info's prog
pointer is the same as passed xdp_prog pointer, and if that's
the case then all good, since the prog holds a ref on the map
anyway, so it is always valid at that point in time and must
have a reference count of at least 1. If in the unlikely case
they are not equal, it means we got a stale pointer, so we clear
and bail out right there. Also do reset map and the owning prog
in bpf_xdp_redirect(), so that bpf_xdp_redirect_map() and
bpf_xdp_redirect() won't get mixed up, only the last call should
take precedence. A tc bpf_redirect() doesn't use map anywhere
yet, so no need to clear it there since never accessed in that
layer.
Note that in case the prog is released, and thus the map as
well we're still under RCU read critical section at that time
and have preemption disabled as well. Once we commit with the
__dev_map_insert_ctx() from xdp_do_redirect_map() and set the
map to ri->map_to_flush, we still wait for a xdp_do_flush_map()
to finish in devmap dismantle time once flush_needed bit is set,
so that is fine.
Fixes: 97f91a7cf0 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect_map helper routine")
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve skb->dst if required
for IP options processing") we clear the skb head state as soon
as the skb carrying them is first processed.
Since the same skb can be processed several times when MSG_PEEK
is used, we can end up lacking the required head states, and
eventually oopsing.
Fix this clearing the skb head state only when processing the
last skb reference.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve skb->dst if required for IP options processing")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"Several notable changes this cycle:
- Thread mode was merged. This will be used for cgroup2 support for
CPU and possibly other controllers. Unfortunately, CPU controller
cgroup2 support didn't make this pull request but most contentions
have been resolved and the support is likely to be merged before
the next merge window.
- cgroup.stat now shows the number of descendant cgroups.
- cpuset now can enable the easier-to-configure v2 behavior on v1
hierarchy"
* 'for-4.14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (21 commits)
cpuset: Allow v2 behavior in v1 cgroup
cgroup: Add mount flag to enable cpuset to use v2 behavior in v1 cgroup
cgroup: remove unneeded checks
cgroup: misc changes
cgroup: short-circuit cset_cgroup_from_root() on the default hierarchy
cgroup: re-use the parent pointer in cgroup_destroy_locked()
cgroup: add cgroup.stat interface with basic hierarchy stats
cgroup: implement hierarchy limits
cgroup: keep track of number of descent cgroups
cgroup: add comment to cgroup_enable_threaded()
cgroup: remove unnecessary empty check when enabling threaded mode
cgroup: update debug controller to print out thread mode information
cgroup: implement cgroup v2 thread support
cgroup: implement CSS_TASK_ITER_THREADED
cgroup: introduce cgroup->dom_cgrp and threaded css_set handling
cgroup: add @flags to css_task_iter_start() and implement CSS_TASK_ITER_PROCS
cgroup: reorganize cgroup.procs / task write path
cgroup: replace css_set walking populated test with testing cgrp->nr_populated_csets
cgroup: distinguish local and children populated states
cgroup: remove now unused list_head @pending in cgroup_apply_cftypes()
...
In flow dissector there are no limits to the number of nested
encapsulations or headers that might be dissected which makes for a
nice DOS attack. This patch sets a limit of the number of headers
that flow dissector will parse.
Headers includes network layer headers, transport layer headers, shim
headers for encapsulation, IPv6 extension headers, etc. The limit for
maximum number of headers to parse has be set to fifteen to account for
a reasonable number of encapsulations, extension headers, VLAN,
in a packet. Note that this limit does not supercede the STOP_AT_*
flags which may stop processing before the headers limit is reached.
Reported-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_flow_dissect is riddled with gotos that make discerning the flow,
debugging, and extending the capability difficult. This patch
reorganizes things so that we only perform goto's after the two main
switch statements (no gotos within the cases now). It also eliminates
several goto labels so that there are only two labels that can be target
for goto.
Reported-by: Alexander Popov <alex.popov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a listener registers to the FIB notification chain it receives a
dump of the FIB entries and rules from existing address families by
invoking their dump operations.
While we call into these modules we need to make sure they aren't
removed. Do that by increasing their reference count before invoking
their dump operations and decrease it afterwards.
Fixes: 04b1d4e50e ("net: core: Make the FIB notification chain generic")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
v2: added the change in drivers/vhost/net.c as spotted
by Willem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to convert this atomic_t refcnt to refcount_t,
we need to init the refcount to one to not trigger
a 0 -> 1 transition.
This also removes one atomic operation in fast path.
v2: removed dead code in sock_zerocopy_put_abort()
as suggested by Willem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sock_filter_is_valid_access consistent with other is_valid_access
helpers.
Requested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlxsw driver relies on NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER events to configure the
device in case a port is enslaved to a master netdev such as bridge or
bond.
Since the driver ignores events unrelated to its ports and their
uppers, it's possible to engineer situations in which the device's data
path differs from the kernel's.
One example to such a situation is when a port is enslaved to a bond
that is already enslaved to a bridge. When the bond was enslaved the
driver ignored the event - as the bond wasn't one of its uppers - and
therefore a bridge port instance isn't created in the device.
Until such configurations are supported forbid them by checking that the
upper device doesn't have uppers of its own.
Fixes: 0d65fc1304 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Implement LAG port join/leave")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow BPF programs run on sock create to use the get_current_uid_gid
helper. IPv4 and IPv6 sockets are created in a process context so
there is always a valid uid/gid
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add socket mark and priority to fields that can be set by
ebpf program when a socket is created.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header
is global and can be reused by many drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends bridge fdb table tracepoints to also cover
learned fdb entries in the br_fdb_update path. Note that
unlike other tracepoints I have moved this to when the fdb
is modified because this is in the datapath and can generate
a lot of noise in the trace output. br_fdb_update is also called
from added_by_user context in the NTF_USE case which is already
traced ..hence the !added_by_user check.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 name uses "destination ip" as does the IPv6 patch set.
Make the mac field consistent.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian reported UDP xmit drops that could be root caused to the
too small neigh limit.
Current limit is 64 KB, meaning that even a single UDP socket would hit
it, since its default sk_sndbuf comes from net.core.wmem_default
(~212992 bytes on 64bit arches).
Once ARP/ND resolution is in progress, we should allow a little more
packets to be queued, at least for one producer.
Once neigh arp_queue is filled, a rogue socket should hit its sk_sndbuf
limit and either block in sendmsg() or return -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few useful tracepoints to trace bridge forwarding
database updates.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating as specific xdp_redirect_map variant of the xdp tracepoints
allow users to write simpler/faster BPF progs that get attached to
these tracepoints.
Goal is to still keep the tracepoints in xdp_redirect and xdp_redirect_map
similar enough, that a tool can read the top part of the TP_STRUCT and
produce similar monitor statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a need to separate the xdp_redirect tracepoint into two
tracepoints, for separating the error case from the normal forward
case.
Due to the extreme speeds XDP is operating at, loading a tracepoint
have a measurable impact. Single core XDP REDIRECT (ethtool tuned
rx-usecs 25) can do 13.7 Mpps forwarding, but loading a simple
bpf_prog at the tracepoint (with a return 0) reduce perf to 10.2 Mpps
(CPU E5-1650 v4 @ 3.60GHz, driver: ixgbe)
The overhead of loading a bpf-based tracepoint can be calculated to
cost 25 nanosec ((1/13782002-1/10267937)*10^9 = -24.83 ns).
Using perf record on the tracepoint event, with a non-matching --filter
expression, the overhead is much larger. Performance drops to 8.3 Mpps,
cost 48 nanosec ((1/13782002-1/8312497)*10^9 = -47.74))
Having a separate tracepoint for err cases, which should be less
frequent, allow running a continuous monitor for errors while not
affecting the redirect forward performance (this have also been
verified by measurements).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make sense of the map index, the tracepoint user also need to know
that map we are talking about. Supply the map pointer but only expose
the map->id.
The 'to_index' is renamed 'to_ifindex'. In the xdp_redirect_map case,
this is the result of the devmap lookup. The map lookup key is exposed
as map_index, which is needed to troubleshoot in case the lookup failed.
The 'to_ifindex' is placed after 'err' to keep TP_STRUCT as common as
possible.
This also keeps the TP_STRUCT similar enough, that userspace can write
a monitor program, that doesn't need to care about whether
bpf_redirect or bpf_redirect_map were used.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supplying the action argument XDP_REDIRECT to the tracepoint xdp_redirect
is redundant as it is only called in-case this action was specified.
Remove the argument, but keep "act" member of the tracepoint struct and
populate it with XDP_REDIRECT. This makes it easier to write a common bpf_prog
processing events.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Noticed that busy_poll_stop() also invoke the drivers napi->poll()
function pointer, but didn't have an associated call to trace_napi_poll()
like all other call sites.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few bugs around refcnt handling in the new BPF congestion
control setsockopt:
- The new ca is assigned to icsk->icsk_ca_ops even in the case where we
cannot get a reference on it. This would lead to a use after free,
since that ca is going away soon.
- Changing the congestion control case doesn't release the refcnt on
the previous ca.
- In the reinit case, we first leak a reference on the old ca, then we
call tcp_reinit_congestion_control on the ca that we have just
assigned, leading to deinitializing the wrong ca (->release of the
new ca on the old ca's data) and releasing the refcount on the ca
that we actually want to use.
This is visible by building (for example) BIC as a module and setting
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=bic, and using tcp_cong_kern.c from
samples/bpf.
This patch fixes the refcount issues, and moves reinit back into tcp
core to avoid passing a ca pointer back to BPF.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug causing any sock operations to always return EINVAL.
Fixes: a5192c5237 ("bpf: fix to bpf_setsockops").
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is too much overhead in the current trace_xdp_redirect
tracepoint as it does strcpy and strlen on the net_device names.
Besides, exposing the ifindex/index is actually the information that
is needed in the tracepoint to diagnose issues. When a lookup fails
(either ifindex or devmap index) then there is a need for saying which
to_index that have issues.
V2: Adjust args to be aligned with trace_xdp_exception.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the xdp_do_generic_redirect() call fails, it trigger the
trace_xdp_exception tracepoint. It seems better to use the same
tracepoint trace_xdp_redirect, as the native xdp_do_redirect{,_map} does.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given there is a tracepoint that can track the error code
of xdp_do_redirect calls, the WARN_ONCE in bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_redirect
doesn't seem relevant any longer. Simply remove the function.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is
moved inside devlink.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration
time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in
dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed
to be obtained dynamically via an op.
This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is necessary to allow the user to disable peeking with
offset once it's enabled.
Unix sockets already allow the above, with this patch we
permit it for udp[6] sockets, too.
Fixes: 627d2d6b55 ("udp: enable MSG_PEEK at non-zero offset")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename skb_pad() into __skb_pad() and make it take a third argument:
free_on_error which controls whether kfree_skb() should be called or
not, skb_pad() directly makes use of it and passes true to preserve its
existing behavior. Do exactly the same thing with __skb_put_padto() and
skb_put_padto().
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Few cleanups including: bpf_redirect_map() is really XDP only due to
the return code. Move it to a more appropriate location where we do
the XDP redirect handling and change it's name into bpf_xdp_redirect_map()
to make it consistent to the bpf_xdp_redirect() helper.
xdp_do_redirect_map() helper can be static since only used out of filter.c
file. Drop the goto in xdp_do_generic_redirect() and only return errors
directly. In xdp_do_flush_map() only clear ri->map_to_flush which is the
arg we're using in that function, ri->map is cleared earlier along with
ri->ifindex.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When peeking, if a bad csum is discovered, the skb is unlinked from
the queue with __sk_queue_drop_skb and the peek operation restarted.
__sk_queue_drop_skb only drops packets that match the queue head.
This fails if the skb was found after the head, using SO_PEEK_OFF
socket option. This causes an infinite loop.
We MUST drop this problematic skb, and we can simply check if skb was
already removed by another thread, by looking at skb->next :
This pointer is set to NULL by the __skb_unlink() operation, that might
have happened only under the spinlock protection.
Many thanks to syzkaller team (and particularly Dmitry Vyukov who
provided us nice C reproducers exhibiting the lockup) and Willem de
Bruijn who provided first version for this patch and a test program.
Fixes: 627d2d6b55 ("udp: enable MSG_PEEK at non-zero offset")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3fcece12bc ("net: store port/representator id in metadata_dst")
added a new type field to metadata_dst, but metadata_dst_free() wasn't
updated to check it before freeing the METADATA_IP_TUNNEL specific dst
cache entry.
This is not currently causing problems since it's far enough back in the
struct to be zeroed for the only other type currently in existance
(METADATA_HW_PORT_MUX), but nevertheless it's not correct.
Fixes: 3fcece12bc ("net: store port/representator id in metadata_dst")
Signed-off-by: David Lamparter <equinox@diac24.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-08-21
1) Support RX checksum with IPsec crypto offload for esp4/esp6.
From Ilan Tayari.
2) Fixup IPv6 checksums when doing IPsec crypto offload.
From Yossi Kuperman.
3) Auto load the xfrom offload modules if a user installs
a SA that requests IPsec offload. From Ilan Tayari.
4) Clear RX offload informations in xfrm_input to not
confuse the TX path with stale offload informations.
From Ilan Tayari.
5) Allow IPsec GSO for local sockets if the crypto operation
will be offloaded.
6) Support setting of an output mark to the xfrm_state.
This mark can be used to to do the tunnel route lookup.
From Lorenzo Colitti.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make code closer to current style. Mostly whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XPS queue attributes can be ro_after_init.
Also use __ATTR_RX macros to simplify initialization.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The show and store functions don't need/use the attribute.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The attributes of net devices are immutable.
Ideally, attribute groups would contain const attributes
but there are too many places that do modifications of list
during startup (in other code) to allow that.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_class in sysfs is only modified on init.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are wrapper arount class_create_file which can take a
const attribute.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If kobject_init_and_add failed, then the failure path would
decrement the reference count of the queue kobject whose reference
count was already zero.
Fixes: 114cf58021 ("bql: Byte queue limits")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return error code need to be included in the tracepoint
xdp:xdp_redirect, else its not possible to distinguish successful or
failed XDP_REDIRECT transmits.
XDP have no queuing mechanism. Thus, it is fairly easily to overrun a
NIC transmit queue. The eBPF program invoking helpers (bpf_redirect
or bpf_redirect_map) to redirect a packet doesn't get any feedback
whether the packet was actually transmitted.
Info on failed transmits in the tracepoint xdp:xdp_redirect, is
interesting as this opens for providing a feedback-loop to the
receiving XDP program.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove
headers from UDP packets before queueing"), when udp packets are being
peeked the requested extra offset is always 0 as there is no need to skip
the udp header. However, when the offset is 0 and the next skb is
of length 0, it is only returned once. The behaviour can be seen with
the following python script:
from socket import *;
f=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
g=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
f.bind(('::', 0));
addr=('::1', f.getsockname()[1]);
g.sendto(b'', addr)
g.sendto(b'b', addr)
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
Where the expected output should be the empty string twice.
Instead, make sk_peek_offset return negative values, and pass those values
to __skb_try_recv_datagram/__skb_try_recv_from_queue. If the passed offset
to __skb_try_recv_from_queue is negative, the checked skb is never skipped.
__skb_try_recv_from_queue will then ensure the offset is reset back to 0
if a peek is requested without an offset, unless no packets are found.
Also simplify the if condition in __skb_try_recv_from_queue. If _off is
greater then 0, and off is greater then or equal to skb->len, then
(_off || skb->len) must always be true assuming skb->len >= 0 is always
true.
Also remove a redundant check around a call to sk_peek_offset in af_unix.c,
as it double checked if MSG_PEEK was set in the flags.
V2:
- Moved the negative fixup into __skb_try_recv_from_queue, and remove now
redundant checks
- Fix peeking in udp{,v6}_recvmsg to report the right value when the
offset is 0
V3:
- Marked new branch in __skb_try_recv_from_queue as unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Dawson <matthew@mjdsystems.ca>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given both program types are effecitvely doing the same in the
prologue, just reuse the one that we had for tc and only adapt
to the corresponding drop verdict value. That way, we don't need
to have the duplicate from 8a31db5615 ("bpf: add access to sock
fields and pkt data from sk_skb programs") to maintain.
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are guaranteed to have a NULL ri->map in this branch since
we test for it earlier, so we don't need to reset it here.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main purpose of this tracepoint is to monitor bulk dequeue
in the network qdisc layer, as it cannot be deducted from the
existing qdisc stats.
The txq_state can be used for determining the reason for zero packet
dequeues, see enum netdev_queue_state_t.
Notice all packets doesn't necessary activate this tracepoint. As
qdiscs with flag TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS, can directly invoke
sch_direct_xmit() when qdisc_qlen is zero.
Remember that perf record supports filters like:
perf record -e qdisc:qdisc_dequeue \
--filter 'ifindex == 4 && (packets > 1 || txq_state > 0)'
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently we added a new map type called dev map used to forward XDP
packets between ports (6093ec2dc3). This patches introduces a
similar notion for sockets.
A sockmap allows users to add participating sockets to a map. When
sockets are added to the map enough context is stored with the
map entry to use the entry with a new helper
bpf_sk_redirect_map(map, key, flags)
This helper (analogous to bpf_redirect_map in XDP) is given the map
and an entry in the map. When called from a sockmap program, discussed
below, the skb will be sent on the socket using skb_send_sock().
With the above we need a bpf program to call the helper from that will
then implement the send logic. The initial site implemented in this
series is the recv_sock hook. For this to work we implemented a map
attach command to add attributes to a map. In sockmap we add two
programs a parse program and a verdict program. The parse program
uses strparser to build messages and pass them to the verdict program.
The parse programs use the normal strparser semantics. The verdict
program is of type SK_SKB.
The verdict program returns a verdict SK_DROP, or SK_REDIRECT for
now. Additional actions may be added later. When SK_REDIRECT is
returned, expected when bpf program uses bpf_sk_redirect_map(), the
sockmap logic will consult per cpu variables set by the helper routine
and pull the sock entry out of the sock map. This pattern follows the
existing redirect logic in cls and xdp programs.
This gives the flow,
recv_sock -> str_parser (parse_prog) -> verdict_prog -> skb_send_sock
\
-> kfree_skb
As an example use case a message based load balancer may use specific
logic in the verdict program to select the sock to send on.
Sample programs are provided in future patches that hopefully illustrate
the user interfaces. Also selftests are in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A class of programs, run from strparser and soon from a new map type
called sock map, are used with skb as the context but on established
sockets. By creating a specific program type for these we can use
bpf helpers that expect full sockets and get the verifier to ensure
these helpers are not used out of context.
The new type is BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_SKB. This patch introduces the
infrastructure and type.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple fixes to new skb_send_sock infrastructure. However, no users
currently exist for this code (adding user in next handful of patches)
so it should not be possible to trigger a panic with existing in-kernel
code.
Fixes: 306b13eb3c ("proto_ops: Add locked held versions of sendmsg and sendpage")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to export some generic xdp helpers to drivers. This
can let driver to do XDP for a specific skb. This is useful for the
case when the packet is hard to be processed at page level directly
(e.g jumbo/GSO frame).
With this patch, there's no need for driver to forbid the XDP set when
configuration is not suitable. Instead, it can defer the XDP for
packets that is hard to be processed directly after skb is created.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to rtnl_dump_ifinfo() are protected by RTNL lock. So are the
{list,unlist}_netdevice() calls where we bump the net->dev_base_seq
number.
For this reason net->dev_base_seq can't change under out feet while
we're looping over links in rtnl_dump_ifinfo(). So move the check for
net->dev_base_seq change (since the last time we were called) out of the
loop.
This way we avoid giving a wrong impression that there are concurrent
updates to the link list going on while we're iterating over them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_SCHED or CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL is /not/ set and
we try a narrow __sk_buff load of tc_index or napi_id, respectively,
then verifier rightfully complains that it's misconfigured, because
we need to set target_size in each of the two cases. The rewrite
for the ctx access is just a dummy op, but needs to pass, so fix
this up.
Fixes: f96da09473 ("bpf: simplify narrower ctx access")
Reported-by: Shubham Bansal <illusionist.neo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because we remove the UFO support, we will also remove the
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check in skb_needs_check().
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use PF_UNSPEC in case the requested family has no doit
callback, otherwise this now fails with EOPNOTSUPP instead of running the
unspec doit callback, as before.
Fixes: 6853dd4881 ("rtnetlink: protect handler table with rcu")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If using CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL=y we get following splat:
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 304 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50
Call Trace:
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x191/0x260
...
This warning is harmless (0 is "no callback running", not "memory
was freed").
Use '1' as the new 'no handler is running' base instead of 0 to avoid
this.
Fixes: 019a316992 ("rtnetlink: add reference counting to prevent module unload while dump is in progress")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sdubroca@redhat.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Ahern reports following splat:
RTNL: assertion failed at net/core/dev.c (5717)
netdev_master_upper_dev_get+0x5f/0x70
if_nlmsg_size+0x158/0x240
rtnl_calcit.isra.26+0xa3/0xf0
rtnl_link_get_slave_info_data_size currently assumes RTNL protection, but
there appears to be no hard requirement for this, so use rcu instead.
At the time of this writing, there are three 'get_slave_size' callbacks
(now invoked under rcu): bond_get_slave_size, vrf_get_slave_size and
br_port_get_slave_size, all return constant only (i.e. they don't sleep).
Fixes: 6853dd4881 ("rtnetlink: protect handler table with rcu")
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace sends RTM_GETLINK type, but the kernel substracts
RTM_BASE from this, i.e. 'type' doesn't contain RTM_GETLINK
anymore but instead RTM_GETLINK - RTM_BASE.
This caused the calcit callback to not be invoked when it
should have been (and vice versa).
While at it, also fix a off-by one when checking family index. vs
handler array size.
Fixes: e1fa6d216d ("rtnetlink: call rtnl_calcit directly")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ido reports a rcu splat in __rtnl_register.
The splat is correct; as rtnl_register doesn't grab any logs
and doesn't use rcu locks either. It has always been like this.
handler families are not registered in parallel so there are no
races wrt. the kmalloc ordering.
The only reason to use rcu_dereference in the first place was to
avoid sparse from complaining about this.
Thus this switches to _raw() to not have rcu checks here.
The alternative is to add rtnl locking to register/unregister,
however, I don't see a compelling reason to do so as this has been
lockless for the past twenty years or so.
Fixes: 6853dd4881 ("rtnetlink: protect handler table with rcu")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following error was introduced by
commit 43e665287f ("net-next: dsa: fix flow dissection")
due to a missing #if guard
net/core/flow_dissector.c: In function '__skb_flow_dissect':
net/core/flow_dissector.c:448:18: error: 'struct net_device' has no member named 'dsa_ptr'
ops = skb->dev->dsa_ptr->tag_ops;
^
make[3]: *** [net/core/flow_dissector.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPS and probably other kernel features are currently broken on some if not
all DSA devices. The root cause of this is that skb_hash will call the
flow_dissector. At this point the skb still contains the magic switch
header and the skb->protocol field is not set up to the correct 802.3
value yet. By the time the tag specific code is called, removing the header
and properly setting the protocol an invalid hash is already set. In the
case of the mt7530 this will result in all flows always having the same
hash.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both functions take nsid_lock and don't rely on rtnl lock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow callers to tell rtnetlink core that its doit callback
should be invoked without holding rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that netlink dumps still acquire rtnl mutex via the netlink
dump infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
instead of rtnl lock/unload at the top level, push it down
to the called function.
This is just an intermediate step, next commit switches protection
of the rtnl_link ops table to rcu, in which case (for dumps) the
rtnl lock is acquired only by the netlink dumper infrastructure
(current lock/unlock/dump/lock/unlock rtnl sequence becomes
rcu lock/rcu unlock/dump).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I don't see what prevents rmmod (unregister_all is called) while a dump
is active.
Even if we'd add rtnl lock/unlock pair to unregister_all (as done here),
thats not enough either as rtnl_lock is released right before the dump
process starts.
So this adds a refcount:
* acquire rtnl mutex
* bump refcount
* release mutex
* start the dump
... and make unregister_all remove the callbacks (no new dumps possible)
and then wait until refcount is 0.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is only a single place in the kernel that regisers the "calcit"
callback (to determine min allocation for dumps).
This is in rtnetlink.c for PF_UNSPEC RTM_GETLINK.
The function that checks for calcit presence at run time will first check
the requested family (which will always fail for !PF_UNSPEC as no callsite
registers this), then falls back to checking PF_UNSPEC.
Therefore we can just check if type is RTM_GETLINK and then do a direct
call. Because of fallback to PF_UNSPEC all RTM_GETLINK types used this
regardless of family.
This has the advantage that we don't need to allocate space for
the function pointer for all the other families.
A followup patch will drop the calcit function pointer from the
rtnl_link callback structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, eBPF only understands BPF_JGT (>), BPF_JGE (>=),
BPF_JSGT (s>), BPF_JSGE (s>=) instructions, this means that
particularly *JLT/*JLE counterparts involving immediates need
to be rewritten from e.g. X < [IMM] by swapping arguments into
[IMM] > X, meaning the immediate first is required to be loaded
into a register Y := [IMM], such that then we can compare with
Y > X. Note that the destination operand is always required to
be a register.
This has the downside of having unnecessarily increased register
pressure, meaning complex program would need to spill other
registers temporarily to stack in order to obtain an unused
register for the [IMM]. Loading to registers will thus also
affect state pruning since we need to account for that register
use and potentially those registers that had to be spilled/filled
again. As a consequence slightly more stack space might have
been used due to spilling, and BPF programs are a bit longer
due to extra code involving the register load and potentially
required spill/fills.
Thus, add BPF_JLT (<), BPF_JLE (<=), BPF_JSLT (s<), BPF_JSLE (s<=)
counterparts to the eBPF instruction set. Modifying LLVM to
remove the NegateCC() workaround in a PoC patch at [1] and
allowing it to also emit the new instructions resulted in
cilium's BPF programs that are injected into the fast-path to
have a reduced program length in the range of 2-3% (e.g.
accumulated main and tail call sections from one of the object
file reduced from 4864 to 4729 insns), reduced complexity in
the range of 10-30% (e.g. accumulated sections reduced in one
of the cases from 116432 to 88428 insns), and reduced stack
usage in the range of 1-5% (e.g. accumulated sections from one
of the object files reduced from 824 to 784b).
The modification for LLVM will be incorporated in a backwards
compatible way. Plan is for LLVM to have i) a target specific
option to offer a possibility to explicitly enable the extension
by the user (as we have with -m target specific extensions today
for various CPU insns), and ii) have the kernel checked for
presence of the extensions and enable them transparently when
the user is selecting more aggressive options such as -march=native
in a bpf target context. (Other frontends generating BPF byte
code, e.g. ply can probe the kernel directly for its code
generation.)
[1] https://github.com/borkmann/llvm/tree/bpf-insns
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only call mm_unaccount_pinned_pages when releasing a struct ubuf_info
that has initialized its field uarg->mmp.
Before this patch, a vhost-net with experimental_zcopytx can crash in
mm_unaccount_pinned_pages
sock_zerocopy_put
skb_zcopy_clear
skb_release_data
Only sock_zerocopy_alloc initializes this field. Move the unaccount
call from generic sock_zerocopy_put to its specific callback
sock_zerocopy_callback.
Fixes: a91dbff551 ("sock: ulimit on MSG_ZEROCOPY pages")
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_warn_bad_offload triggers a warning when an skb enters the GSO
stack at __skb_gso_segment that does not have CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
checksum offload set.
Commit b2504a5dbe ("net: reduce skb_warn_bad_offload() noise")
observed that SKB_GSO_DODGY producers can trigger the check and
that passing those packets through the GSO handlers will fix it
up. But, the software UFO handler will set ip_summed to
CHECKSUM_NONE.
When __skb_gso_segment is called from the receive path, this
triggers the warning again.
Make UFO set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_NONE. On
Tx these two are equivalent. On Rx, this better matches the
skb state (checksum computed), as CHECKSUM_NONE here means no
checksum computed.
See also this thread for context:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/799015/
Fixes: b2504a5dbe ("net: reduce skb_warn_bad_offload() noise")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a new type of lightweight tunnel named seg6local.
A seg6local lwt is defined by a type of action and a set of parameters.
The action represents the operation to perform on the packets matching the
lwt's route, and is not necessarily an encapsulation. The set of parameters
are arguments for the processing function.
Each action is defined in a struct seg6_action_desc within
seg6_action_table[]. This structure contains the action, mandatory
attributes, the processing function, and a static headroom size required by
the action. The mandatory attributes are encoded as a bitmask field. The
static headroom is set to a non-zero value when the processing function
always add a constant number of bytes to the skb (e.g. the header size for
encapsulations).
To facilitate rtnetlink-related operations such as parsing, fill_encap,
and cmp_encap, each type of action parameter is associated to three
function pointers, in seg6_action_params[].
All actions defined in seg6_local.h are detailed in [1].
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bound the number of pages that a user may pin.
Follow the lead of perf tools to maintain a per-user bound on memory
locked pages commit 789f90fcf6 ("perf_counter: per user mlock gift")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the simple case, each sendmsg() call generates data and eventually
a zerocopy ready notification N, where N indicates the Nth successful
invocation of sendmsg() with the MSG_ZEROCOPY flag on this socket.
TCP and corked sockets can cause send() calls to append new data to an
existing sk_buff and, thus, ubuf_info. In that case the notification
must hold a range. odify ubuf_info to store a inclusive range [N..N+m]
and add skb_zerocopy_realloc() to optionally extend an existing range.
Also coalesce notifications in this common case: if a notification
[1, 1] is about to be queued while [0, 0] is the queue tail, just modify
the head of the queue to read [0, 1].
Coalescing is limited to a few TSO frames worth of data to bound
notification latency.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the datapath for refcounted ubuf_info. Clone ubuf_info with
skb_zerocopy_clone() wherever needed due to skb split, merge, resize
or clone.
Split skb_orphan_frags into two variants. The split, merge, .. paths
support reference counted zerocopy buffers, so do not do a deep copy.
Add skb_orphan_frags_rx for paths that may loop packets to receive
sockets. That is not allowed, as it may cause unbounded latency.
Deep copy all zerocopy copy buffers, ref-counted or not, in this path.
The exact locations to modify were chosen by exhaustively searching
through all code that might modify skb_frag references and/or the
the SKBTX_DEV_ZEROCOPY tx_flags bit.
The changes err on the safe side, in two ways.
(1) legacy ubuf_info paths virtio and tap are not modified. They keep
a 1:1 ubuf_info to sk_buff relationship. Calls to skb_orphan_frags
still call skb_copy_ubufs and thus copy frags in this case.
(2) not all copies deep in the stack are addressed yet. skb_shift,
skb_split and skb_try_coalesce can be refined to avoid copying.
These are not in the hot path and this patch is hairy enough as
is, so that is left for future refinement.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The send call ignores unknown flags. Legacy applications may already
unwittingly pass MSG_ZEROCOPY. Continue to ignore this flag unless a
socket opts in to zerocopy.
Introduce socket option SO_ZEROCOPY to enable MSG_ZEROCOPY processing.
Processes can also query this socket option to detect kernel support
for the feature. Older kernels will return ENOPROTOOPT.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel supports zerocopy sendmsg in virtio and tap. Expand the
infrastructure to support other socket types. Introduce a completion
notification channel over the socket error queue. Notifications are
returned with ee_origin SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is 0 to avoid
blocking the send/recv path on receiving notifications.
Add reference counting, to support the skb split, merge, resize and
clone operations possible with SOCK_STREAM and other socket types.
The patch does not yet modify any datapaths.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refine skb_copy_ubufs to support compound pages. With upcoming TCP
zerocopy sendmsg, such fragments may appear.
The existing code replaces each page one for one. Splitting each
compound page into an independent number of regular pages can result
in exceeding limit MAX_SKB_FRAGS if data is not exactly page aligned.
Instead, fill all destination pages but the last to PAGE_SIZE.
Split the existing alloc + copy loop into separate stages:
1. compute bytelength and minimum number of pages to store this.
2. allocate
3. copy, filling each page except the last to PAGE_SIZE bytes
4. update skb frag array
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sock_omalloc and sock_ofree to be able to allocate control skbs,
for instance for looping errors onto sk_error_queue.
The transmit budget (sk_wmem_alloc) is involved in transmit skb
shaping, most notably in TCP Small Queues. Using this budget for
control packets would impact transmission.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the routing tables, the FIB rules share a common core, so instead
of replicating the same logic for each address family we can simply dump
the rules and send notifications from the core itself.
To protect the integrity of the dump, a rules-specific sequence counter
is added for each address family and incremented whenever a rule is
added or deleted (under RTNL).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain is currently soley used by IPv4 code.
However, we're going to introduce IPv6 FIB offload support, which
requires these notification as well.
As explained in commit c3852ef7f2 ("ipv4: fib: Replay events when
registering FIB notifier"), upon registration to the chain, the callee
receives a full dump of the FIB tables and rules by traversing all the
net namespaces. The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-namespace
sequence counter that is incremented whenever a change to the tables or
rules occurs.
In order to allow more address families to use the chain, each family is
expected to register its fib_notifier_ops in its pernet init. These
operations allow the common code to read the family's sequence counter
as well as dump its tables and rules in the given net namespace.
Additionally, a 'family' parameter is added to sent notifications, so
that listeners could distinguish between the different families.
Implement the common code that allows listeners to register to the chain
and for address families to register their fib_notifier_ops. Subsequent
patches will implement these operations in IPv6.
In the future, ipmr and ip6mr will be extended to provide these
notifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save the ifindex before it gets zeroed so the invalid
ifindex can be printed out.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are introduced by commit f70ea018da
("net: Add functions to get skb->hash based on flow structures")
but never gets used in tree.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows local sockets to make use of XFRM GSO code path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Skb frags may contain compound pages. Various operations map frags
temporarily using kmap_atomic, but this function works on single
pages, not whole compound pages. The distinction is only relevant
for high mem pages that require temporary mappings.
Introduce a looping mechanism that for compound highmem pages maps
one page at a time, does not change behavior on other pages.
Use the loop in the kmap_atomic callers in net/core/skbuff.c.
Verified by triggering skb_copy_bits with
tcpdump -n -c 100 -i ${DEV} -w /dev/null &
netperf -t TCP_STREAM -H ${HOST}
and by triggering __skb_checksum with
ethtool -K ${DEV} tx off
repeated the tests with looping on a non-highmem platform
(x86_64) by making skb_frag_must_loop always return true.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_send_sock to send an skbuff on a socket within the kernel.
Arguments include an offset so that an skbuf might be sent in mulitple
calls (e.g. send buffer limit is hit).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new proto_ops sendmsg_locked and sendpage_locked that can be
called when the socket lock is already held. Correspondingly, add
kernel_sendmsg_locked and kernel_sendpage_locked as front end
functions.
These functions will be used in zero proxy so that we can take
the socket lock in a ULP sendmsg/sendpage and then directly call the
backend transport proto_ops functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward Error Correction (FEC) modes i.e Base-R
and Reed-Solomon modes are introduced in 25G/40G/100G standards
for providing good BER at high speeds. Various networking devices
which support 25G/40G/100G provides ability to manage supported FEC
modes and the lack of FEC encoding control and reporting today is a
source for interoperability issues for many vendors.
FEC capability as well as specific FEC mode i.e. Base-R
or RS modes can be requested or advertised through bits D44:47 of
base link codeword.
This patch set intends to provide option under ethtool to manage
and report FEC encoding settings for networking devices as per
IEEE 802.3 bj, bm and by specs.
set-fec/show-fec option(s) are designed to provide control and
report the FEC encoding on the link.
SET FEC option:
root@tor: ethtool --set-fec swp1 encoding [off | RS | BaseR | auto]
Encoding: Types of encoding
Off : Turning off any encoding
RS : enforcing RS-FEC encoding on supported speeds
BaseR : enforcing Base R encoding on supported speeds
Auto : IEEE defaults for the speed/medium combination
Here are a few examples of what we would expect if encoding=auto:
- if autoneg is on, we are expecting FEC to be negotiated as on or off
as long as protocol supports it
- if the hardware is capable of detecting the FEC encoding on it's
receiver it will reconfigure its encoder to match
- in absence of the above, the configuration would be set to IEEE
defaults.
>From our understanding , this is essentially what most hardware/driver
combinations are doing today in the absence of a way for users to
control the behavior.
SHOW FEC option:
root@tor: ethtool --show-fec swp1
FEC parameters for swp1:
Active FEC encodings: RS
Configured FEC encodings: RS | BaseR
ETHTOOL DEVNAME output modification:
ethtool devname output:
root@tor:~# ethtool swp1
Settings for swp1:
root@hpe-7712-03:~# ethtool swp18
Settings for swp18:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 40000baseCR4/Full
40000baseSR4/Full
40000baseLR4/Full
100000baseSR4/Full
100000baseCR4/Full
100000baseLR4_ER4/Full
Supported pause frame use: No
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: [RS | BaseR | None | Not reported]
Advertised link modes: Not reported
Advertised pause frame use: No
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Advertised FEC modes: [RS | BaseR | None | Not reported]
<<<< One or more FEC modes
Speed: 100000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: FIBRE
PHYAD: 106
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: off
Link detected: yes
This patch includes following changes
a) New ETHTOOL_SFECPARAM/SFECPARAM API, handled by
the new get_fecparam/set_fecparam callbacks, provides support
for configuration of forward error correction modes.
b) Link mode bits for FEC modes i.e. None (No FEC mode), RS, BaseR/FC
are defined so that users can configure these fec modes for supported
and advertising fields as part of link autonegotiation.
Signed-off-by: Vidya Sagar Ravipati <vidya.chowdary@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dustin Byford <dustin@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Historically, dev_ifsioc() uses struct sockaddr as mac
address definition, this is why dev_set_mac_address()
accepts a struct sockaddr pointer as input but now we
have various types of mac addresse whose lengths
are up to MAX_ADDR_LEN, longer than struct sockaddr,
and saved in dev->addr_len.
It is too late to fix dev_ifsioc() due to API
compatibility, so just reject those larger than
sizeof(struct sockaddr), otherwise we would read
and use some random bytes from kernel stack.
Fortunately, only a few IPv6 tunnel devices have addr_len
larger than sizeof(struct sockaddr) and they don't support
ndo_set_mac_addr(). But with team driver, in lb mode, they
can still be enslaved to a team master and make its mac addr
length as the same.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently netpoll_setup() assumes that netpoll.dev_name is a pointer
when checking if the device name is set:
if (np->dev_name) {
...
However the field is a character array, therefore the condition always
yields true. Check instead whether the first byte of the array has a
non-zero value.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A null check is needed after all. netlink skbs can have skb->head be
backed by vmalloc. The netlink destructor vfree()s head, then sets it to
NULL. We then panic in skb_release_data with a NULL dereference.
Re-add such a test.
Alternative would be to switch to kvfree to free skb->head memory
and remove the special handling in netlink destructor.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 06dc75ab06 ("net: Revert "net: add function to allocate sk_buff head without data area")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_RX_UDP_TUNNEL_PORT is special, in that we need to do more than
just flip the bit in dev->features. When disabling we must also clear
currently offloaded ports from the device, and when enabling we must
tell the device to offload the ports it can.
Because vxlan stores its sockets in a hashtable and they are inserted at
the head of per-bucket lists, switching the feature off and then on can
result in a different set of ports being offloaded (depending on the
HW's limits).
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new netdevice feature, so that the offloading of RX port for
UDP tunnels can be disabled by the administrator on some netdevices,
using the "rx-udp_tunnel-port-offload" feature in ethtool.
This feature is set for all devices that provide ndo_udp_tunnel_add.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
css_task_iter currently always walks all tasks. With the scheduled
cgroup v2 thread support, the iterator would need to handle multiple
types of iteration. As a preparation, add @flags to
css_task_iter_start() and implement CSS_TASK_ITER_PROCS. If the flag
is not specified, it walks all tasks as before. When asserted, the
iterator only walks the group leaders.
For now, the only user of the flag is cgroup v2 "cgroup.procs" file
which no longer needs to skip non-leader tasks in cgroup_procs_next().
Note that cgroup v1 "cgroup.procs" can't use the group leader walk as
v1 "cgroup.procs" doesn't mean "list all thread group leaders in the
cgroup" but "list all thread group id's with any threads in the
cgroup".
While at it, update cgroup_procs_show() to use task_pid_vnr() instead
of task_tgid_vnr(). As the iteration guarantees that the function
only sees group leaders, this doesn't change the output and will allow
sharing the function for thread iteration.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
virtnet_set_mac_address() interprets mac address as struct
sockaddr, but upper layer only allocates dev->addr_len
which is ETH_ALEN + sizeof(sa_family_t) in this case.
We lack a unified definition for mac address, so just fix
the upper layer, this also allows drivers to interpret it
to struct sockaddr freely.
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit cd8966e75e.
The duplicate CHANGEADDR event message is sent regardless of link
status whereas the setlink changes only generate a notification when
the link is up. Not sending a notification when the link is down breaks
dhcpcd which only processes hwaddr changes when the link is down.
Fixes reported regression:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196355
Reported-by: Yaroslav Isakov <yaroslav.isakov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no useful return value from dev_close. All paths return 0.
Change dev_close and helper functions to void.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ifr name is assumed to be a valid string by the kernel, but nothing
was forcing username to pass a valid string.
In turn, this would cause panics as we tried to access the string
past it's valid memory.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rcu conversions performance degradation in forward tests isn't that
noticeable anymore.
See next patch for some numbers.
A followup patcg could then also remove genid from the policies
as we do not cache bundles anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was added for netlink mmap tx, there are no callers in the tree.
The commit also added a check for skb->head != NULL in kfree_skb path,
remove that too -- all skbs ought to have skb->head set.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For performance reasons we want to avoid updating the tail pointer in
the driver tx ring as much as possible. To accomplish this we add
batching support to the redirect path in XDP.
This adds another ndo op "xdp_flush" that is used to inform the driver
that it should bump the tail pointer on the TX ring.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF programs can use the devmap with a bpf_redirect_map() helper
routine to forward packets to netdevice in map.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a trace event for xdp redirect which may help when debugging
XDP programs that use redirect bpf commands.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for redirect to xdp generic creating a fall back for
devices that do not yet have support and allowing test infrastructure
using veth pairs to be built.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for a bpf_redirect helper function to the XDP
infrastructure. For now this only supports redirecting to the egress
path of a port.
In order to support drivers handling a xdp_buff natively this patches
uses a new ndo operation ndo_xdp_xmit() that takes pushes a xdp_buff
to the specified device.
If the program specifies either (a) an unknown device or (b) a device
that does not support the operation a BPF warning is thrown and the
XDP_ABORTED error code is returned.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XDP generic allows users to test XDP programs and/or run them with
degraded performance on devices that do not yet support XDP. For
testing I typically test eBPF programs using a set of veth devices.
This allows testing topologies that would otherwise be difficult to
setup especially in the early stages of development.
This patch adds a xdp generic hook to the netif_rx_internal()
function which is called from dev_forward_skb(). With this addition
attaching XDP programs to veth devices works as expected! Also I
noticed multiple drivers using netif_rx(). These devices will also
benefit and generic XDP will work for them as well.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the pull_pages code block, if the first frag size > eat,
we can end the loop in advance to avoid extra copy.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
callers can more safely get random bytes if they can block until the
CRNG is initialized.
Also print a warning if get_random_*() is called before the CRNG is
initialized. By default, only one single-line warning will be printed
per boot. If CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM is defined, then a
warning will be printed for each function which tries to get random
bytes before the CRNG is initialized. This can get spammy for certain
architecture types, so it is not enabled by default.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEK2m5VNv+CHkogTfJ8vlZVpUNgaMFAllqXNUACgkQ8vlZVpUN
gaPtAgf/aUbXZuWYsDQzslHsbzEWi+qz4QgL885/w4L00pEImTTp91Q06SDxWhtB
KPvGnZHS3IofxBh2DC+6AwN6dPMoWDCfYhhO6po3FSz0DiPRIQCTuvOb8fhKY1X7
rTdDq2xtDxPGxJ25bMJtlrgzH2XlXPpVyPUeoc9uh87zUK5aesXpUn9kBniRexoz
ume+M/cDzPKkwNQpbLq8vzhNjoWMVv0FeW2akVvrjkkWko8nZLZ0R/kIyKQlRPdG
LZDXcz0oTHpDS6+ufEo292ZuWm2IGer2YtwHsKyCAsyEWsUqBz2yurtkSj3mAVyC
hHafyS+5WNaGdgBmg0zJxxwn5qxxLg==
=ua7p
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'random_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tytso/random
Pull random updates from Ted Ts'o:
"Add wait_for_random_bytes() and get_random_*_wait() functions so that
callers can more safely get random bytes if they can block until the
CRNG is initialized.
Also print a warning if get_random_*() is called before the CRNG is
initialized. By default, only one single-line warning will be printed
per boot. If CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM is defined, then a
warning will be printed for each function which tries to get random
bytes before the CRNG is initialized. This can get spammy for certain
architecture types, so it is not enabled by default"
* tag 'random_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tytso/random:
random: reorder READ_ONCE() in get_random_uXX
random: suppress spammy warnings about unseeded randomness
random: warn when kernel uses unseeded randomness
net/route: use get_random_int for random counter
net/neighbor: use get_random_u32 for 32-bit hash random
rhashtable: use get_random_u32 for hash_rnd
ceph: ensure RNG is seeded before using
iscsi: ensure RNG is seeded before use
cifs: use get_random_u32 for 32-bit lock random
random: add get_random_{bytes,u32,u64,int,long,once}_wait family
random: add wait_for_random_bytes() API
When we convert atomic_t to refcount_t, a new kernel warning
on "increment on 0" is introduced in the netpoll code,
zap_completion_queue(). In fact for this special case, we know
the refcount is 0 and we just have to set it to 1 to satisfy
the following dev_kfree_skb_any(), so we can just use
refcount_set(..., 1) instead.
Fixes: 633547973f ("net: convert sk_buff.users from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The configure callback of fib_rules_ops can change the refcnt of a
fib rule. For instance, mlxsw takes a refcnt when adding the processing
of the rule to a work queue. Thus the rule refcnt can not be reset to
to 1 afterwards. Move the refcnt setting to after the allocation.
Fixes: 5361e209dd ("net: avoid one splat in fib_nl_delrule()")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge yet more updates from Andrew Morton:
- various misc things
- kexec updates
- sysctl core updates
- scripts/gdb udpates
- checkpoint-restart updates
- ipc updates
- kernel/watchdog updates
- Kees's "rough equivalent to the glibc _FORTIFY_SOURCE=1 feature"
- "stackprotector: ascii armor the stack canary"
- more MM bits
- checkpatch updates
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (96 commits)
writeback: rework wb_[dec|inc]_stat family of functions
ARM: samsung: usb-ohci: move inline before return type
video: fbdev: omap: move inline before return type
video: fbdev: intelfb: move inline before return type
USB: serial: safe_serial: move __inline__ before return type
drivers: tty: serial: move inline before return type
drivers: s390: move static and inline before return type
x86/efi: move asmlinkage before return type
sh: move inline before return type
MIPS: SMP: move asmlinkage before return type
m68k: coldfire: move inline before return type
ia64: sn: pci: move inline before type
ia64: move inline before return type
FRV: tlbflush: move asmlinkage before return type
CRIS: gpio: move inline before return type
ARM: HP Jornada 7XX: move inline before return type
ARM: KVM: move asmlinkage before type
checkpatch: improve the STORAGE_CLASS test
mm, migration: do not trigger OOM killer when migrating memory
drm/i915: use __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL
...
The bpf_skb_adjust_net() ignores the return value of bpf_skb_net_shrink/grow,
and always return 0, fix it by return 'ret'.
Signed-off-by: Kefeng Wang <wangkefeng.wang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__GFP_REPEAT was designed to allow retry-but-eventually-fail semantic to
the page allocator. This has been true but only for allocations
requests larger than PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER. It has been always
ignored for smaller sizes. This is a bit unfortunate because there is
no way to express the same semantic for those requests and they are
considered too important to fail so they might end up looping in the
page allocator for ever, similarly to GFP_NOFAIL requests.
Now that the whole tree has been cleaned up and accidental or misled
usage of __GFP_REPEAT flag has been removed for !costly requests we can
give the original flag a better name and more importantly a more useful
semantic. Let's rename it to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL which tells the user
that the allocator would try really hard but there is no promise of a
success. This will work independent of the order and overrides the
default allocator behavior. Page allocator users have several levels of
guarantee vs. cost options (take GFP_KERNEL as an example)
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_RECLAIM - optimistic allocation without _any_
attempt to free memory at all. The most light weight mode which even
doesn't kick the background reclaim. Should be used carefully because
it might deplete the memory and the next user might hit the more
aggressive reclaim
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (or GFP_NOWAIT)- optimistic
allocation without any attempt to free memory from the current
context but can wake kswapd to reclaim memory if the zone is below
the low watermark. Can be used from either atomic contexts or when
the request is a performance optimization and there is another
fallback for a slow path.
- (GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_HIGH) & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (aka GFP_ATOMIC) -
non sleeping allocation with an expensive fallback so it can access
some portion of memory reserves. Usually used from interrupt/bh
context with an expensive slow path fallback.
- GFP_KERNEL - both background and direct reclaim are allowed and the
_default_ page allocator behavior is used. That means that !costly
allocation requests are basically nofail but there is no guarantee of
that behavior so failures have to be checked properly by callers
(e.g. OOM killer victim is allowed to fail currently).
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NORETRY - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests fail early rather than cause disruptive
reclaim (one round of reclaim in this implementation). The OOM killer
is not invoked.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL - overrides the default allocator
behavior and all allocation requests try really hard. The request
will fail if the reclaim cannot make any progress. The OOM killer
won't be triggered.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NOFAIL - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests will loop endlessly until they succeed.
This might be really dangerous especially for larger orders.
Existing users of __GFP_REPEAT are changed to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL
because they already had their semantic. No new users are added.
__alloc_pages_slowpath is changed to bail out for __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL if
there is no progress and we have already passed the OOM point.
This means that all the reclaim opportunities have been exhausted except
the most disruptive one (the OOM killer) and a user defined fallback
behavior is more sensible than keep retrying in the page allocator.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix arch/sparc/kernel/mdesc.c]
[mhocko@suse.com: semantic fix]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626123847.GM11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
[mhocko@kernel.org: address other thing spotted by Vlastimil]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626124233.GN11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170623085345.11304-3-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Alex Belits <alex.belits@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
An underscore in the kernel-doc comment section has special meaning
and mis-use generates an errors.
./net/core/datagram.c:207: ERROR: Unknown target name: "msg".
./net/core/datagram.c:379: ERROR: Unknown target name: "msg".
./net/core/datagram.c:816: ERROR: Unknown target name: "t".
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Hongjun/Nicolas summarized in their original patch:
"
When a device changes from one netns to another, it's first unregistered,
then the netns reference is updated and the dev is registered in the new
netns. Thus, when a slave moves to another netns, it is first
unregistered. This triggers a NETDEV_UNREGISTER event which is caught by
the bonding driver. The driver calls bond_release(), which calls
dev_set_mtu() and thus triggers NETDEV_CHANGEMTU (the device is still in
the old netns).
"
This is a very special case, because the device is being unregistered
no one should still care about the NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event triggered
at this point, we can avoid broadcasting this event on this path,
and avoid touching inetdev_event()/addrconf_notify() path.
It requires to export __dev_set_mtu() to bonding driver.
Reported-by: Hongjun Li <hongjun.li@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Reasonably busy this cycle, but perhaps not as busy as in the 4.12
merge window:
1) Several optimizations for UDP processing under high load from
Paolo Abeni.
2) Support pacing internally in TCP when using the sch_fq packet
scheduler for this is not practical. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Support mutliple filter chains per qdisc, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Move to 1ms TCP timestamp clock, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Add batch dequeueing to vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
6) Flesh out more completely SCTP checksum offload support, from
Davide Caratti.
7) More plumbing of extended netlink ACKs, from David Ahern, Pablo
Neira Ayuso, and Matthias Schiffer.
8) Add devlink support to nfp driver, from Simon Horman.
9) Add RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag to RTM_GETROUTE queries, from Roopa
Prabhu.
10) Add stack depth tracking to BPF verifier and use this information
in the various eBPF JITs. From Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Support XDP on qed device VFs, from Yuval Mintz.
12) Introduce BPF PROG ID for better introspection of installed BPF
programs. From Martin KaFai Lau.
13) Add bpf_set_hash helper for TC bpf programs, from Daniel Borkmann.
14) For loads, allow narrower accesses in bpf verifier checking, from
Yonghong Song.
15) Support MIPS in the BPF selftests and samples infrastructure, the
MIPS eBPF JIT will be merged in via the MIPS GIT tree. From David
Daney.
16) Support kernel based TLS, from Dave Watson and others.
17) Remove completely DST garbage collection, from Wei Wang.
18) Allow installing TCP MD5 rules using prefixes, from Ivan
Delalande.
19) Add XDP support to Intel i40e driver, from Björn Töpel
20) Add support for TC flower offload in nfp driver, from Simon
Horman, Pieter Jansen van Vuuren, Benjamin LaHaise, Jakub
Kicinski, and Bert van Leeuwen.
21) IPSEC offloading support in mlx5, from Ilan Tayari.
22) Add HW PTP support to macb driver, from Rafal Ozieblo.
23) Networking refcount_t conversions, From Elena Reshetova.
24) Add sock_ops support to BPF, from Lawrence Brako. This is useful
for tuning the TCP sockopt settings of a group of applications,
currently via CGROUPs"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1899 commits)
net: phy: dp83867: add workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
dt-bindings: phy: dp83867: provide a workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
cxgb4: Support for get_ts_info ethtool method
cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support
cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP
nfp: default to chained metadata prepend format
nfp: remove legacy MAC address lookup
nfp: improve order of interfaces in breakout mode
net: macb: remove extraneous return when MACB_EXT_DESC is defined
bpf: add missing break in for the TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP case
bpf: fix return in load_bpf_file
mpls: fix rtm policy in mpls_getroute
net, ax25: convert ax25_cb.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_route.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_uid_assoc.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_ep_common.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_transport.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_chunk.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_datamsg.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_auth_bytes.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
...
There appears to be a missing break in the TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP case.
Currently the non-error path where val is greater than zero falls through
to the default case that sets the error return to -EINVAL. Add in
the missing break.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1449376 ("Missing break in switch")
Fixes: 13bf96411a ("bpf: Adds support for setting sndcwnd clamp")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cVjZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull documentation updates from Jonathan Corbet:
"There has been a fair amount of activity in the docs tree this time
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates"
* tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux: (90 commits)
scripts/kernel-doc: handle DECLARE_HASHTABLE
Documentation: atomic_ops.txt is core-api/atomic_ops.rst
Docs: clean up some DocBook loose ends
Make the main documentation title less Geocities
Docs: Use kernel-figure in vidioc-g-selection.rst
Docs: fix table problems in ras.rst
Docs: Fix breakage with Sphinx 1.5 and upper
Docs: Include the Latex "ifthen" package
doc/kokr/howto: Only send regression fixes after -rc1
docs-rst: fix broken links to dynamic-debug-howto in kernel-parameters
doc: Document suitability of IBM Verse for kernel development
Doc: fix a markup error in coding-style.rst
docs: driver-api: i2c: remove some outdated information
Documentation: DMA API: fix a typo in a function name
Docs: Insert missing space to separate link from text
doc/ko_KR/memory-barriers: Update control-dependencies example
Documentation, kbuild: fix typo "minimun" -> "minimum"
docs: Fix some formatting issues in request-key.rst
doc: ReSTify keys-trusted-encrypted.txt
doc: ReSTify keys-request-key.txt
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Add the SYSTEM_SCHEDULING bootup state to move various scheduler
debug checks earlier into the bootup. This turns silent and
sporadically deadly bugs into nice, deterministic splats. Fix some
of the splats that triggered. (Thomas Gleixner)
- A round of restructuring and refactoring of the load-balancing and
topology code (Peter Zijlstra)
- Another round of consolidating ~20 of incremental scheduler code
history: this time in terms of wait-queue nomenclature. (I didn't
get much feedback on these renaming patches, and we can still
easily change any names I might have misplaced, so if anyone hates
a new name, please holler and I'll fix it.) (Ingo Molnar)
- sched/numa improvements, fixes and updates (Rik van Riel)
- Another round of x86/tsc scheduler clock code improvements, in hope
of making it more robust (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve NOHZ behavior (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Deadline scheduler improvements and fixes (Luca Abeni, Daniel
Bristot de Oliveira)
- Simplify and optimize the topology setup code (Lauro Ramos
Venancio)
- Debloat and decouple scheduler code some more (Nicolas Pitre)
- Simplify code by making better use of llist primitives (Byungchul
Park)
- ... plus other fixes and improvements"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (103 commits)
sched/cputime: Refactor the cputime_adjust() code
sched/debug: Expose the number of RT/DL tasks that can migrate
sched/numa: Hide numa_wake_affine() from UP build
sched/fair: Remove effective_load()
sched/numa: Implement NUMA node level wake_affine()
sched/fair: Simplify wake_affine() for the single socket case
sched/numa: Override part of migrate_degrades_locality() when idle balancing
sched/rt: Move RT related code from sched/core.c to sched/rt.c
sched/deadline: Move DL related code from sched/core.c to sched/deadline.c
sched/cpuset: Only offer CONFIG_CPUSETS if SMP is enabled
sched/fair: Spare idle load balancing on nohz_full CPUs
nohz: Move idle balancer registration to the idle path
sched/loadavg: Generalize "_idle" naming to "_nohz"
sched/core: Drop the unused try_get_task_struct() helper function
sched/fair: WARN() and refuse to set buddy when !se->on_rq
sched/debug: Fix SCHED_WARN_ON() to return a value on !CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG as well
sched/wait: Disambiguate wq_entry->task_list and wq_head->task_list naming
sched/wait: Move bit_wait_table[] and related functionality from sched/core.c to sched/wait_bit.c
sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h>
sched/wait: Re-adjust macro line continuation backslashes in <linux/wait.h>
...
This work tries to make the semantics and code around the
narrower ctx access a bit easier to follow. Right now
everything is done inside the .is_valid_access(). Offset
matching is done differently for read/write types, meaning
writes don't support narrower access and thus matching only
on offsetof(struct foo, bar) is enough whereas for read
case that supports narrower access we must check for
offsetof(struct foo, bar) + offsetof(struct foo, bar) +
sizeof(<bar>) - 1 for each of the cases. For read cases of
individual members that don't support narrower access (like
packet pointers or skb->cb[] case which has its own narrow
access logic), we check as usual only offsetof(struct foo,
bar) like in write case. Then, for the case where narrower
access is allowed, we also need to set the aux info for the
access. Meaning, ctx_field_size and converted_op_size have
to be set. First is the original field size e.g. sizeof(<bar>)
as in above example from the user facing ctx, and latter
one is the target size after actual rewrite happened, thus
for the kernel facing ctx. Also here we need the range match
and we need to keep track changing convert_ctx_access() and
converted_op_size from is_valid_access() as both are not at
the same location.
We can simplify the code a bit: check_ctx_access() becomes
simpler in that we only store ctx_field_size as a meta data
and later in convert_ctx_accesses() we fetch the target_size
right from the location where we do convert. Should the verifier
be misconfigured we do reject for BPF_WRITE cases or target_size
that are not provided. For the subsystems, we always work on
ranges in is_valid_access() and add small helpers for ranges
and narrow access, convert_ctx_accesses() sets target_size
for the relevant instruction.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a helper that can be used to adjust net room of an
skb. The helper is generic and can be further extended in future.
Main use case is for having a programmatic way to add/remove room to
v4/v6 header options along with cls_bpf on egress and ingress hook
of the data path. It reuses most of the infrastructure that we added
for the bpf_skb_change_type() helper which can be used in nat64
translations. Similarly, the helper only takes care of adjusting the
room so that related data is populated and csum adapted out of the
BPF program using it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a small skb_mac_header_len() helper similarly as the
skb_network_header_len() we have and replace open coded
places in BPF's bpf_skb_change_proto() helper. Will also
be used in upcoming work.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed build error due to misplaced "#ifdef CONFIG_INET" (moved 1
statement up).
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a new bpf_setsockopt for TCP sockets, TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP, which
sets the initial congestion window. It is useful to limit the sndcwnd
when the host are close to each other (small RTT).
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a new bpf_setsockopt for TCP sockets, TCP_BPF_IW, which sets the
initial congestion window. This can be used when the hosts are far
apart (large RTTs) and it is safe to start with a large inital cwnd.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for changing congestion control for SOCK_OPS bpf
programs through the setsockopt bpf helper function. It also adds
a new SOCK_OPS op, BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN, that is needed for
congestion controls, like dctcp, that need to enable ECN in the
SYN packets.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for calling a subset of socket setsockopts from
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS programs. The code was duplicated rather
than making the changes to call the socket setsockopt function because
the changes required would have been larger.
The ops supported are:
SO_RCVBUF
SO_SNDBUF
SO_MAX_PACING_RATE
SO_PRIORITY
SO_RCVLOWAT
SO_MARK
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Created a new BPF program type, BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS, and a corresponding
struct that allows BPF programs of this type to access some of the
socket's fields (such as IP addresses, ports, etc.). It uses the
existing bpf cgroups infrastructure so the programs can be attached per
cgroup with full inheritance support. The program will be called at
appropriate times to set relevant connections parameters such as buffer
sizes, SYN and SYN-ACK RTOs, etc., based on connection information such
as IP addresses, port numbers, etc.
Alghough there are already 3 mechanisms to set parameters (sysctls,
route metrics and setsockopts), this new mechanism provides some
distinct advantages. Unlike sysctls, it can set parameters per
connection. In contrast to route metrics, it can also use port numbers
and information provided by a user level program. In addition, it could
set parameters probabilistically for evaluation purposes (i.e. do
something different on 10% of the flows and compare results with the
other 90% of the flows). Also, in cases where IPv6 addresses contain
geographic information, the rules to make changes based on the distance
(or RTT) between the hosts are much easier than route metric rules and
can be global. Finally, unlike setsockopt, it oes not require
application changes and it can be updated easily at any time.
Although the bpf cgroup framework already contains a sock related
program type (BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK), I created the new type
(BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS) beccause the existing type expects to be called
only once during the connections's lifetime. In contrast, the new
program type will be called multiple times from different places in the
network stack code. For example, before sending SYN and SYN-ACKs to set
an appropriate timeout, when the connection is established to set
congestion control, etc. As a result it has "op" field to specify the
type of operation requested.
The purpose of this new program type is to simplify setting connection
parameters, such as buffer sizes, TCP's SYN RTO, etc. For example, it is
easy to use facebook's internal IPv6 addresses to determine if both hosts
of a connection are in the same datacenter. Therefore, it is easy to
write a BPF program to choose a small SYN RTO value when both hosts are
in the same datacenter.
This patch only contains the framework to support the new BPF program
type, following patches add the functionality to set various connection
parameters.
This patch defines a new BPF program type: BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_OPS
and a new bpf syscall command to load a new program of this type:
BPF_PROG_LOAD_SOCKET_OPS.
Two new corresponding structs (one for the kernel one for the user/BPF
program):
/* kernel version */
struct bpf_sock_ops_kern {
struct sock *sk;
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
};
/* user version
* Some fields are in network byte order reflecting the sock struct
* Use the bpf_ntohl helper macro in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h to
* convert them to host byte order.
*/
struct bpf_sock_ops {
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
__u32 family;
__u32 remote_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_port; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_port; /* In host byte horder */
};
Currently there are two types of ops. The first type expects the BPF
program to return a value which is then used by the caller (or a
negative value to indicate the operation is not supported). The second
type expects state changes to be done by the BPF program, for example
through a setsockopt BPF helper function, and they ignore the return
value.
The reply fields of the bpf_sockt_ops struct are there in case a bpf
program needs to return a value larger than an integer.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This batch contains connection tracking updates for the cleanup
iteration path, patches from Florian Westphal:
X) Skip unconfirmed conntracks in nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net(), just set
dying bit to let the CPU release them.
X) Add nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to be used on module removal, to kill
conntrack from all namespace.
X) Restart iteration on hashtable resizing, since both may occur at
the same time.
X) Use the new nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack with NAT
mapping on module removal.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack entries helper
module removal, from Liping Zhang.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net() to remove the timeout extension
if user requests this, also from Liping.
X) Add net_ns_barrier() and use it from FTP helper, so make sure
no concurrent namespace removal happens at the same time while
the helper module is being removed.
X) Use NFPROTO_MAX in layer 3 conntrack protocol array, to reduce
module size. Same thing in nf_tables.
Updates for the nf_tables infrastructure:
X) Prepare usage of the extended ACK reporting infrastructure for
nf_tables.
X) Remove unnecessary forward declaration in nf_tables hash set.
X) Skip set size estimation if number of element is not specified.
X) Changes to accomodate a (faster) unresizable hash set implementation,
for anonymous sets and dynamic size fixed sets with no timeouts.
X) Faster lookup function for unresizable hash table for 2 and 4
bytes key.
And, finally, a bunch of asorted small updates and cleanups:
X) Do not hold reference to netdev from ipt_CLUSTER, instead subscribe
to device events and look up for index from the packet path, this
is fixing an issue that is present since the very beginning, patch
from Xin Long.
X) Use nf_register_net_hook() in ipt_CLUSTER, from Florian Westphal.
X) Use ebt_invalid_target() whenever possible in the ebtables tree,
from Gao Feng.
X) Calm down compilation warning in nf_dup infrastructure, patch from
stephen hemminger.
X) Statify functions in nftables rt expression, also from stephen.
X) Update Makefile to use canonical method to specify nf_tables-objs.
From Jike Song.
X) Use nf_conntrack_helpers_register() in amanda and H323.
X) Space cleanup for ctnetlink, from linzhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently I started seeing warnings about pages with refcount -1. The
problem was traced to packets being reused after their head was merged into
a GRO packet by skb_gro_receive(). While bisecting the issue pointed to
commit c21b48cc1b ("net: adjust skb->truesize in ___pskb_trim()") and
I have never seen it on a kernel with it reverted, I believe the real
problem appeared earlier when the option to merge head frag in GRO was
implemented.
Handling NAPI_GRO_FREE_STOLEN_HEAD state was only added to GRO_MERGED_FREE
branch of napi_skb_finish() so that if the driver uses napi_gro_frags()
and head is merged (which in my case happens after the skb_condense()
call added by the commit mentioned above), the skb is reused including the
head that has been merged. As a result, we release the page reference
twice and eventually end up with negative page refcount.
To fix the problem, handle NAPI_GRO_FREE_STOLEN_HEAD in napi_frags_finish()
the same way it's done in napi_skb_finish().
Fixes: d7e8883cfc ("net: make GRO aware of skb->head_frag")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
attribute_groups are not supposed to change at runtime. All functions
working with attribute_groups provided by <linux/device.h> work with const
attribute_group. So mark the non-const structs as const.
File size before:
text data bss dec hex filename
9968 3168 16 13152 3360 net/core/net-sysfs.o
File size After adding 'const':
text data bss dec hex filename
10160 2976 16 13152 3360 net/core/net-sysfs.o
Signed-off-by: Arvind Yadav <arvind.yadav.cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the fix provided by Dominik Heidler in commit
9b3dc0a17d ("l2tp: cast l2tp traffic counter to unsigned")
we need to take care of 32bit kernels in dev_get_stats().
When using atomic_long_read(), we add a 'long' to u64 and
might misinterpret high order bit, unless we cast to unsigned.
Fixes: caf586e5f2 ("net: add a core netdev->rx_dropped counter")
Fixes: 015f0688f5 ("net: net: add a core netdev->tx_dropped counter")
Fixes: 6e7333d315 ("net: add rx_nohandler stat counter")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches and modern SR-IOV enabled NICs may multiplex traffic from Port
representators and control messages over single set of hardware queues.
Control messages and muxed traffic may need ordered delivery.
Those requirements make it hard to comfortably use TC infrastructure today
unless we have a way of attaching metadata to skbs at the upper device.
Because single set of queues is used for many netdevs stopping TC/sched
queues of all of them reliably is impossible and lower device has to
retreat to returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY and usually has to take extra locks on
the fastpath.
This patch attempts to enable port/representative devs to attach metadata
to skbs which carry port id. This way representatives can be queueless and
all queuing can be performed at the lower netdev in the usual way.
Traffic arriving on the port/representative interfaces will be have
metadata attached and will subsequently be queued to the lower device for
transmission. The lower device should recognize the metadata and translate
it to HW specific format which is most likely either a special header
inserted before the network headers or descriptor/metadata fields.
Metadata is associated with the lower device by storing the netdev pointer
along with port id so that if TC decides to redirect or mirror the new
netdev will not try to interpret it.
This is mostly for SR-IOV devices since switches don't have lower netdevs
today.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 31fd85816d ("bpf: permits narrower load from bpf program
context fields") permits narrower load for certain ctx fields.
The commit however will already generate a masking even if
the prog-specific ctx conversion produces the result with
narrower size.
For example, for __sk_buff->protocol, the ctx conversion
loads the data into register with 2-byte load.
A narrower 2-byte load should not generate masking.
For __sk_buff->vlan_present, the conversion function
set the result as either 0 or 1, essentially a byte.
The narrower 2-byte or 1-byte load should not generate masking.
To avoid unnecessary masking, prog-specific *_is_valid_access
now passes converted_op_size back to verifier, which indicates
the valid data width after perceived future conversion.
Based on this information, verifier is able to avoid
unnecessary marking.
Since we want more information back from prog-specific
*_is_valid_access checking, all of them are packed into
one data structure for more clarity.
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the XDP_ATTACHED_* values to include offloaded mode.
Let drivers report whether program is installed in the driver
or the HW by changing the prog_attached field from bool to
u8 (type of the netlink attribute).
Exploit the fact that the value of XDP_ATTACHED_DRV is 1,
therefore since all drivers currently assign the mode with
double negation:
mode = !!xdp_prog;
no drivers have to be modified.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an installation-time flag for requesting that the program
be installed only if it can be offloaded to HW.
Internally new command for ndo_xdp is added, this way we avoid
putting checks into drivers since they all return -EINVAL on
an unknown command.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass XDP flags to the xdp ndo. This will allow drivers to look
at the mode flags and make decisions about offload.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two entries being added at the same time to the IFLA
policy table, whilst parallel bug fixes to decnet
routing dst handling overlapping with the dst gc removal
in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the new getsockopt(2) option SO_PEERGROUPS on SOL_SOCKET to
retrieve the auxiliary groups of the remote peer. It is designed to
naturally extend SO_PEERCRED. That is, the underlying data is from the
same credentials. Regarding its syntax, it is based on SO_PEERSEC. That
is, if the provided buffer is too small, ERANGE is returned and @optlen
is updated. Otherwise, the information is copied, @optlen is set to the
actual size, and 0 is returned.
While SO_PEERCRED (and thus `struct ucred') already returns the primary
group, it lacks the auxiliary group vector. However, nearly all access
controls (including kernel side VFS and SYSVIPC, but also user-space
polkit, DBus, ...) consider the entire set of groups, rather than just
the primary group. But this is currently not possible with pure
SO_PEERCRED. Instead, user-space has to work around this and query the
system database for the auxiliary groups of a UID retrieved via
SO_PEERCRED.
Unfortunately, there is no race-free way to query the auxiliary groups
of the PID/UID retrieved via SO_PEERCRED. Hence, the current user-space
solution is to use getgrouplist(3p), which itself falls back to NSS and
whatever is configured in nsswitch.conf(3). This effectively checks
which groups we *would* assign to the user if it logged in *now*. On
normal systems it is as easy as reading /etc/group, but with NSS it can
resort to quering network databases (eg., LDAP), using IPC or network
communication.
Long story short: Whenever we want to use auxiliary groups for access
checks on IPC, we need further IPC to talk to the user/group databases,
rather than just relying on SO_PEERCRED and the incoming socket. This
is unfortunate, and might even result in dead-locks if the database
query uses the same IPC as the original request.
So far, those recursions / dead-locks have been avoided by using
primitive IPC for all crucial NSS modules. However, we want to avoid
re-inventing the wheel for each NSS module that might be involved in
user/group queries. Hence, we would preferably make DBus (and other IPC
that supports access-management based on groups) work without resorting
to the user/group database. This new SO_PEERGROUPS ioctl would allow us
to make dbus-daemon work without ever calling into NSS.
Cc: Michal Sekletar <msekleta@redhat.com>
Cc: Simon McVittie <simon.mcvittie@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RTNLGRP_{IPV4,IPV6}_MROUTE_R as two new restricted groups for the
NETLINK_ROUTE family.
Binding to these groups specifically requires CAP_NET_ADMIN to allow
multicast of sensitive messages (e.g. mroute cache reports).
Suggested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Gomes <julien@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Network interface groups support added while ago, however
there is no IFLA_GROUP attribute description in policy
and netlink message size calculations until now.
Add IFLA_GROUP attribute to the policy.
Fixes: cbda10fa97 ("net_device: add support for network device groups")
Signed-off-by: Serhey Popovych <serhe.popovych@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 217f697436 ("net: busy-poll: allow preemption in
sk_busy_loop()") there is an explicit do_softirq() invocation after
local_bh_enable() has been invoked.
I don't understand why we need this because local_bh_enable() will
invoke do_softirq() once the softirq counter reached zero and we have
softirq-related work pending.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should avoid marking goto rules unresolved when their
target is actually reachable after rule deletion.
Consolder following sample scenario:
# ip -4 ru sh
0: from all lookup local
32000: from all goto 32100
32100: from all lookup main
32100: from all lookup default
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
# ip -4 ru del pref 32100 table main
# ip -4 ru sh
0: from all lookup local
32000: from all goto 32100 [unresolved]
32100: from all lookup default
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
After removal of first rule with preference 32100 we
mark all goto rules as unreachable, even when rule with
same preference as removed one still present.
Check if next rule with same preference is available
and make all rules with goto action pointing to it.
Signed-off-by: Serhey Popovych <serhe.popovych@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename:
wait_queue_t => wait_queue_entry_t
'wait_queue_t' was always a slight misnomer: its name implies that it's a "queue",
but in reality it's a queue *entry*. The 'real' queue is the wait queue head,
which had to carry the name.
Start sorting this out by renaming it to 'wait_queue_entry_t'.
This also allows the real structure name 'struct __wait_queue' to
lose its double underscore and become 'struct wait_queue_entry',
which is the more canonical nomenclature for such data types.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Using get_random_u32 here is faster, more fitting of the use case, and
just as cryptographically secure. It also has the benefit of providing
better randomness at early boot, which is when many of these structures
are assigned.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Quoting Joe Stringer:
If a user loads nf_conntrack_ftp, sends FTP traffic through a network
namespace, destroys that namespace then unloads the FTP helper module,
then the kernel will crash.
Events that lead to the crash:
1. conntrack is created with ftp helper in netns x
2. This netns is destroyed
3. netns destruction is scheduled
4. netns destruction wq starts, removes netns from global list
5. ftp helper is unloaded, which resets all helpers of the conntracks
via for_each_net()
but because netns is already gone from list the for_each_net() loop
doesn't include it, therefore all of these conntracks are unaffected.
6. helper module unload finishes
7. netns wq invokes destructor for rmmod'ed helper
CC: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
DST_NOCACHE flag check has been removed from dst_release() and
dst_hold_safe() in a previous patch because all the dst are now ref
counted properly and can be released based on refcnt only.
Looking at the rest of the DST_NOCACHE use, all of them can now be
removed or replaced with other checks.
So this patch gets rid of all the DST_NOCACHE usage and remove this flag
completely.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all the components have been changed to release dst based on
refcnt only and not depend on dst gc anymore, we can remove the
temporary flag DST_NOGC.
Note that we also need to remove the DST_NOCACHE check in dst_release()
and dst_hold_safe() because now all the dst are released based on refcnt
and behaves as DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all dst gc related code and all the dst free
functions
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the creation of xfrm_dst bundle, always take ref count when
allocating the dst. This way, xfrm_bundle_create() will form a linked
list of dst with dst->child pointing to a ref counted dst child. And
the returned dst pointer is also ref counted. This makes the link from
the flow cache to this dst now ref counted properly.
As the dst is always ref counted properly, we can safely mark
DST_NOGC flag so dst_release() will release dst based on refcnt only.
And dst gc is no longer needed and all dst_free() and its related
function calls should be replaced with dst_release() or
dst_release_immediate().
The special handling logic for dst->child in dst_destroy() can be
replaced with a simple dst_release_immediate() call on the child to
release the whole list linked by dst->child pointer.
Previously used DST_NOHASH flag is not needed anymore as well. The
reason that DST_NOHASH is used in the existing code is mainly to prevent
the dst inserted in the fib tree to be wrongly destroyed during the
deletion of the xfrm_dst bundle. So in the existing code, DST_NOHASH
flag is marked in all the dst children except the one which is in the
fib tree.
However, with this patch series to remove dst gc logic and release dst
only based on ref count, it is safe to release all the children from a
xfrm_dst bundle as long as the dst children are all ref counted
properly which is already the case in the existing code.
So, this patch removes the use of DST_NOHASH flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function should be called when removing routes from fib tree after
the dst gc is no longer in use.
We first mark DST_OBSOLETE_DEAD on this dst to make sure next
dst_ops->check() fails and returns NULL.
Secondly, as we no longer keep the gc_list, we need to properly
release dst->dev right at the moment when the dst is removed from
the fib/fib6 tree.
It does the following:
1. change dst->input and output pointers to dst_discard/dst_dscard_out to
discard all packets
2. replace dst->dev with loopback interface
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mechanism of freeing dst is a bit complicated. dst has its
ref count and when user grabs the reference to the dst, the ref count is
properly taken in most cases except in IPv4/IPv6/decnet/xfrm routing
code due to some historic reasons.
If the reference to dst is always taken properly, we should be able to
simplify the logic in dst_release() to destroy dst when dst->__refcnt
drops from 1 to 0. And this should be the only condition to determine
if we can call dst_destroy().
And as dst is always ref counted, there is no need for a dst garbage
list to hold the dst entries that already get removed by the routing
code but are still held by other users. And the task to periodically
check the list to free dst if ref count become 0 is also not needed
anymore.
This patch introduces a temporary flag DST_NOGC(no garbage collector).
If it is set in the dst, dst_release() will call dst_destroy() when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0. dst_hold_safe() will also check for this flag
and do atomic_inc_not_zero() similar as DST_NOCACHE to avoid double free
issue.
This temporary flag is mainly used so that we can make the transition
component by component without breaking other parts.
This flag will be removed after all components are properly transitioned.
This patch also introduces a new function dst_release_immediate() which
destroys dst without waiting on the rcu when refcnt drops to 0. It will
be used in later patches.
Follow-up patches will correct all the places to properly take ref count
on dst and mark DST_NOGC. dst_release() or dst_release_immediate() will
be used to release the dst instead of dst_free() and its related
functions.
And final clean-up patch will remove the DST_NOGC flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose prog_id through IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID. This patch
makes modification to generic_xdp. The later patches will
modify other xdp-supported drivers.
prog_id is added to struct net_dev_xdp.
iproute2 patch will be followed. Here is how the 'ip link'
will look like:
> ip link show eth0
3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 xdp(prog_id:1) qdisc fq_codel state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions return void * and remove all the casts across
the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only where the unsigned char pointer
was used directly, all done with the following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
@@
- fn(SKB, LEN)[0]
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
Note that the last part there converts from push(...)[0] to the
more idiomatic *(u8 *)push(...).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions return void * and remove all the casts across
the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only where the unsigned char pointer
was used directly, all done with the following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = {
skb_pull,
__skb_pull,
skb_pull_inline,
__pskb_pull_tail,
__pskb_pull,
pskb_pull
};
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = {
skb_pull,
__skb_pull,
skb_pull_inline,
__pskb_pull_tail,
__pskb_pull,
pskb_pull
};
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions (skb_put, __skb_put and pskb_put) return void *
and remove all the casts across the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only
where the unsigned char pointer was used directly, all done with the
following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
which actually doesn't cover pskb_put since there are only three
users overall.
A handful of stragglers were converted manually, notably a macro in
drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_bsdcomp.c and, oddly enough, one of the many
instances in net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c. In the former file, I also
had to fix one whitespace problem spatch introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were many places that my previous spatch didn't find,
as pointed out by yuan linyu in various patches.
The following spatch found many more and also removes the
now unnecessary casts:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len;
expression skb;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, len);
)
... when != p
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memset(p2, 0, len);
|
-memset(p, 0, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t));
)
... when != p
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memset(p2, 0, sizeof(*p));
|
-memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len;
@@
-memset(skb_put(skb, len), 0, len);
+skb_put_zero(skb, len);
Apply it to the tree (with one manual fixup to keep the
comment in vxlan.c, which spatch removed.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 83ada39bb79d ("net: factor out a helper to decrement the
skb refcount") provided and used a helper for decrementing skb usage,
but I missed at least a spot for it.
This change remove some more duplicated code reusing skb_unref() in
napi_consume_skb(), too. The helper uses an additional, unneeded
unlikely(!skb) test - napi_consume_skb() already check it a few lines
above - but the compiler is smart enough to optimize the duplicated
test out.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, verifier will reject a program if it contains an
narrower load from the bpf context structure. For example,
__u8 h = __sk_buff->hash, or
__u16 p = __sk_buff->protocol
__u32 sample_period = bpf_perf_event_data->sample_period
which are narrower loads of 4-byte or 8-byte field.
This patch solves the issue by:
. Introduce a new parameter ctx_field_size to carry the
field size of narrower load from prog type
specific *__is_valid_access validator back to verifier.
. The non-zero ctx_field_size for a memory access indicates
(1). underlying prog type specific convert_ctx_accesses
supporting non-whole-field access
(2). the current insn is a narrower or whole field access.
. In verifier, for such loads where load memory size is
less than ctx_field_size, verifier transforms it
to a full field load followed by proper masking.
. Currently, __sk_buff and bpf_perf_event_data->sample_period
are supporting narrowing loads.
. Narrower stores are still not allowed as typical ctx stores
are just normal stores.
Because of this change, some tests in verifier will fail and
these tests are removed. As a bonus, rename some out of bound
__sk_buff->cb access to proper field name and remove two
redundant "skb cb oob" tests.
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, struct iwreq isn't a proper subset of struct ifreq,
but is still handled by the same code path. Robert reported that
then applications may (randomly) fault if the struct iwreq they
pass happens to land within 8 bytes of the end of a mapping (the
struct is only 32 bytes, vs. struct ifreq's 40 bytes).
To fix this, pull out the code handling wireless extension ioctls
and copy only the smaller structure in this case.
This bug goes back a long time, I tracked that it was introduced
into mainline in 2.1.15, over 20 years ago!
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195869
Reported-by: Robert O'Callahan <robert@ocallahan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes uninitialized symbol warning that
got introduced by the following commit
773fc8f6e8 ("net: rps: send out pending IPI's on CPU hotplug")
Signed-off-by: Ashwanth Goli <ashwanth@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since UDP no more uses sk->destructor, we can clear completely
the skb head state before enqueuing. Amend and use
skb_release_head_state() for that.
All head states share a single cacheline, which is not
normally used/accesses on dequeue. We can avoid entirely accessing
such cacheline implementing and using in the UDP code a specialized
skb free helper which ignores the skb head state.
This saves a cacheline miss at skb deallocation time.
v1 -> v2:
replaced secpath_reset() with skb_release_head_state()
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same code is replicated in 3 different places; move it to a
common helper.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow for tc BPF programs to set a skb->hash, apart from clearing
and triggering a recalc that we have right now. It allows for BPF
to implement a custom hashing routine for skb_get_hash().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since cg_skb_func_proto() doesn't do anything else than just calling
into sk_filter_func_proto(), remove it and set sk_filter_func_proto()
directly for .get_func_proto callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the user tries to assign a specific nsid, idr_alloc() is called with
the range [nsid, nsid+1]. If this nsid is already used, idr_alloc() returns
ENOSPC (No space left on device). In our case, it's better to return
EEXIST to make it clear that the nsid is not available.
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It helps the user to identify errors.
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPI's from the victim cpu are not handled in dev_cpu_callback.
So these pending IPI's would be sent to the remote cpu only when
NET_RX is scheduled on the victim cpu and since this trigger is
unpredictable it would result in packet latencies on the remote cpu.
This patch add support to send the pending ipi's of victim cpu.
Signed-off-by: Ashwanth Goli <ashwanth@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like this:
Message from syslogd@flamingo at Apr 26 00:45:00 ...
kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 4
They seem to coincide with net namespace teardown.
The message is emitted by netdev_wait_allrefs().
Forced a kdump in netdev_run_todo, but found that the refcount on the lo
device was already 0 at the time we got to the panic.
Used bcc to check the blocking in netdev_run_todo. The only places
where we're off cpu there are in the rcu_barrier() and msleep() calls.
That behavior is expected. The msleep time coincides with the amount of
time we spend waiting for the refcount to reach zero; the rcu_barrier()
wait times are not excessive.
After looking through the list of callbacks that the netdevice notifiers
invoke in this path, it appears that the dst_dev_event is the most
interesting. The dst_ifdown path places a hold on the loopback_dev as
part of releasing the dev associated with the original dst cache entry.
Most of our notifier callbacks are straight-forward, but this one a)
looks complex, and b) places a hold on the network interface in
question.
I constructed a new bcc script that watches various events in the
liftime of a dst cache entry. Note that dst_ifdown will take a hold on
the loopback device until the invalidated dst entry gets freed.
[ __dst_free] on DST: ffff883ccabb7900 IF tap1008300eth0 invoked at 1282115677036183
__dst_free
rcu_nocb_kthread
kthread
ret_from_fork
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When inheriting tx_flags from one skbuff to another, always apply a
mask to avoid overwriting unrelated other bits in the field.
The two SKBTX_SHARED_FRAG cases clears all other bits. In practice,
tx_flags are zero at this point now. But this is fragile. Timestamp
flags are set, for instance, if in tcp_gso_segment, after this clear
in skb_segment.
The SKBTX_ANY_TSTAMP mask in __skb_tstamp_tx ensures that new
skbs do not accidentally inherit flags such as SKBTX_SHARED_FRAG.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DRAM supply shortage and poor memory pressure tracking in TCP
stack makes any change in SO_SNDBUF/SO_RCVBUF (or equivalent autotuning
limits) and tcp_mem[] quite hazardous.
TCPMemoryPressures SNMP counter is an indication of tcp_mem sysctl
limits being hit, but only tracking number of transitions.
If TCP stack behavior under stress was perfect :
1) It would maintain memory usage close to the limit.
2) Memory pressure state would be entered for short times.
We certainly prefer 100 events lasting 10ms compared to one event
lasting 200 seconds.
This patch adds a new SNMP counter tracking cumulative duration of
memory pressure events, given in ms units.
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_mem
3088 4117 6176
$ grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 180 orphan 0 tw 2 alloc 234 mem 4140
$ nstat -n ; sleep 10 ; nstat |grep Pressure
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressures 1700
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressuresChrono 5209
v2: Used EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() instead of EXPORT_SYMBOL() as David
instructed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the structure's fields are not initialized by the
rtnetlink. If driver doesn't set those in ndo_get_vf_config(),
they'd leak memory to user.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
CC: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Rose <gvrose8192@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Network devices can allocate reasources and private memory using
netdev_ops->ndo_init(). However, the release of these resources
can occur in one of two different places.
Either netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() or netdev->destructor().
The decision of which operation frees the resources depends upon
whether it is necessary for all netdev refs to be released before it
is safe to perform the freeing.
netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() presumably can occur right after the
NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifier completes and the unicast and multicast
address lists are flushed.
netdev->destructor(), on the other hand, does not run until the
netdev references all go away.
Further complicating the situation is that netdev->destructor()
almost universally does also a free_netdev().
This creates a problem for the logic in register_netdevice().
Because all callers of register_netdevice() manage the freeing
of the netdev, and invoke free_netdev(dev) if register_netdevice()
fails.
If netdev_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, but something else fails inside
of register_netdevice(), it does call ndo_ops->ndo_uninit(). But
it is not able to invoke netdev->destructor().
This is because netdev->destructor() will do a free_netdev() and
then the caller of register_netdevice() will do the same.
However, this means that the resources that would normally be released
by netdev->destructor() will not be.
Over the years drivers have added local hacks to deal with this, by
invoking their destructor parts by hand when register_netdevice()
fails.
Many drivers do not try to deal with this, and instead we have leaks.
Let's close this hole by formalizing the distinction between what
private things need to be freed up by netdev->destructor() and whether
the driver needs unregister_netdevice() to perform the free_netdev().
netdev->priv_destructor() performs all actions to free up the private
resources that used to be freed by netdev->destructor(), except for
free_netdev().
netdev->needs_free_netdev is a boolean that indicates whether
free_netdev() should be done at the end of unregister_netdevice().
Now, register_netdevice() can sanely release all resources after
ndo_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, by invoking both ndo_ops->ndo_uninit()
and netdev->priv_destructor().
And at the end of unregister_netdevice(), we invoke
netdev->priv_destructor() and optionally call free_netdev().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KMSAN reported a use of uninitialized memory in dev_set_alias(),
which was caused by calling strlcpy() (which in turn called strlen())
on the user-supplied non-terminated string.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is need to instruct the HW offloaded path to push certain matched
packets to cpu/kernel for further analysis. So this patch introduces a
new TRAP control action to TC.
For kernel datapath, this action does not make much sense. So with the
same logic as in HW, new TRAP behaves similar to STOLEN. The skb is just
dropped in the datapath (and virtually ejected to an upper level, which
does not exist in case of kernel).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must free allocated skb when genlmsg_put() return fails.
Fixes: 1555d204e7 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)")
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a defense-in-depth measure in response to bugs like
4d6fa57b4d ("macsec: avoid heap overflow in skb_to_sgvec"). There's
not only a potential overflow of sglist items, but also a stack overflow
potential, so we fix this by limiting the amount of recursion this function
is allowed to do. Not actually providing a bounded base case is a future
disaster that we can easily avoid here.
As a small matter of house keeping, we take this opportunity to move the
documentation comment over the actual function the documentation is for.
While this could be implemented by using an explicit stack of skbuffs,
when implementing this, the function complexity increased considerably,
and I don't think such complexity and bloat is actually worth it. So,
instead I built this and tested it on x86, x86_64, ARM, ARM64, and MIPS,
and measured the stack usage there. I also reverted the recent MIPS
changes that give it a separate IRQ stack, so that I could experience
some worst-case situations. I found that limiting it to 24 layers deep
yielded a good stack usage with room for safety, as well as being much
deeper than any driver actually ever creates.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The command
# arp -s 62.2.0.1 a🅱️c:d:e:f dev eth2
adds an entry like the following (listed by "arp -an")
? (62.2.0.1) at 0a:0b:0c:0d:0e:0f [ether] PERM on eth2
but the symmetric deletion command
# arp -i eth2 -d 62.2.0.1
does not remove the PERM entry from the table, and instead leaves behind
? (62.2.0.1) at <incomplete> on eth2
The reason is that there is a refcnt of 1 for the arp_tbl itself
(neigh_alloc starts off the entry with a refcnt of 1), thus
the neigh_release() call from arp_invalidate() will (at best) just
decrement the ref to 1, but will never actually free it from the
table.
To fix this, we need to do something like neigh_forced_gc: if
the refcnt is 1 (i.e., on the table's ref), remove the entry from
the table and free it. This patch refactors and shares common code
between neigh_forced_gc and the newly added neigh_remove_one.
A similar issue exists for IPv6 Neighbor Cache entries, and is fixed
in a similar manner by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to f5f99309fa (sock: do not set sk_err in
sock_dequeue_err_skb), sk_err was reset to the error of
the skb on the head of the error queue.
Applications, most notably ping, are relying on this
behavior to reset sk_err for ICMP packets.
Set sk_err to the ICMP error when there is an ICMP packet
at the head of the error queue.
Fixes: f5f99309fa (sock: do not set sk_err in sock_dequeue_err_skb)
Reported-by: Cyril Hrubis <chrubis@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Cyril Hrubis <chrubis@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save a bit of code by using the kernel extension.
$ size net/core/net-procfs.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3701 120 0 3821 eed net/core/net-procfs.o.new
3764 120 0 3884 f2c net/core/net-procfs.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of ip tos and ttl and ipv6 traffic-class
and hoplimit. Both are dissected into the same struct.
Uses similar call to ip dissection function as with tcp, arp and others.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To track stack depth of classic bpf programs we only need
to analyze ST|STX instructions, since check_load_and_stores()
verifies that programs can load from stack only after write.
We also need to change the way cBPF stack slots map to eBPF stack,
since typical classic programs are using slots 0 and 1, so they
need to map to stack offsets -4 and -8 respectively in order
to take advantage of small stack interpreter and JITs.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small clean-up to rtmsg_ifinfo() to use the rtnl_get_event()
interface instead of using 'internal' values directly.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack arg down to lwtunnel_build_state and the build_state callbacks.
Add messages for failures in lwtunnel_build_state, and add the extarg to
nla_parse where possible in the build_state callbacks.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack down to lwtunnel_valid_encap_type and
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr. Add messages for unknown
or unsupported encap types.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When netdev events happen, a rtnetlink_event() handler will send
messages for every event in it's white list. These messages contain
current information about a particular device, but they do not include
the iformation about which event just happened. So, it is impossible
to tell what just happend for these events.
This patch adds a new extension to RTM_NEWLINK message called IFLA_EVENT
that would have an encoding of event that triggered this
message. This would allow the the message consumer to easily determine
if it needs to perform certain actions.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/phy/marvell.c, bug fix in 'net'
restricting a HW workaround alongside cleanups in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey Konovalov reported crashes in ipv4_mtu()
I could reproduce the issue with KASAN kernels, between
10.246.7.151 and 10.246.7.152 :
1) 20 concurrent netperf -t TCP_RR -H 10.246.7.152 -l 1000 &
2) At the same time run following loop :
while :
do
ip ro add 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
ip ro del 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
done
Cong Wang attempted to add back rt->fi in commit
82486aa6f1 ("ipv4: restore rt->fi for reference counting")
but this proved to add some issues that were complex to solve.
Instead, I suggested to add a refcount to the metrics themselves,
being a standalone object (in particular, no reference to other objects)
I tried to make this patch as small as possible to ease its backport,
instead of being super clean. Note that we believe that only ipv4 dst
need to take care of the metric refcount. But if this is wrong,
this patch adds the basic infrastructure to extend this to other
families.
Many thanks to Julian Anastasov for reviewing this patch, and Cong Wang
for his efforts on this problem.
Fixes: 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bpf_clone_redirect() still needs to be listed in
bpf_helper_changes_pkt_data() since we call into
bpf_try_make_head_writable() from there, thus we need
to invalidate prior pkt regs as well.
Fixes: 36bbef52c7 ("bpf: direct packet write and access for helpers for clsact progs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default value for somaxconn is set in sysctl_core_net_init(), but this
function is not called when kernel is configured without CONFIG_SYSCTL.
This results in the kernel not being able to accept TCP connections,
because the backlog has zero size. Usually, the user ends up with:
"TCP: request_sock_TCP: Possible SYN flooding on port 7. Dropping request. Check SNMP counters."
If SYN cookies are not enabled the connection is rejected.
Before ef547f2ac1 (tcp: remove max_qlen_log), the effects were less
severe, because the backlog was always at least eight slots long.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <roman.kapl@sysgo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of tcp flags. Uses similar function call to
tcp dissection function as arp, mpls and others.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW option to allow an outgoing packet to
be looped to the socket's error queue with a software timestamp even
when a hardware transmit timestamp is expected to be provided by the
driver.
Applications using this option will receive two separate messages from
the error queue, one with a software timestamp and the other with a
hardware timestamp. As the hardware timestamp is saved to the shared skb
info, which may happen before the first message with software timestamp
is received by the application, the hardware timestamp is copied to the
SCM_TIMESTAMPING control message only when the skb has no software
timestamp or it is an incoming packet.
While changing sw_tx_timestamp(), inline it in skb_tx_timestamp() as
there are no other users.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit b68581778c ("net: Make skb->skb_iif always track
skb->dev") skbs don't have the original index of the interface which
received the packet. This information is now needed for a new control
message related to hardware timestamping.
Instead of adding a new field to skb, we can find the device by the NAPI
ID if it is available, i.e. CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL is enabled and the
driver is using NAPI. Add dev_get_by_napi_id() and also skb_napi_id() to
hide the CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL ifdef.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL to the hwtstamp_rx_filters enum for
timestamping of NTP packets. There is currently only one driver
(phyter) that could support it directly.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_csum_hwoffload_help() uses netdev features and skb->csum_not_inet to
determine if skb needs software computation of Internet Checksum or crc32c
(or nothing, if this computation can be done by the hardware). Use it in
place of skb_checksum_help() in validate_xmit_skb() to avoid corruption
of non-GSO SCTP packets having skb->ip_summed equal to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL.
While at it, remove references to skb_csum_off_chk* functions, since they
are not present anymore in Linux _ see commit cf53b1da73 ("Revert
"net: Add driver helper functions to determine checksum offloadability"").
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->csum_not_inet carries the indication on which algorithm is needed to
compute checksum on skb in the transmit path, when skb->ip_summed is equal
to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL. If skb carries a SCTP packet and crc32c hasn't been
yet written in L4 header, skb->csum_not_inet is assigned to 1; otherwise,
assume Internet Checksum is needed and thus set skb->csum_not_inet to 0.
Suggested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This bit was introduced with commit 5a21232983 ("net: Support for
csum_bad in skbuff") to reduce the stack workload when processing RX
packets carrying a wrong Internet Checksum. Up to now, only one driver and
GRO core are setting it.
Suggested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_crc32c_csum_help is like skb_checksum_help, but it is designed for
checksumming SCTP packets using crc32c (see RFC3309), provided that
libcrc32c.ko has been loaded before. In case libcrc32c is not loaded,
invoking skb_crc32c_csum_help on a skb results in one the following
printouts:
warn_crc32c_csum_update: attempt to compute crc32c without libcrc32c.ko
warn_crc32c_csum_combine: attempt to compute crc32c without libcrc32c.ko
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_compute_checksum requires crc32c symbol (provided by libcrc32c), so
it can't be used in net core. Like it has been done previously with other
symbols (e.g. ipv6_dst_lookup), introduce a stub struct skb_checksum_ops
to allow computation of crc32c checksum in net core after sctp.ko (and thus
libcrc32c) has been loaded.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mauro says:
This patch series convert the remaining DocBooks to ReST.
The first version was originally
send as 3 patch series:
[PATCH 00/36] Convert DocBook documents to ReST
[PATCH 0/5] Convert more books to ReST
[PATCH 00/13] Get rid of DocBook
The lsm book was added as if it were a text file under
Documentation. The plan is to merge it with another file
under Documentation/security, after both this series and
a security Documentation patch series gets merged.
It also adjusts some Sphinx-pedantic errors/warnings on
some kernel-doc markups.
I also added some patches here to add PDF output for all
existing ReST books.
This function has to return NULL on a error case, because there is a
separate error variable.
The offset has to be changed only if skb is returned
v2: fix udp code to not use an extra variable
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 65101aeca5 ("net/sock: factor out dequeue/peek with offset cod")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tc_classify function to cls_api.c where it belongs, rename it to
fit the namespace.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_INET is not set, net/core/sock.c can not compile :
net/core/sock.c: In function ‘skb_orphan_partial’:
net/core/sock.c:1810:2: error: implicit declaration of function
‘skb_is_tcp_pure_ack’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (skb_is_tcp_pure_ack(skb))
^
Fix this by always including <net/tcp.h>
Fixes: f6ba8d33cf ("netem: fix skb_orphan_partial()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's a common practice to send gratuitous ARPs after moving an
IP address to another device to speed up healing of a service. To
fulfill service availability constraints, the timing of network peers
updating their caches to point to a new location of an IP address can be
particularly important.
Sometimes neigh_update calls won't touch neither lladdr nor state, for
example if an update arrives in locktime interval. The neigh->updated
value is tested by the protocol specific neigh code, which in turn
will influence whether NEIGH_UPDATE_F_OVERRIDE gets set in the
call to neigh_update() or not. As a result, we may effectively ignore
the update request, bailing out of touching the neigh entry, except that
we still bump its timestamps inside neigh_update.
This may be a problem for updates arriving in quick succession. For
example, consider the following scenario:
A service is moved to another device with its IP address. The new device
sends three gratuitous ARP requests into the network with ~1 seconds
interval between them. Just before the first request arrives to one of
network peer nodes, its neigh entry for the IP address transitions from
STALE to DELAY. This transition, among other things, updates
neigh->updated. Once the kernel receives the first gratuitous ARP, it
ignores it because its arrival time is inside the locktime interval. The
kernel still bumps neigh->updated. Then the second gratuitous ARP
request arrives, and it's also ignored because it's still in the (new)
locktime interval. Same happens for the third request. The node
eventually heals itself (after delay_first_probe_time seconds since the
initial transition to DELAY state), but it just wasted some time and
require a new ARP request/reply round trip. This unfortunate behaviour
both puts more load on the network, as well as reduces service
availability.
This patch changes neigh_update so that it bumps neigh->updated (as well
as neigh->confirmed) only once we are sure that either lladdr or entry
state will change). In the scenario described above, it means that the
second gratuitous ARP request will actually update the entry lladdr.
Ideally, we would update the neigh entry on the very first gratuitous
ARP request. The locktime mechanism is designed to ignore ARP updates in
a short timeframe after a previous ARP update was honoured by the kernel
layer. This would require tracking timestamps for state transitions
separately from timestamps when actual updates are received. This would
probably involve changes in neighbour struct. Therefore, the patch
doesn't tackle the issue of the first gratuitous APR ignored, leaving
it for a follow-up.
Signed-off-by: Ihar Hrachyshka <ihrachys@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BBR congestion control depends on pacing, and pacing is
currently handled by sch_fq packet scheduler for performance reasons,
and also because implemening pacing with FQ was convenient to truly
avoid bursts.
However there are many cases where this packet scheduler constraint
is not practical.
- Many linux hosts are not focusing on handling thousands of TCP
flows in the most efficient way.
- Some routers use fq_codel or other AQM, but still would like
to use BBR for the few TCP flows they initiate/terminate.
This patch implements an automatic fallback to internal pacing.
Pacing is requested either by BBR or use of SO_MAX_PACING_RATE option.
If sch_fq happens to be in the egress path, pacing is delegated to
the qdisc, otherwise pacing is done by TCP itself.
One advantage of pacing from TCP stack is to get more precise rtt
estimations, and less work done from TX completion, since TCP Small
queue limits are not generally hit. Setups with single TX queue but
many cpus might even benefit from this.
Note that unlike sch_fq, we do not take into account header sizes.
Taking care of these headers would add additional complexity for
no practical differences in behavior.
Some performance numbers using 800 TCP_STREAM flows rate limited to
~48 Mbit per second on 40Gbit NIC.
If MQ+pfifo_fast is used on the NIC :
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:48:44 eth0 725743.00 2932134.00 46776.76 4335184.68 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:45 eth0 725349.00 2932112.00 46751.86 4335158.90 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:46 eth0 725101.00 2931153.00 46735.07 4333748.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:47 eth0 725099.00 2931161.00 46735.11 4333760.44 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:48 eth0 725160.00 2931731.00 46738.88 4334606.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 725290.40 2931658.20 46747.54 4334491.74 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
4 0 0 259825920 45644 2708324 0 0 21 2 247 98 0 0 100 0 0
4 0 0 259823744 45644 2708356 0 0 0 0 2400825 159843 0 19 81 0 0
0 0 0 259824208 45644 2708072 0 0 0 0 2407351 159929 0 19 81 0 0
1 0 0 259824592 45644 2708128 0 0 0 0 2405183 160386 0 19 80 0 0
1 0 0 259824272 45644 2707868 0 0 0 32 2396361 158037 0 19 81 0 0
Now use MQ+FQ :
lpaa23:~# echo fq >/proc/sys/net/core/default_qdisc
lpaa23:~# tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root mq
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:49:57 eth0 678614.00 2727930.00 43739.13 4033279.14 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:49:58 eth0 677620.00 2723971.00 43674.69 4027429.62 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:49:59 eth0 676396.00 2719050.00 43596.83 4020125.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:50:00 eth0 675197.00 2714173.00 43518.62 4012938.90 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:50:01 eth0 676388.00 2719063.00 43595.47 4020171.64 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 676843.00 2720837.40 43624.95 4022788.86 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
2 0 0 259832240 46008 2710912 0 0 21 2 223 192 0 1 99 0 0
1 0 0 259832896 46008 2710744 0 0 0 0 1702206 198078 0 17 82 0 0
0 0 0 259830272 46008 2710596 0 0 0 0 1696340 197756 1 17 83 0 0
4 0 0 259829168 46024 2710584 0 0 16 0 1688472 197158 1 17 82 0 0
3 0 0 259830224 46024 2710408 0 0 0 0 1692450 197212 0 18 82 0 0
As expected, number of interrupts per second is very different.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And update __sk_queue_drop_skb() to work on the specified queue.
This will help the udp protocol to use an additional private
rx queue in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In general, rtnetlink dumps do not anticipate failure to dump a single
object (e.g., link or route) on a single pass. As both route and link
objects have grown via more attributes, that is no longer a given.
netlink dumps can handle a failure if the dump function returns an
error; specifically, netlink_dump adds the return code to the response
if it is <= 0 so userspace is notified of the failure. The missing
piece is the rtnetlink dump functions returning the error.
Fix route and link dump functions to return the errors if no object is
added to an skb (detected by skb->len != 0). IPv6 route dumps
(rt6_dump_route) already return the error; this patch updates IPv4 and
link dumps. Other dump functions may need to be ajusted as well.
Reported-by: Jan Moskyto Matejka <mq@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I should have known that lowering skb->truesize was dangerous :/
In case packets are not leaving the host via a standard Ethernet device,
but looped back to local sockets, bad things can happen, as reported
by Michael Madsen ( https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195713 )
So instead of tweaking skb->truesize, lets change skb->destructor
and keep a reference on the owner socket via its sk_refcnt.
Fixes: f2f872f927 ("netem: Introduce skb_orphan_partial() helper")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Michael Madsen <mkm@nabto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on the iproute2 generic XDP frontend, I noticed that
as of right now it's possible to have native *and* generic XDP
programs loaded both at the same time for the case when a driver
supports native XDP.
The intended model for generic XDP from b5cdae3291 ("net: Generic
XDP") is, however, that only one out of the two can be present at
once which is also indicated as such in the XDP netlink dump part.
The main rationale for generic XDP is to ease accessibility (in
case a driver does not yet have XDP support) and to generically
provide a semantical model as an example for driver developers
wanting to add XDP support. The generic XDP option for an XDP
aware driver can still be useful for comparing and testing both
implementations.
However, it is not intended to have a second XDP processing stage
or layer with exactly the same functionality of the first native
stage. Only reason could be to have a partial fallback for future
XDP features that are not supported yet in the native implementation
and we probably also shouldn't strive for such fallback and instead
encourage native feature support in the first place. Given there's
currently no such fallback issue or use case, lets not go there yet
if we don't need to.
Therefore, change semantics for loading XDP and bail out if the
user tries to load a generic XDP program when a native one is
present and vice versa. Another alternative to bailing out would
be to handle the transition from one flavor to another gracefully,
but that would require to bring the device down, exchange both
types of programs, and bring it up again in order to avoid a tiny
window where a packet could hit both hooks. Given this complicates
the logic for just a debugging feature in the native case, I went
with the simpler variant.
For the dump, remove IFLA_XDP_FLAGS that was added with b5cdae3291
and reuse IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED for indicating the mode. Dumping all
or just a subset of flags that were used for loading the XDP prog
is suboptimal in the long run since not all flags are useful for
dumping and if we start to reuse the same flag definitions for
load and dump, then we'll waste bit space. What we really just
want is to dump the mode for now.
Current IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED semantics are: nothing was installed (0),
a program is running at the native driver layer (1). Thus, add a
mode that says that a program is running at generic XDP layer (2).
Applications will handle this fine in that older binaries will
just indicate that something is attached at XDP layer, effectively
this is similar to IFLA_XDP_FLAGS attr that we would have had
modulo the redundancy.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit b5cdae3291 ("net: Generic XDP") we automatically fall
back to a generic XDP variant if the driver does not support native
XDP. Allow for an option where the user can specify that always the
native XDP variant should be selected and in case it's not supported
by a driver, just bail out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix multiqueue in stmmac driver on PCI, from Andy Shevchenko.
2) cdc_ncm doesn't actually fully zero out the padding area is
allocates on TX, from Jim Baxter.
3) Don't leak map addresses in BPF verifier, from Daniel Borkmann.
4) If we randomize TCP timestamps, we have to do it everywhere
including SYN cookies. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix "ethtool -S" crash in aquantia driver, from Pavel Belous.
6) Fix allocation size for ntp filter bitmap in bnxt_en driver, from
Dan Carpenter.
7) Add missing memory allocation return value check to DSA loop driver,
from Christophe Jaillet.
8) Fix XDP leak on driver unload in qed driver, from Suddarsana Reddy
Kalluru.
9) Don't inherit MC list from parent inet connection sockets, another
syzkaller spotted gem. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (43 commits)
dccp/tcp: do not inherit mc_list from parent
qede: Split PF/VF ndos.
qed: Correct doorbell configuration for !4Kb pages
qed: Tell QM the number of tasks
qed: Fix VF removal sequence
qede: Fix XDP memory leak on unload
net/mlx4_core: Reduce harmless SRIOV error message to debug level
net/mlx4_en: Avoid adding steering rules with invalid ring
net/mlx4_en: Change the error print to debug print
drivers: net: wimax: i2400m: i2400m-usb: Use time_after for time comparison
DECnet: Use container_of() for embedded struct
Revert "ipv4: restore rt->fi for reference counting"
net: mdio-mux: bcm-iproc: call mdiobus_free() in error path
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: adjust cpsw fifos depth for fullduplex flow control
ipv6: reorder ip6_route_dev_notifier after ipv6_dev_notf
net: cdc_ncm: Fix TX zero padding
stmmac: pci: split out common_default_data() helper
stmmac: pci: RX queue routing configuration
stmmac: pci: TX and RX queue priority configuration
stmmac: pci: set default number of rx and tx queues
...
We now have memalloc_noreclaim_{save,restore} helpers for robust setting
and clearing of PF_MEMALLOC. Let's convert the code which was using the
generic tsk_restore_flags(). No functional change.
[vbabka@suse.cz: in net/core/sock.c the hunk is missing]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170405074700.29871-4-vbabka@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: Lee Duncan <lduncan@suse.com>
Cc: Chris Leech <cleech@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Wouter Verhelst <w@uter.be>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
fq_alloc_node, alloc_netdev_mqs and netif_alloc* open code kmalloc with
vmalloc fallback. Use the kvmalloc variant instead. Keep the
__GFP_REPEAT flag based on explanation from Eric:
"At the time, tests on the hardware I had in my labs showed that
vmalloc() could deliver pages spread all over the memory and that was
a small penalty (once memory is fragmented enough, not at boot time)"
The way how the code is constructed means, however, that we prefer to go
and hit the OOM killer before we fall back to the vmalloc for requests
<=32kB (with 4kB pages) in the current code. This is rather disruptive
for something that can be achived with the fallback. On the other hand
__GFP_REPEAT doesn't have any useful semantic for these requests. So
the effect of this patch is that requests which fit into 32kB will fall
back to vmalloc easier now.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170306103327.2766-3-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Whole point of randomization was to hide server uptime, but an attacker
can simply start a syn flood and TCP generates 'old style' timestamps,
directly revealing server jiffies value.
Also, TSval sent by the server to a particular remote address vary
depending on syncookies being sent or not, potentially triggering PAWS
drops for innocent clients.
Lets implement proper randomization, including for SYNcookies.
Also we do not need to export sysctl_tcp_timestamps, since it is not
used from a module.
In v2, I added Florian feedback and contribution, adding tsoff to
tcp_get_cookie_sock().
v3 removed one unused variable in tcp_v4_connect() as Florian spotted.
Fixes: 95a22caee3 ("tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME is a string attribute, so terminate it with \0.
Otherwise libnl3 fails to validate netlink messages with this attribute.
"ip -detail a" assumes too that the attribute is NUL-terminated when
printing it. It often was, due to padding.
I noticed this as libvirtd failing to start on a system with sfc driver
after upgrading it to Linux 4.11, i.e. when sfc added support for
phys_port_name.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Millar:
"Here are some highlights from the 2065 networking commits that
happened this development cycle:
1) XDP support for IXGBE (John Fastabend) and thunderx (Sunil Kowuri)
2) Add a generic XDP driver, so that anyone can test XDP even if they
lack a networking device whose driver has explicit XDP support
(me).
3) Sparc64 now has an eBPF JIT too (me)
4) Add a BPF program testing framework via BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN (Alexei
Starovoitov)
5) Make netfitler network namespace teardown less expensive (Florian
Westphal)
6) Add symmetric hashing support to nft_hash (Laura Garcia Liebana)
7) Implement NAPI and GRO in netvsc driver (Stephen Hemminger)
8) Support TC flower offload statistics in mlxsw (Arkadi Sharshevsky)
9) Multiqueue support in stmmac driver (Joao Pinto)
10) Remove TCP timewait recycling, it never really could possibly work
well in the real world and timestamp randomization really zaps any
hint of usability this feature had (Soheil Hassas Yeganeh)
11) Support level3 vs level4 ECMP route hashing in ipv4 (Nikolay
Aleksandrov)
12) Add socket busy poll support to epoll (Sridhar Samudrala)
13) Netlink extended ACK support (Johannes Berg, Pablo Neira Ayuso,
and several others)
14) IPSEC hw offload infrastructure (Steffen Klassert)"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2065 commits)
tipc: refactor function tipc_sk_recv_stream()
tipc: refactor function tipc_sk_recvmsg()
net: thunderx: Optimize page recycling for XDP
net: thunderx: Support for XDP header adjustment
net: thunderx: Add support for XDP_TX
net: thunderx: Add support for XDP_DROP
net: thunderx: Add basic XDP support
net: thunderx: Cleanup receive buffer allocation
net: thunderx: Optimize CQE_TX handling
net: thunderx: Optimize RBDR descriptor handling
net: thunderx: Support for page recycling
ipx: call ipxitf_put() in ioctl error path
net: sched: add helpers to handle extended actions
qed*: Fix issues in the ptp filter config implementation.
qede: Fix concurrency issue in PTP Tx path processing.
stmmac: Add support for SIMATIC IOT2000 platform
net: hns: fix ethtool_get_strings overflow in hns driver
tcp: fix wraparound issue in tcp_lp
bpf, arm64: fix jit branch offset related to ldimm64
bpf, arm64: implement jiting of BPF_XADD
...
Pull splice updates from Al Viro:
"These actually missed the last cycle; the branch itself is from last
December"
* 'work.splice' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
make nr_pages calculation in default_file_splice_read() a bit less ugly
splice/tee/vmsplice: validate flags
splice_pipe_desc: kill ->flags
remove spd_release_page()
Pull iov_iter updates from Al Viro:
"Cleanups that sat in -next + -stable fodder that has just missed 4.11.
There's more iov_iter work in my local tree, but I'd prefer to push
the stuff that had been in -next first"
* 'work.iov_iter' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
iov_iter: don't revert iov buffer if csum error
generic_file_read_iter(): make use of iov_iter_revert()
generic_file_direct_write(): make use of iov_iter_revert()
orangefs: use iov_iter_revert()
sctp: switch to copy_from_iter_full()
net/9p: switch to copy_from_iter_full()
switch memcpy_from_msg() to copy_from_iter_full()
rds: make use of iov_iter_revert()
Fix kdoc parameter spelling from extact to extack.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch 3278682123 (make skb_copy_datagram_msg() et.al. preserve
->msg_iter on error) will revert the iov buffer if copy to iter
failed, but it didn't copy any datagram if the skb_checksum_complete
error, so no need to revert any data at this place.
v2: Sabrina notice that return -EFAULT when checksum error is not correct
here, it would confuse the caller about the return value, so fix it.
Fixes: 3278682123 ("make skb_copy_datagram_msg() et.al. preserve->msg_iter on error")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.11
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull block layer updates from Jens Axboe:
- Add BFQ IO scheduler under the new blk-mq scheduling framework. BFQ
was initially a fork of CFQ, but subsequently changed to implement
fairness based on B-WF2Q+, a modified variant of WF2Q. BFQ is meant
to be used on desktop type single drives, providing good fairness.
From Paolo.
- Add Kyber IO scheduler. This is a full multiqueue aware scheduler,
using a scalable token based algorithm that throttles IO based on
live completion IO stats, similary to blk-wbt. From Omar.
- A series from Jan, moving users to separately allocated backing
devices. This continues the work of separating backing device life
times, solving various problems with hot removal.
- A series of updates for lightnvm, mostly from Javier. Includes a
'pblk' target that exposes an open channel SSD as a physical block
device.
- A series of fixes and improvements for nbd from Josef.
- A series from Omar, removing queue sharing between devices on mostly
legacy drivers. This helps us clean up other bits, if we know that a
queue only has a single device backing. This has been overdue for
more than a decade.
- Fixes for the blk-stats, and improvements to unify the stats and user
windows. This both improves blk-wbt, and enables other users to
register a need to receive IO stats for a device. From Omar.
- blk-throttle improvements from Shaohua. This provides a scalable
framework for implementing scalable priotization - particularly for
blk-mq, but applicable to any type of block device. The interface is
marked experimental for now.
- Bucketized IO stats for IO polling from Stephen Bates. This improves
efficiency of polled workloads in the presence of mixed block size
IO.
- A few fixes for opal, from Scott.
- A few pulls for NVMe, including a lot of fixes for NVMe-over-fabrics.
From a variety of folks, mostly Sagi and James Smart.
- A series from Bart, improving our exposed info and capabilities from
the blk-mq debugfs support.
- A series from Christoph, cleaning up how handle WRITE_ZEROES.
- A series from Christoph, cleaning up the block layer handling of how
we track errors in a request. On top of being a nice cleanup, it also
shrinks the size of struct request a bit.
- Removal of mg_disk and hd (sorry Linus) by Christoph. The former was
never used by platforms, and the latter has outlived it's usefulness.
- Various little bug fixes and cleanups from a wide variety of folks.
* 'for-4.12/block' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (329 commits)
block: hide badblocks attribute by default
blk-mq: unify hctx delay_work and run_work
block: add kblock_mod_delayed_work_on()
blk-mq: unify hctx delayed_run_work and run_work
nbd: fix use after free on module unload
MAINTAINERS: bfq: Add Paolo as maintainer for the BFQ I/O scheduler
blk-mq-sched: alloate reserved tags out of normal pool
mtip32xx: use runtime tag to initialize command header
scsi: Implement blk_mq_ops.show_rq()
blk-mq: Add blk_mq_ops.show_rq()
blk-mq: Show operation, cmd_flags and rq_flags names
blk-mq: Make blk_flags_show() callers append a newline character
blk-mq: Move the "state" debugfs attribute one level down
blk-mq: Unregister debugfs attributes earlier
blk-mq: Only unregister hctxs for which registration succeeded
blk-mq-debugfs: Rename functions for registering and unregistering the mq directory
blk-mq: Let blk_mq_debugfs_register() look up the queue name
blk-mq: Register <dev>/queue/mq after having registered <dev>/queue
ide-pm: always pass 0 error to ide_complete_rq in ide_do_devset
ide-pm: always pass 0 error to __blk_end_request_all
..
Drivers usually have a number of restrictions for running XDP
- most common being buffer sizes, LRO and number of rings.
Even though some drivers try to be helpful and print error
messages experience shows that users don't often consult
kernel logs on netlink errors. Try to use the new extended
ack mechanism to carry the message back to user space.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently added a check to see if nla_nest_start() fails. There are
two issues with that. First, if it fails then I don't think we should
call nla_nest_cancel(). Second, it's slightly convoluted but the
current code returns success but we should return -EMSGSIZE instead.
Fixes: a50fe0ffd7 ("lwtunnel: check return value of nla_nest_start")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialise init_net.count to 1 for its pointer from init_nsproxy lest
someone tries to do a get_net() and a put_net() in a process in which
current->ns_proxy->net_ns points to the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing a fix [1] in ___pskb_trim(), addressing the WARN_ON_ONCE()
in skb_try_coalesce() reported by Andrey, I found that we had an skb
with skb->sk set but no skb->destructor.
This invalidated heuristic found in commit 158f323b98 ("net: adjust
skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head()") and in cited patch.
Considering the BUG_ON(skb->sk) we have in skb_orphan(), we should
restrain the temporary setting to a minimal section.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/755570/
net: adjust skb->truesize in ___pskb_trim()
Fixes: 8f917bba00 ("bpf: pass sk to helper functions")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey found a way to trigger the WARN_ON_ONCE(delta < len) in
skb_try_coalesce() using syzkaller and a filter attached to a TCP
socket.
As we did recently in commit 158f323b98 ("net: adjust skb->truesize in
pskb_expand_head()") we can adjust skb->truesize from ___pskb_trim(),
via a call to skb_condense().
If all frags were freed, then skb->truesize can be recomputed.
This call can be done if skb is not yet owned, or destructor is
sock_edemux().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 622ec2c9d5 ("net: core: add UID to flows, rules, and routes")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since netif_carrier_on() will do nothing if device's carrier is already
on, so it's unnecessary to do carrier status check.
It's the same for netif_carrier_off().
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added NULL check to make __dev_kfree_skb_irq consistent with kfree
family of functions.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195289
Signed-off-by: Myungho Jung <mhjungk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides a generic SKB based non-optimized XDP path which is used
if either the driver lacks a specific XDP implementation, or the user
requests it via a new IFLA_XDP_FLAGS value named XDP_FLAGS_SKB_MODE.
It is arguable that perhaps I should have required something like
this as part of the initial XDP feature merge.
I believe this is critical for two reasons:
1) Accessibility. More people can play with XDP with less
dependencies. Yes I know we have XDP support in virtio_net, but
that just creates another depedency for learning how to use this
facility.
I wrote this to make life easier for the XDP newbies.
2) As a model for what the expected semantics are. If there is a pure
generic core implementation, it serves as a semantic example for
driver folks adding XDP support.
One thing I have not tried to address here is the issue of
XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM, thanks to Daniel for spotting that. It seems
incredibly expensive to do a skb_cow(skb, XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM) or
whatever even if the XDP program doesn't try to push headers at all.
I think we really need the verifier to somehow propagate whether
certain XDP helpers are used or not.
v5:
- Handle both negative and positive offset after running prog
- Fix mac length in XDP_TX case (Alexei)
- Use rcu_dereference_protected() in free_netdev (kbuild test robot)
v4:
- Fix MAC header adjustmnet before calling prog (David Ahern)
- Disable LRO when generic XDP is installed (Michael Chan)
- Bypass qdisc et al. on XDP_TX and record the event (Alexei)
- Do not perform generic XDP on reinjected packets (DaveM)
v3:
- Make sure XDP program sees packet at MAC header, push back MAC
header if we do XDP_TX. (Alexei)
- Elide GRO when generic XDP is in use. (Alexei)
- Add XDP_FLAG_SKB_MODE flag which the user can use to request generic
XDP even if the driver has an XDP implementation. (Alexei)
- Report whether SKB mode is in use in rtnl_xdp_fill() via XDP_FLAGS
attribute. (Daniel)
v2:
- Add some "fall through" comments in switch statements based
upon feedback from Andrew Lunn
- Use RCU for generic xdp_prog, thanks to Johannes Berg.
Tested-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Tested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function nla_nest_start() may return a NULL pointer on error. However,
in function lwtunnel_fill_encap(), the return value of nla_nest_start()
is not validated before it is used. This patch checks the return value
of nla_nest_start() against NULL.
Signed-off-by: Pan Bian <bianpan2016@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for parsing MPLS flows to the flow dissector in preparation for
adding MPLS match support to cls_flower.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.lahaise@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions)
per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Both conflict were simple overlapping changes.
In the kaweth case, Eric Dumazet's skb_cow() bug fix overlapped the
conversion of the driver in net-next to use in-netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-04-20
This adds the basic infrastructure for IPsec hardware
offloading, it creates a configuration API and adjusts
the packet path.
1) Add the needed netdev features to configure IPsec offloads.
2) Add the IPsec hardware offloading API.
3) Prepare the ESP packet path for hardware offloading.
4) Add gso handlers for esp4 and esp6, this implements
the software fallback for GSO packets.
5) Add xfrm replay handler functions for offloading.
6) Change ESP to use a synchronous crypto algorithm on
offloading, we don't have the option for asynchronous
returns when we handle IPsec at layer2.
7) Add a xfrm validate function to validate_xmit_skb. This
implements the software fallback for non GSO packets.
8) Set the inner_network and inner_transport members of
the SKB, as well as encapsulation, to reflect the actual
positions of these headers, and removes them only once
encryption is done on the payload.
From Ilan Tayari.
9) Prepare the ESP GRO codepath for hardware offloading.
10) Fix incorrect null pointer check in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
11) Fix for the GSO software fallback path to detect the
fallback correctly.
From Ilan Tayari.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add napi_id access to __sk_buff for socket filter program types, tc
program types and other bpf_convert_ctx_access() users. Having access
to skb->napi_id is useful for per RX queue listener siloing, f.e.
in combination with SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF and when busy polling is
used, meaning SO_REUSEPORT enabled listeners can then select the
corresponding socket at SYN time already [1]. The skb is marked via
skb_mark_napi_id() early in the receive path (e.g., napi_gro_receive()).
Currently, sockets can only use SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID from 6d4339028b
("net: Introduce SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID") as a socket option to look up
the NAPI ID associated with the queue for steering, which requires a
prior sk_mark_napi_id() after the socket was looked up.
Semantics for the __sk_buff napi_id access are similar, meaning if
skb->napi_id is < MIN_NAPI_ID (e.g. outgoing packets using sender_cpu),
then an invalid napi_id of 0 is returned to the program, otherwise a
valid non-zero napi_id.
[1] http://netdevconf.org/2.1/slides/apr6/dumazet-BUSY-POLLING-Netdev-2.1.pdf
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at the frag_list
pointer") assumes that all SKBs in a frag_list (except maybe the last
one) contain the same amount of GSO payload.
This assumption is not always correct, resulting in the following
warning message in the log:
skb_segment: too many frags
For example, mlx5 driver in Striding RQ mode creates some RX SKBs with
one frag, and some with 2 frags.
After GRO, the frag_list SKBs end up having different amounts of payload.
If this frag_list SKB is then forwarded, the aforementioned assumption
is violated.
Validate the assumption, and fall back to software GSO if it not true.
Change-Id: Ia03983f4a47b6534dd987d7a2aad96d54d46d212
Fixes: 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at the frag_list pointer")
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constants used for tuning are generally a bad idea, especially as hardware
changes over time. Replace the constant 2 jiffies with sysctl variable
netdev_budget_usecs to enable sysadmins to tune the softirq processing.
Also document the variable.
For example, a very fast machine might tune this to 1000 microseconds,
while my regression testing 486DX-25 needs it to be 4000 microseconds on
a nearly idle network to prevent time_squeeze from being incremented.
Version 2: changed jiffies to microseconds for predictable units.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Whitehead <tedheadster@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sock_filter_ext didn't make it into the tree and is now called
struct bpf_insn. Reword the kerneldoc comment for bpf_convert_filter()
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A function in kernel/bpf/syscall.c which got a bug fix in 'net'
was moved to kernel/bpf/verifier.c in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse
for doit functions that call it directly.
This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink.
>From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as
needed.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at the frag_list
pointer") assumes that all SKBs in a frag_list (except maybe the last
one) contain the same amount of GSO payload.
This assumption is not always correct, resulting in the following
warning message in the log:
skb_segment: too many frags
For example, mlx5 driver in Striding RQ mode creates some RX SKBs with
one frag, and some with 2 frags.
After GRO, the frag_list SKBs end up having different amounts of payload.
If this frag_list SKB is then forwarded, the aforementioned assumption
is violated.
Validate the assumption, and fall back to software GSO if it not true.
Fixes: 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at the frag_list pointer")
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF helper functions get_socket_cookie and get_socket_uid can be
used for network traffic classifications, among others. Expose
them also to programs of type BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB. As of
commit 8f917bba00 ("bpf: pass sk to helper functions") the
required skb->sk function is available at both cgroup bpf ingress
and egress hooks. With these two new helper, cg_skb_func_proto is
effectively the same as sk_filter_func_proto.
Change since V1:
Instead of add the helper to cg_skb_func_proto, redirect the
cg_skb_func_proto to sk_filter_func_proto since all helper function
in sk_filter_func_proto are applicable to cg_skb_func_proto now.
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller reported a use-after-free in ip_recv_error at line
info->ipi_ifindex = skb->dev->ifindex;
This function is called on dequeue from the error queue, at which
point the device pointer may no longer be valid.
Save ifindex on enqueue in __skb_complete_tx_timestamp, when the
pointer is valid or NULL. Store it in temporary storage skb->cb.
It is safe to reference skb->dev here, as called from device drivers
or dev_queue_xmit. The exception is when called from tcp_ack_tstamp;
in that case it is NULL and ifindex is set to 0 (invalid).
Do not return a pktinfo cmsg if ifindex is 0. This maintains the
current behavior of not returning a cmsg if skb->dev was NULL.
On dequeue, the ipv4 path will cast from sock_exterr_skb to
in_pktinfo. Both have ifindex as their first element, so no explicit
conversion is needed. This is by design, introduced in commit
0b922b7a82 ("net: original ingress device index in PKTINFO"). For
ipv6 ip6_datagram_support_cmsg converts to in6_pktinfo.
Fixes: 829ae9d611 ("net-timestamp: allow reading recv cmsg on errqueue with origin tstamp")
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were simply overlapping changes. In the net/ipv4/route.c
case the code had simply moved around a little bit and the same fix
was made in both 'net' and 'net-next'.
In the net/sched/sch_generic.c case a fix in 'net' happened at
the same time that a new argument was added to qdisc_hash_add().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If "scope_len" is sizeof(scope_id) then we would put the NUL terminator
one space beyond the end of the buffer.
Fixes: b1a951fe46 ("net/utils: generic inet_pton_with_scope helper")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
When we do IPsec offloading, we need a fallback for
packets that were targeted to be IPsec offloaded but
rerouted to a device that does not support IPsec offload.
For that we add a function that checks the offloading
features of the sending device and and flags the
requirement of a fallback before it calls the IPsec
output function. The IPsec output function adds the IPsec
trailer and does encryption if needed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pass the new extended ACK reporting struct to all of the generic
netlink parsing functions. For now, pass NULL in almost all callers
(except for some in the core.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the base infrastructure and UAPI for netlink extended ACK
reporting. All "manual" calls to netlink_ack() pass NULL for now and
thus don't get extended ACK reporting.
Big thanks goes to Pablo Neira Ayuso for not only bringing up the
whole topic at netconf (again) but also coming up with the nlattr
passing trick and various other ideas.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER is an internal event; do not generate userspace
notifications.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHANGELOWERSTATE is an internal event; do not generate userspace
notifications.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PRECHANGEUPPER is an internal event; do not generate userspace
notifications.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing the master device for a link generates many messages; the one
generated for POST_TYPE_CHANGE is redundant:
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master br1 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 02:02:02:02:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master br1 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 02:02:02:02:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Remove POST_TYPE_CHANGE from the list of notifiers that generate
notifications.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing hardware address generates redundant messages:
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 02:02:02:02:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 02:02:02:02:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Do not send a notification for the CHANGEADDR notifier.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_PUSH_INFO is an internal notifier; nothing userspace
can do so don't generate a netlink notification.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing MTU on a link currently causes 3 messages to be sent to userspace:
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1490 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether f2:52:5c:6d:21:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether f2:52:5c:6d:21:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[LINK]11: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether f2:52:5c:6d:21:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Remove the messages sent for PRE_CHANGE_MTU and CHANGE_MTU netdev events.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A driver may use build_skb() for received packets.
These SKBs then have a head_frag.
Since commit d7e8883cfc ("net: make GRO aware of
skb->head_frag"), GRO may build frag_list SKBs out of
head_frag received SKBs.
In such a case, the chained SKBs end up with a head_frag.
Commit 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at
the frag_list pointer") adds partial segmentation of frag_list
SKB chains into individual SKBs.
However, this is not done if the chained SKBs have any
linear part, because the device may not be able to DMA
the private linear buffer.
A chained frag_list SKB with head_frag is wrongfully
detected in this case as having a private linear part
and thus falls back to software GSO, while in fact the
linear part is backed by a DMA page just like any other frag.
This causes low performance when forwarding those packets
that were built with build_skb()
Allow partial segmentation at the frag_list pointer for
chained SKBs with head_frag.
Note that such SKBs can only be created by GRO, when applied
to received packets with head_frag.
Also note that this change only affects the data path that
performs the partial segmentation at frag_list pointer, and
not any of the other more common data paths.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dev_change_xdp_fd() is only used in rtnetlink, which must
be built-in, there's no reason to export dev_change_xdp_fd().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF helper functions access socket fields through skb->sk. This is not
set in ingress cgroup and socket filters. The association is only made
in skb_set_owner_r once the filter has accepted the packet. Sk is
available as socket lookup has taken place.
Temporarily set skb->sk to sk in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the return value check which testing the wrong variable
in devlink_dpipe_header_put().
Fixes: 1555d204e7 ("devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe)")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to have struct bpf_prog_type_list since
it just contains a list_head, the type, and the ops
pointer. Since the types are densely packed and not
actually dynamically registered, it's much easier and
smaller to have an array of type->ops pointer. Also
initialize this array statically to remove code needed
to initialize it.
In order to save duplicating the list, move it to a new
header file and include it in the places needing it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not safe for one thread to modify the ->flags
of another thread as there is no locking that can protect
the update.
So tsk_restore_flags(), which takes a task pointer and modifies
the flags, is an invitation to do the wrong thing.
All current users pass "current" as the task, so no developers have
accepted that invitation. It would be best to ensure it remains
that way.
So rename tsk_restore_flags() to current_restore_flags() and don't
pass in a task_struct pointer. Always operate on current->flags.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This reverts commit def12888c1.
As per discussion between Roopa Prabhu and David Ahern, it is
advisable that we instead have the code collect the setlink triggered
events into a bitmask emitted in the IFLA_EVENT netlink attribute.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new getsockopt operation to retrieve the socket cookie
for a specific socket based on the socket fd. It returns a unique
non-decreasing cookie for each socket.
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/358163/
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've added a considerable amount of fixes for stalls and issues
with the blk-mq scheduling in the 4.11 series since forking
off the for-4.12/block branch. We need to do improvements on
top of that for 4.12, so pull in the previous fixes to make
our lives easier going forward.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When netdev events happen, a rtnetlink_event() handler will send
messages for every event in it's white list. These messages contain
current information about a particular device, but they do not include
the iformation about which event just happened. The consumer of
the message has to try to infer this information. In some cases
(ex: NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS), that is not possible.
This patch adds a new extension to RTM_NEWLINK message called IFLA_EVENT
that would have an encoding of the which event triggered this
message. This would allow the the message consumer to easily determine
if it is interested in a particular event or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rtnetlink_event currently functions as a blacklist where
we block cerntain netdev events from being sent to user space.
As a result, events have been added to the system that userspace
probably doesn't care about.
This patch converts the implementation to the white list so that
newly events would have to be specifically added to the list to
be sent to userspace. This would force new event implementers to
consider whether a given event is usefull to user space or if it's
just a kernel event.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several locations in the stack need to handle ipv4/ipv6
(with scope) and port strings conversion to sockaddr.
Add a helper that takes either AF_INET, AF_INET6 or
AF_UNSPEC (for wildcard) to centralize this handling.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
Number of sockets is limited by 16-bit, so 64-bit allocation will never
happen.
16-bit ops are the worst code density-wise on x86_64 because of
additional prefix (66).
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-3 (-3)
function old new delta
reuseport_add_sock 539 536 -3
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ->hash_count, ->low_watermark and ->high_watermark unsigned int
and propagate unsignedness to other variables.
This change doesn't change code generation because these fields aren't
used in 64-bit contexts but make it anyway: these fields can't be
negative numbers.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow keys aren't 4GB+ numbers so 64-bit arithmetic is excessive.
Space savings (I'm not sure what CSWTCH is):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-48 (-48)
function old new delta
flow_cache_lookup 1163 1159 -4
CSWTCH 75997 75953 -44
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last argument to __skb_header_pointer() should be a buffer large
enough to store struct arphdr. This can be a pointer to a struct arphdr
structure. The code was previously using a pointer to a pointer to
struct arphdr.
By my counting the storage available both before and after is 8 bytes on
x86_64.
Fixes: 55733350e5 ("flow disector: ARP support")
Reported-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the mess observed in e.g. rsync over a noisy link we'd been
seeing since last Summer. What happens is that we copy part of
a datagram before noticing a checksum mismatch. Datagram will be
resent, all right, but we want the next try go into the same place,
not after it...
All this family of primitives (copy/checksum and copy a datagram
into destination) is "all or nothing" sort of interface - either
we get 0 (meaning that copy had been successful) or we get an
error (and no way to tell how much had been copied before we ran
into whatever error it had been). Make all of them leave iterator
unadvanced in case of errors - all callers must be able to cope
with that (an error might've been caught before the iterator had
been advanced), it costs very little to arrange, it's safer for
callers and actually fixes at least one bug in said callers.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
development and testing of networking bpf programs is quite cumbersome.
Despite availability of user space bpf interpreters the kernel is
the ultimate authority and execution environment.
Current test frameworks for TC include creation of netns, veth,
qdiscs and use of various packet generators just to test functionality
of a bpf program. XDP testing is even more complicated, since
qemu needs to be started with gro/gso disabled and precise queue
configuration, transferring of xdp program from host into guest,
attaching to virtio/eth0 and generating traffic from the host
while capturing the results from the guest.
Moreover analyzing performance bottlenecks in XDP program is
impossible in virtio environment, since cost of running the program
is tiny comparing to the overhead of virtio packet processing,
so performance testing can only be done on physical nic
with another server generating traffic.
Furthermore ongoing changes to user space control plane of production
applications cannot be run on the test servers leaving bpf programs
stubbed out for testing.
Last but not least, the upstream llvm changes are validated by the bpf
backend testsuite which has no ability to test the code generated.
To improve this situation introduce BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN command
to test and performance benchmark bpf programs.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() unconditionally set sk->sk_stamp for
every packet, even if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP flag is not set in the
related socket.
If selinux is enabled, this cause a cache miss for every packet
since sk->sk_stamp and sk->sk_security share the same cacheline.
With this change sk_stamp is set only if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP
flag is set, and is cleared for the first packet, so that the user
perceived behavior is unchanged.
This gives up to 5% speed-up under udp-flood with small packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the
main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is
for changing the counter parameter on specific table.
The basic structures:
Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal
metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared
between drivers. Each driver can add local headers.
Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC
metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped
to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have
internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped
to netdeivce ifindex.
Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific
field or header. The header index should be specified as well
in order to support several header instances of the same type
(tunneling).
Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations
on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc.
And header operation like add and delete.
Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or
action.
Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/
action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets
data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the
packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific
and should be exported in order to provide understanding of
ASICs behavior.
Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is
identified by specific combination of values for match/action.
Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/
field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base
is split between the shared headers and unique headers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This socket option returns the NAPI ID associated with the queue on which
the last frame is received. This information can be used by the apps to
split the incoming flows among the threads based on the Rx queue on which
they are received.
If the NAPI ID actually represents a sender_cpu then the value is ignored
and 0 is returned.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the core functionality in sk_busy_loop() to napi_busy_loop() and
make it independent of sk.
This enables re-using this function in epoll busy loop implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch flips the logic we were using to determine if the busy polling
has timed out. The main motivation for this is that we will need to
support two different possible timeout values in the future and by
recording the start time rather than when we would want to end we can focus
on making the end_time specific to the task be it epoll or socket based
polling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checking the return value of sk_busy_loop. As there are only a few
consumers of that data, and the data being checked for can be replaced
with a check for !skb_queue_empty() we might as well just pull the code
out of sk_busy_loop and place it in the spots that actually need it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup/fix for NAPI IDs following the changes that made it
so that sender_cpu and napi_id were doing a better job of sharing the same
location in the sk_buff.
One issue I found is that we weren't validating the napi_id as being valid
before we started trying to setup the busy polling. This change corrects
that by using the MIN_NAPI_ID value that is now used in both allocating the
NAPI IDs, as well as validating them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately too many devices (not under our control) use tcp_tw_recycle=1,
which depends on timestamps being identical of the same saddr.
Although tcp_tw_recycle got removed in net-next we can't make
such end hosts disappear so downgrade to per-host timestamp offsets.
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reported-by: Yvan Vanrossomme <yvan@vanrossomme.net>
Fixes: 95a22caee3 ("tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change basically codifies what I think was already the limitations on
the busy_poll and busy_read sysctl interfaces. We weren't checking the
lower bounds and as such could input negative values. The behavior when
that was used was dependent on the architecture. In order to prevent any
issues with that I am just disabling support for values less than 0 since
this way we don't have to worry about any odd behaviors.
By limiting the sysctl values this way it also makes it consistent with how
we handle the SO_BUSY_POLL socket option since the value appears to be
reported as a signed integer value and negative values are rejected.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Converting IPv4 address doesn't need 64-bit arithmetic.
Space savings: 10 bytes!
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-10 (-10)
function old new delta
in_aton 96 86 -10
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry posted a nice reproducer of a bug triggering in neigh_probe()
when dereferencing a NULL neigh->ops->solicit method.
This can happen for arp_direct_ops/ndisc_direct_ops and similar,
which can be used for NUD_NOARP neighbours (created when dev->header_ops
is NULL). Admin can then force changing nud_state to some other state
that would fire neigh timer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returns the owner uid of the socket inside a sk_buff. This is useful to
perform per-UID accounting of network traffic or per-UID packet
filtering. The socket need to be a fullsock otherwise overflowuid is
returned.
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retrieve the socket cookie generated by sock_gen_cookie() from a sk_buff
with a known socket. Generates a new cookie if one was not yet set.If
the socket pointer inside sk_buff is NULL, 0 is returned. The helper
function coud be useful in monitoring per socket networking traffic
statistics and provide a unique socket identifier per namespace.
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmmii.c
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc.c
kernel/bpf/hashtab.c
Almost entirely overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In sk_clone_lock(), we create a new socket and inherit most of the
parent's members via sock_copy() which memcpy()'s various sections.
Now, in case the parent socket had a BPF socket filter attached,
then newsk->sk_filter points to the same instance as the original
sk->sk_filter.
sk_filter_charge() is then called on the newsk->sk_filter to take a
reference and should that fail due to hitting max optmem, we bail
out and release the newsk instance.
The issue is that commit 278571baca ("net: filter: simplify socket
charging") wrongly combined the dismantle path with the failure path
of xfrm_sk_clone_policy(). This means, even when charging failed, we
call sk_free_unlock_clone() on the newsk, which then still points to
the same sk_filter as the original sk.
Thus, sk_free_unlock_clone() calls into __sk_destruct() eventually
where it tests for present sk_filter and calls sk_filter_uncharge()
on it, which potentially lets sk_omem_alloc wrap around and releases
the eBPF prog and sk_filter structure from the (still intact) parent.
Fix it by making sure that when sk_filter_charge() failed, we reset
newsk->sk_filter back to NULL before passing to sk_free_unlock_clone(),
so that we don't mess with the parents sk_filter.
Only if xfrm_sk_clone_policy() fails, we did reach the point where
either the parent's filter was NULL and as a result newsk's as well
or where we previously had a successful sk_filter_charge(), thus for
that case, we do need sk_filter_uncharge() to release the prior taken
reference on sk_filter.
Fixes: 278571baca ("net: filter: simplify socket charging")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the rtnl_dump_all to dump all netconf handlers that have been
registered. Allows userspace to send a dump request for PF_UNSPEC
and get all families.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows reading of SK_MEMINFO_VARS via socket option. This way an
application can get all meminfo related information in single socket
option call instead of multiple calls.
Adds helper function, sk_get_meminfo(), and uses that for both
getsockopt and sock_diag_put_meminfo().
Suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh notifications today carry pid 0 for nlmsg_pid
in all cases. This patch fixes it to carry calling process
pid when available. Applications (eg. quagga) rely on
nlmsg_pid to ignore notifications generated by their own
netlink operations. This patch follows the routing subsystem
which already sets this correctly.
Reported-by: Vivek Venkatraman <vivek@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_cls controller controls the classid field of each socket which
is associated with the cgroup. Because the classid is per-socket
attribute, when a task migrates to another cgroup or the configured
classid of the cgroup changes, the controller needs to walk all
sockets and update the classid value, which was implemented by
3b13758f51 ("cgroups: Allow dynamically changing net_classid").
While the approach is not scalable, migrating tasks which have a lot
of fds attached to them is rare and the cost is born by the ones
initiating the operations. However, for simplicity, both the
migration and classid config change paths call update_classid() which
scans all fds of all tasks in the target css. This is an overkill for
the migration path which only needs to cover a much smaller subset of
tasks which are actually getting migrated in.
On cgroup v1, this can lead to unexpected scalability issues when one
tries to migrate a task or process into a net_cls cgroup which already
contains a lot of fds. Even if the migration traget doesn't have many
to get scanned, update_classid() ends up scanning all fds in the
target cgroup which can be extremely numerous.
Unfortunately, on cgroup v2 which doesn't use net_cls, the problem is
even worse. Before bfc2cf6f61 ("cgroup: call subsys->*attach() only
for subsystems which are actually affected by migration"), cgroup core
would call the ->css_attach callback even for controllers which don't
see actual migration to a different css.
As net_cls is always disabled but still mounted on cgroup v2, whenever
a process is migrated on the cgroup v2 hierarchy, net_cls sees
identity migration from root to root and cgroup core used to call
->css_attach callback for those. The net_cls ->css_attach ends up
calling update_classid() on the root net_cls css to which all
processes on the system belong to as the controller isn't used. This
makes any cgroup v2 migration O(total_number_of_fds_on_the_system)
which is horrible and easily leads to noticeable stalls triggering RCU
stall warnings and so on.
The worst symptom is already fixed in upstream by bfc2cf6f61
("cgroup: call subsys->*attach() only for subsystems which are
actually affected by migration"); however, backporting that commit is
too invasive and we want to avoid other cases too.
This patch updates net_cls's cgrp_attach() to iterate fds of only the
processes which are actually getting migrated. This removes the
surprising migration cost which is dependent on the total number of
fds in the target cgroup. As this leaves write_classid() the only
user of update_classid(), open-code the helper into write_classid().
Reported-by: David Goode <dgoode@fb.com>
Fixes: 3b13758f51 ("cgroups: Allow dynamically changing net_classid")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.4+
Cc: Nina Schiff <ninasc@fb.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS can be enabled and disabled
while packets are collected on the error queue.
So, checking SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS in sk->sk_tsflags
is not enough to safely assume that the skb contains
OPT_STATS data.
Add a bit in sock_exterr_skb to indicate whether the
skb contains opt_stats data.
Fixes: 1c885808e4 ("tcp: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS option for SO_TIMESTAMPING")
Reported-by: JongHwan Kim <zzoru007@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__sock_recv_timestamp can be called for both normal skbs (for
receive timestamps) and for skbs on the error queue (for transmit
timestamps).
Commit 1c885808e4
(tcp: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS option for SO_TIMESTAMPING)
assumes any skb passed to __sock_recv_timestamp are from
the error queue, containing OPT_STATS in the content of the skb.
This results in accessing invalid memory or generating junk
data.
To fix this, set skb->pkt_type to PACKET_OUTGOING for packets
on the error queue. This is safe because on the receive path
on local sockets skb->pkt_type is never set to PACKET_OUTGOING.
With that, copy OPT_STATS from a packet, only if its pkt_type
is PACKET_OUTGOING.
Fixes: 1c885808e4 ("tcp: SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS option for SO_TIMESTAMPING")
Reported-by: JongHwan Kim <zzoru007@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when non-default (custom) FIB rules are used, devices capable
of layer 3 offloading flush their tables and let the kernel do the
forwarding instead.
When these devices' drivers are loaded they register to the FIB
notification chain, which lets them know about the existence of any
custom FIB rules. This is done by sending a RULE_ADD notification based
on the value of 'net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_rules'.
This approach is problematic when VRF offload is taken into account, as
upon the creation of the first VRF netdev, a l3mdev rule is programmed
to direct skbs to the VRF's table.
Instead of merely reading the above value and sending a single RULE_ADD
notification, we should iterate over all the FIB rules and send a
detailed notification for each, thereby allowing offloading drivers to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
While l3mdev rules are uniquely marked, the default rules are not.
Therefore, when they are being notified they might invoke offloading
drivers to unnecessarily flush their tables.
Solve this by adding an helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Namely, its selector should match all packets and its action should
point to the local, main or default tables.
As noted by David Ahern, uniquely marking the default rules is
insufficient. When using VRFs, it's common to avoid false hits by moving
the rule for the local table to just before the main table:
Default configuration:
$ ip rule show
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Common configuration with VRFs:
$ ip rule show
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev-table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I mistakenly added the code to release sk->sk_frag in
sk_common_release() instead of sk_destruct()
TCP sockets using sk->sk_allocation == GFP_ATOMIC do no call
sk_common_release() at close time, thus leaking one (order-3) page.
iSCSI is using such sockets.
Fixes: 5640f76858 ("net: use a per task frag allocator")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we notify peers of potential changes, it's also good to update
IGMP memberships. For example, during VM migration, updating IGMP
memberships will redirect existing multicast streams to the VM at the
new location.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
silences the below warning:
net/core/lwtunnel.c: In function ‘lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr’:
net/core/lwtunnel.c:165:17: warning: variable ‘nla’ set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: 9ed59592e3 ("lwtunnel: fix autoload of lwt modules")
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous idea was to check whether a net namespace is in
net_exit_list or not. It doesn't work, because net->exit_list is used in
__register_pernet_operations and __unregister_pernet_operations where
all namespaces are added to a temporary list to make cleanup in a error
case, so list_empty(&net->exit_list) always returns false.
Reported-by: Mantas Mikulėnas <grawity@gmail.com>
Fixes: 002d8a1a6c ("net: skip genenerating uevents for network namespaces that are exiting")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer() to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions that are returning tcp sequence number also setup
TS offset value, so rename them to better describe their purpose.
No functional changes in this patch.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lockdep issues a circular dependency warning when AFS issues an operation
through AF_RXRPC from a context in which the VFS/VM holds the mmap_sem.
The theory lockdep comes up with is as follows:
(1) If the pagefault handler decides it needs to read pages from AFS, it
calls AFS with mmap_sem held and AFS begins an AF_RXRPC call, but
creating a call requires the socket lock:
mmap_sem must be taken before sk_lock-AF_RXRPC
(2) afs_open_socket() opens an AF_RXRPC socket and binds it. rxrpc_bind()
binds the underlying UDP socket whilst holding its socket lock.
inet_bind() takes its own socket lock:
sk_lock-AF_RXRPC must be taken before sk_lock-AF_INET
(3) Reading from a TCP socket into a userspace buffer might cause a fault
and thus cause the kernel to take the mmap_sem, but the TCP socket is
locked whilst doing this:
sk_lock-AF_INET must be taken before mmap_sem
However, lockdep's theory is wrong in this instance because it deals only
with lock classes and not individual locks. The AF_INET lock in (2) isn't
really equivalent to the AF_INET lock in (3) as the former deals with a
socket entirely internal to the kernel that never sees userspace. This is
a limitation in the design of lockdep.
Fix the general case by:
(1) Double up all the locking keys used in sockets so that one set are
used if the socket is created by userspace and the other set is used
if the socket is created by the kernel.
(2) Store the kern parameter passed to sk_alloc() in a variable in the
sock struct (sk_kern_sock). This informs sock_lock_init(),
sock_init_data() and sk_clone_lock() as to the lock keys to be used.
Note that the child created by sk_clone_lock() inherits the parent's
kern setting.
(3) Add a 'kern' parameter to ->accept() that is analogous to the one
passed in to ->create() that distinguishes whether kernel_accept() or
sys_accept4() was the caller and can be passed to sk_alloc().
Note that a lot of accept functions merely dequeue an already
allocated socket. I haven't touched these as the new socket already
exists before we get the parameter.
Note also that there are a couple of places where I've made the accepted
socket unconditionally kernel-based:
irda_accept()
rds_rcp_accept_one()
tcp_accept_from_sock()
because they follow a sock_create_kern() and accept off of that.
Whilst creating this, I noticed that lustre and ocfs don't create sockets
through sock_create_kern() and thus they aren't marked as for-kernel,
though they appear to be internal. I wonder if these should do that so
that they use the new set of lock keys.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CRC32 engines are usually easily available in hardware and generate
OK spread for RSS hash. Add CRC32 RSS hash function to ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the sock queue's spin locks get their lockdep
classes by the default init_spin_lock() initializer:
all socket families get - usually, see below - a single
class for rx, another specific class for tx, etc.
This can lead to false positive lockdep splat, as
reported by Andrey.
Moreover there are two separate initialization points
for the sock queues, one in sk_clone_lock() and one
in sock_init_data(), so that e.g. the rx queue lock
can get one of two possible, different classes, depending
on the socket being cloned or not.
This change tries to address the above, setting explicitly
a per address family lockdep class for each queue's
spinlock. Also, move the duplicated initialization code to a
single location.
v1 -> v2:
- renamed the init helper
rfc -> v1:
- no changes, tested with several different workload
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the main flow_dissect function a bit smaller and move the GRE
dissection into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align with "ip_proto_again" label used in the same function and rename
vague "again" to "proto_again".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, when an unexpected element in the GRE header appears, we break so
the l4 ports are processed. But since the ports are processed
unconditionally, there will be certainly random values dissected. Fix
this by just bailing out in such situations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the main flow_dissect function a bit smaller and move the MPLS
dissection into a separate function. Along with that, do the MPLS header
processing only in case the flow dissection user requires it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the main flow_dissect function a bit smaller and move the ARP
dissection into a separate function. Along with that, do the ARP header
processing only in case the flow dissection user requires it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX skbs do not necessarily hold a reference on skb->sk->sk_refcnt
By the time TX completion happens, sk_refcnt might be already 0.
sock_hold()/sock_put() would then corrupt critical state, like
sk_wmem_alloc and lead to leaks or use after free.
Fixes: 62bccb8cdb ("net-timestamp: Make the clone operation stand-alone from phy timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX skbs do not necessarily hold a reference on skb->sk->sk_refcnt
By the time TX completion happens, sk_refcnt might be already 0.
sock_hold()/sock_put() would then corrupt critical state, like
sk_wmem_alloc.
Fixes: bf7fa551e0 ("mac80211: Resolve sk_refcnt/sk_wmem_alloc issue in wifi ack path")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double-free in batman-adv, from Sven Eckelmann.
2) Fix packet stats for fast-RX path, from Joannes Berg.
3) Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() doesn't handle request sockets
properly, fix from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix sendmsg deadlock in rxrpc, from David Howells.
5) Add missing RCU locking to transport hashtable scan, from Xin Long.
6) Fix potential packet loss in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
7) Fix race in NAPI handling between poll handlers and busy polling,
from Eric Dumazet.
8) TX path in vxlan and geneve need proper RCU locking, from Jakub
Kicinski.
9) SYN processing in DCCP and TCP need to disable BH, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Properly handle net_enable_timestamp() being invoked from IRQ
context, also from Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix crash on device-tree systems in xgene driver, from Alban Bedel.
12) Do not call sk_free() on a locked socket, from Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo.
13) Fix use-after-free in netvsc driver, from Dexuan Cui.
14) Fix max MTU setting in bonding driver, from WANG Cong.
15) xen-netback hash table can be allocated from softirq context, so use
GFP_ATOMIC. From Anoob Soman.
16) Fix MAC address change bug in bgmac driver, from Hari Vyas.
17) strparser needs to destroy strp_wq on module exit, from WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
strparser: destroy workqueue on module exit
sfc: fix IPID endianness in TSOv2
sfc: avoid max() in array size
rds: remove unnecessary returned value check
rxrpc: Fix potential NULL-pointer exception
nfp: correct DMA direction in XDP DMA sync
nfp: don't tell FW about the reserved buffer space
net: ethernet: bgmac: mac address change bug
net: ethernet: bgmac: init sequence bug
xen-netback: don't vfree() queues under spinlock
xen-netback: keep a local pointer for vif in backend_disconnect()
netfilter: nf_tables: don't call nfnetlink_set_err() if nfnetlink_send() fails
netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: incorrect assumption on lower interval lookups
netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: fix wrong memory initialisation
can: flexcan: fix typo in comment
can: usb_8dev: Fix memory leak of priv->cmd_msg_buffer
can: gs_usb: fix coding style
can: gs_usb: Don't use stack memory for USB transfers
ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
...
When handling problems in cloning a socket with the sk_clone_locked()
function we need to perform several steps that were open coded in it and
its callers, so introduce a routine to avoid this duplication:
sk_free_unlock_clone().
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/net-ui6laqkotycunhtmqryl9bfx@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
But first update the code that uses these facilities with the
new header.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix up affected files that include this signal functionality via sched.h.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We are going to split <linux/sched/user.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from other headers and a couple of .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/user.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We are going to split <linux/sched/signal.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from other headers and a couple of .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/signal.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
It is now very clear that silly TCP listeners might play with
enabling/disabling timestamping while new children are added
to their accept queue.
Meaning net_enable_timestamp() can be called from BH context
while current state of the static key is not enabled.
Lets play safe and allow all contexts.
The work queue is scheduled only under the problematic cases,
which are the static key enable/disable transition, to not slow down
critical paths.
This extends and improves what we did in commit 5fa8bbda38 ("net: use
a work queue to defer net_disable_timestamp() work")
Fixes: b90e5794c5 ("net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with mlx4 hardware timestamping of RX packets, I found
that some packets were received by TCP stack with a ~200 ms delay...
Since the timestamp was provided by the NIC, and my probe was added
in tcp_v4_rcv() while in BH handler, I was confident it was not
a sender issue, or a drop in the network.
This would happen with a very low probability, but hurting RPC
workloads.
A NAPI driver normally arms the IRQ after the napi_complete_done(),
after NAPI_STATE_SCHED is cleared, so that the hard irq handler can grab
it.
Problem is that if another point in the stack grabs NAPI_STATE_SCHED bit
while IRQ are not disabled, we might have later an IRQ firing and
finding this bit set, right before napi_complete_done() clears it.
This can happen with busy polling users, or if gro_flush_timeout is
used. But some other uses of napi_schedule() in drivers can cause this
as well.
thread 1 thread 2 (could be on same cpu, or not)
// busy polling or napi_watchdog()
napi_schedule();
...
napi->poll()
device polling:
read 2 packets from ring buffer
Additional 3rd packet is
available.
device hard irq
// does nothing because
NAPI_STATE_SCHED bit is owned by thread 1
napi_schedule();
napi_complete_done(napi, 2);
rearm_irq();
Note that rearm_irq() will not force the device to send an additional
IRQ for the packet it already signaled (3rd packet in my example)
This patch adds a new NAPI_STATE_MISSED bit, that napi_schedule_prep()
can set if it could not grab NAPI_STATE_SCHED
Then napi_complete_done() properly reschedules the napi to make sure
we do not miss something.
Since we manipulate multiple bits at once, use cmpxchg() like in
sk_busy_loop() to provide proper transactions.
In v2, I changed napi_watchdog() to use a relaxed variant of
napi_schedule_prep() : No need to set NAPI_STATE_MISSED from this point.
In v3, I added more details in the changelog and clears
NAPI_STATE_MISSED in busy_poll_stop()
In v4, I added the ideas given by Alexander Duyck in v3 review
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo. xdp->data instead of xdp should be copied to the perf-event's
dst_buff.
Fixes: 4de1696952 ("bpf: enable event output helper also for xdp types")
Reported-by: Huapeng Zhou <hzhou@fb.com>
Tested-by: Feixiong Zhang <feixiong@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hrtimer handlers run with masked hard IRQ, we can therefore
use napi_schedule_irqoff()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The USEC_PER_SEC is used once in sock_set_timeout as the max value of
tv_usec. But there are other similar codes which use the literal
1000000 in this file.
It is minor cleanup to keep consitent.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is only one possible error path which reaches the err label, so
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM) directly if alloc_netdev_mqs() fails. This also
allows to omit the err variable.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating rtnl dump messages, struct ifla_port_vsi is never dumped,
so we can save header plus payload in rtnl_port_size(). Infact, attribute
IFLA_PORT_VSI_TYPE and struct ifla_port_vsi are not used anywhere in
the kernel. We only need to keep the nla policy should applications in
user space be filling this out. Same NLA_BINARY issue exists as was fixed
in 364d5716a7 ("rtnetlink: ifla_vf_policy: fix misuses of NLA_BINARY")
and others, but then again IFLA_PORT_VSI_TYPE is not used anywhere, so
just add a comment that it's unused.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Long standing issue with JITed programs is that stack traces from
function tracing check whether a given address is kernel code
through {__,}kernel_text_address(), which checks for code in core
kernel, modules and dynamically allocated ftrace trampolines. But
what is still missing is BPF JITed programs (interpreted programs
are not an issue as __bpf_prog_run() will be attributed to them),
thus when a stack trace is triggered, the code walking the stack
won't see any of the JITed ones. The same for address correlation
done from user space via reading /proc/kallsyms. This is read by
tools like perf, but the latter is also useful for permanent live
tracing with eBPF itself in combination with stack maps when other
eBPF types are part of the callchain. See offwaketime example on
dumping stack from a map.
This work tries to tackle that issue by making the addresses and
symbols known to the kernel. The lookup from *kernel_text_address()
is implemented through a latched RB tree that can be read under
RCU in fast-path that is also shared for symbol/size/offset lookup
for a specific given address in kallsyms. The slow-path iteration
through all symbols in the seq file done via RCU list, which holds
a tiny fraction of all exported ksyms, usually below 0.1 percent.
Function symbols are exported as bpf_prog_<tag>, in order to aide
debugging and attribution. This facility is currently enabled for
root-only when bpf_jit_kallsyms is set to 1, and disabled if hardening
is active in any mode. The rationale behind this is that still a lot
of systems ship with world read permissions on kallsyms thus addresses
should not get suddenly exposed for them. If that situation gets
much better in future, we always have the option to change the
default on this. Likewise, unprivileged programs are not allowed
to add entries there either, but that is less of a concern as most
such programs types relevant in this context are for root-only anyway.
If enabled, call graphs and stack traces will then show a correct
attribution; one example is illustrated below, where the trace is
now visible in tooling such as perf script --kallsyms=/proc/kallsyms
and friends.
Before:
7fff8166889d bpf_clone_redirect+0x80007f0020ed (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
f5d80 __sendmsg_nocancel+0xffff006451f1a007 (/usr/lib64/libc-2.18.so)
After:
7fff816688b7 bpf_clone_redirect+0x80007f002107 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fffa0575728 bpf_prog_33c45a467c9e061a+0x8000600020fb (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fffa07ef1fc cls_bpf_classify+0x8000600020dc (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff81678b68 tc_classify+0x80007f002078 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8164d40b __netif_receive_skb_core+0x80007f0025fb (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8164d718 __netif_receive_skb+0x80007f002018 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8164e565 process_backlog+0x80007f002095 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8164dc71 net_rx_action+0x80007f002231 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff81767461 __softirqentry_text_start+0x80007f0020d1 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff817658ac do_softirq_own_stack+0x80007f00201c (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff810a2c20 do_softirq+0x80007f002050 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff810a2cb5 __local_bh_enable_ip+0x80007f002085 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8168d452 ip_finish_output2+0x80007f002152 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8168ea3d ip_finish_output+0x80007f00217d (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff8168f2af ip_output+0x80007f00203f (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
[...]
7fff81005854 do_syscall_64+0x80007f002054 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
7fff817649eb return_from_SYSCALL_64+0x80007f002000 (/lib/modules/4.9.0-rc8+/build/vmlinux)
f5d80 __sendmsg_nocancel+0xffff01c484812007 (/usr/lib64/libc-2.18.so)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All map types and prog types are registered to the BPF core through
bpf_register_map_type() and bpf_register_prog_type() during init and
remain unchanged thereafter. As by design we don't (and never will)
have any pluggable code that can register to that at any later point
in time, lets mark all the existing bpf_{map,prog}_type_list objects
in the tree as __ro_after_init, so they can be moved to read-only
section from then onwards.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-16
1) Make struct xfrm_input_afinfo const, nothing writes to it.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Remove all places that write to the afinfo policy backend
and make the struct const then.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Prepare for packet consuming gro callbacks and add
ESP GRO handlers. ESP packets can be decapsulated
at the GRO layer then. It saves a round through
the stack for each ESP packet.
Please note that this has a merge coflict between commit
63fca65d08 ("net: add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops")
from net-next and
3d7d25a68e ("xfrm: policy: remove garbage_collect callback")
a2817d8b27 ("xfrm: policy: remove family field")
from ipsec-next.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting a neigh related sysctl parameter, we always send a
NETEVENT_DELAY_PROBE_TIME_UPDATE netevent. For instance, when
executing
sysctl net.ipv6.neigh.wlp3s0.retrans_time_ms=2000
a NETEVENT_DELAY_PROBE_TIME_UPDATE netevent is generated.
This is caused by commit 2a4501ae18 ("neigh: Send a
notification when DELAY_PROBE_TIME changes"). According to the
commit's description, it was intended to generate such an event
when setting the "delay_first_probe_time" sysctl parameter.
In order to fix this, only generate this event when actually
setting the "delay_first_probe_time" sysctl parameter. This fix
should not have any unintended side-effects, because all but one
registered netevent callbacks check for other netevent event
types (the registered callbacks were obtained by grepping for
"register_netevent_notifier"). The only callback that uses the
NETEVENT_DELAY_PROBE_TIME_UPDATE event is
mlxsw_sp_router_netevent_event() (in
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c): in case
of this event, it only accesses the DELAY_PROBE_TIME of the
passed neigh_parms.
Fixes: 2a4501ae18 ("neigh: Send a notification when DELAY_PROBE_TIME changes")
Signed-off-by: Marcus Huewe <suse-tux@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 79e7fff47b ("net: remove support for per driver
ndo_busy_poll()") made them obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even when mode_get op is not present, other eswitch attrs need to be
filled-up.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be aligned with the rest of the code and use label named nla_put_failure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be aligned with the rest of the file and name the helper function
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The eswitch_[gs]et command is supposed to be similar to port_[gs]et
command - for multiple eswitch attributes. However, when it was introduced
by 08f4b5918b ("net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control") it was wrongly
named with the word "mode" in it. So fix this now, make the oririnal
enum value existing but obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/netprio_cgroup.c:303:16: error: expected declaration specifiers or '...' before string constant
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
^~~~~~~~
Add linux/module.h to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes multiple occurrences of checkpatch WARNING: Missing
a blank line after declarations.
Signed-off-by: Tobin C. Harding <me@tobin.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix multiple occurrences of checkpatch warning. WARNING: Block
comments use * on subsequent lines. Also make comment blocks
more uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tobin C. Harding <me@tobin.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two trivial whitespace errors. Brace should be
on the previous line and trailing statements should be on next line.
Signed-off-by: Tobin C. Harding <me@tobin.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes multiple occurrences of space before tabs warnings.
More lines of code were moved than required to keep kernel-doc
comments uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tobin C. Harding <me@tobin.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many gro cells users, so lets move the code to avoid
duplication.
This creates a CONFIG_GRO_CELLS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As last step, we can remove the pending_confirm flag.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sock flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As not all call paths lock the socket use full word for
the flag.
Add sk_dst_confirm as replacement for dst_confirm when
called for received packets.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported that UDP sockets being destroyed would trigger the
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&sk->sk_rmem_alloc)); in inet_sock_destruct()
It turns out we do not properly destroy skb(s) that have wrong UDP
checksum.
Thanks again to syzkaller team.
Fixes : 7c13f97ffd ("udp: do fwd memory scheduling on dequeue")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 18bfb924f0 ("net: introduce default neigh_construct/destroy
ndo calls for L2 upper devices") we added these ndos to stacked devices
such as team and bond, so that calls will be propagated to mlxsw.
However, previous commit removed the reliance on these ndos and no new
users of these ndos have appeared since above mentioned commit. We can
therefore safely remove this dead code.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All __napi_complete() callers have been converted to
use the more standard napi_complete_done(),
we can now remove this NAPI method for good.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My recent change missed fact that UFO would perform a complete
UDP checksum before segmenting in frags.
In this case skb->ip_summed is set to CHECKSUM_NONE.
We need to add this valid case to skb_needs_check()
Fixes: b2504a5dbe ("net: reduce skb_warn_bad_offload() noise")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We added generic support for busy polling in NAPI layer in linux-4.5
No network driver uses ndo_busy_poll() anymore, we can get rid
of the pointer in struct net_device_ops, and its use in sk_busy_loop()
Saves NETIF_F_BUSY_POLL features bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Stash ctinfo 3-bit field into pointer to nf_conntrack object from
sk_buff so we only access one single cacheline in the conntrack
hotpath. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't leak pointer to internal structures when exporting x_tables
ruleset back to userspace, from Willem DeBruijn. This includes new
helper functions to copy data to userspace such as xt_data_to_user()
as well as conversions of our ip_tables, ip6_tables and arp_tables
clients to use it. Not surprinsingly, ebtables requires an ad-hoc
update. There is also a new field in x_tables extensions to indicate
the amount of bytes that we copy to userspace.
3) Add nf_log_all_netns sysctl: This new knob allows you to enable
logging via nf_log infrastructure for all existing netnamespaces.
Given the effort to provide pernet syslog has been discontinued,
let's provide a way to restore logging using netfilter kernel logging
facilities in trusted environments. Patch from Michal Kubecek.
4) Validate SCTP checksum from conntrack helper, from Davide Caratti.
5) Merge UDPlite conntrack and NAT helpers into UDP, this was mostly
a copy&paste from the original helper, from Florian Westphal.
6) Reset netfilter state when duplicating packets, also from Florian.
7) Remove unnecessary check for broadcast in IPv6 in pkttype match and
nft_meta, from Liping Zhang.
8) Add missing code to deal with loopback packets from nft_meta when
used by the netdev family, also from Liping.
9) Several cleanups on nf_tables, one to remove unnecessary check from
the netlink control plane path to add table, set and stateful objects
and code consolidation when unregister chain hooks, from Gao Feng.
10) Fix harmless reference counter underflow in IPVS that, however,
results in problems with the introduction of the new refcount_t
type, from David Windsor.
11) Enable LIBCRC32C from nf_ct_sctp instead of nf_nat_sctp,
from Davide Caratti.
12) Missing documentation on nf_tables uapi header, from Liping Zhang.
13) Use rb_entry() helper in xt_connlimit, from Geliang Tang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debugging issues caused by pfmemalloc is often tedious.
Add a new SNMP counter to more easily diagnose these problems.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Acked-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __alloc_skb() allocates an skb from fast clone cache,
setting pfmemalloc on the clone is not needed.
Clone will be properly initialized later at skb_clone() time,
including pfmemalloc field, as it is included in the
headers_start/headers_end section which is fully copied.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup patch renames skb->nfct and changes its type so add a helper to
avoid intrusive rename change later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Dmitry reported warnings occurring in __skb_gso_segment() [1]
All SKB_GSO_DODGY producers can allow user space to feed
packets that trigger the current check.
We could prevent them from doing so, rejecting packets, but
this might add regressions to existing programs.
It turns out our SKB_GSO_DODGY handlers properly set up checksum
information that is needed anyway when packets needs to be segmented.
By checking again skb_needs_check() after skb_mac_gso_segment(),
we should remove these pesky warnings, at a very minor cost.
With help from Willem de Bruijn
[1]
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 6768 at net/core/dev.c:2439 skb_warn_bad_offload+0x2af/0x390 net/core/dev.c:2434
lo: caps=(0x000000a2803b7c69, 0x0000000000000000) len=138 data_len=0 gso_size=15883 gso_type=4 ip_summed=0
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 1 PID: 6768 Comm: syz-executor1 Not tainted 4.9.0 #5
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
ffff8801c063ecd8 ffffffff82346bdf ffffffff00000001 1ffff100380c7d2e
ffffed00380c7d26 0000000041b58ab3 ffffffff84b37e38 ffffffff823468f1
ffffffff84820740 ffffffff84f289c0 dffffc0000000000 ffff8801c063ee20
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff82346bdf>] __dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:15 [inline]
[<ffffffff82346bdf>] dump_stack+0x2ee/0x3ef lib/dump_stack.c:51
[<ffffffff81827e34>] panic+0x1fb/0x412 kernel/panic.c:179
[<ffffffff8141f704>] __warn+0x1c4/0x1e0 kernel/panic.c:542
[<ffffffff8141f7e5>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0xc5/0x100 kernel/panic.c:565
[<ffffffff8356cbaf>] skb_warn_bad_offload+0x2af/0x390 net/core/dev.c:2434
[<ffffffff83585cd2>] __skb_gso_segment+0x482/0x780 net/core/dev.c:2706
[<ffffffff83586f19>] skb_gso_segment include/linux/netdevice.h:3985 [inline]
[<ffffffff83586f19>] validate_xmit_skb+0x5c9/0xc20 net/core/dev.c:2969
[<ffffffff835892bb>] __dev_queue_xmit+0xe6b/0x1e70 net/core/dev.c:3383
[<ffffffff8358a2d7>] dev_queue_xmit+0x17/0x20 net/core/dev.c:3424
[<ffffffff83ad161d>] packet_snd net/packet/af_packet.c:2930 [inline]
[<ffffffff83ad161d>] packet_sendmsg+0x32ed/0x4d30 net/packet/af_packet.c:2955
[<ffffffff834f0aaa>] sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:621 [inline]
[<ffffffff834f0aaa>] sock_sendmsg+0xca/0x110 net/socket.c:631
[<ffffffff834f329a>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x8fa/0x9f0 net/socket.c:1954
[<ffffffff834f5e58>] __sys_sendmsg+0x138/0x300 net/socket.c:1988
[<ffffffff834f604d>] SYSC_sendmsg net/socket.c:1999 [inline]
[<ffffffff834f604d>] SyS_sendmsg+0x2d/0x50 net/socket.c:1995
[<ffffffff84371941>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xc2
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a master interface to be specified as one of the parameters when
creating a new interface via rtnl_newlink. Previously this would
require invoking interface creation, waiting for it to complete, and
then separately binding that new interface to a master.
In particular, this is used when creating a macvlan child interface for
VRRP in a VRF configuration, allowing the interface creator to specify
directly what master interface should be inherited by the child,
without having to deal with asynchronous complications and potential
race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Theuns Verwoerd <theuns.verwoerd@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-01
1) Some typo fixes, from Alexander Alemayhu.
2) Don't acquire state lock in get_mtu functions.
The only rece against a dead state does not matter.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrm4_state_fini, it is unused for more than
10 years. From Florian Westphal.
4) Various rcu usage improvements. From Florian Westphal.
5) Properly handle crypto arrors in ah4/ah6.
From Gilad Ben-Yossef.
6) Try to avoid skb linearization in esp4 and esp6.
7) The esp trailer is now set up in different places,
add a helper for this.
8) With the upcomming usage of gro_cells in IPsec,
a gro merged skb can have a secpath. Drop it
before freeing or reusing the skb.
9) Add a xfrm dummy network device for napi. With
this we can use gro_cells from within xfrm,
it allows IPsec GRO without impact on the generic
networking code.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing about lwt state requires a device reference, so remove the
input argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a followup patch, a gro merged skb can have a secpath.
So drop it before freeing or reusing the skb.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Slava Shwartsman reported a warning in skb_try_coalesce(), when we
detect skb->truesize is completely wrong.
In his case, issue came from IPv6 reassembly coping with malicious
datagrams, that forced various pskb_may_pull() to reallocate a bigger
skb->head than the one allocated by NIC driver before entering GRO
layer.
Current code does not change skb->truesize, leaving this burden to
callers if they care enough.
Blindly changing skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head() is not
easy, as some producers might track skb->truesize, for example
in xmit path for back pressure feedback (sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We can detect the cases where it should be safe to change
skb->truesize :
1) skb is not attached to a socket.
2) If it is attached to a socket, destructor is sock_edemux()
My audit gave only two callers doing their own skb->truesize
manipulation.
I had to remove skb parameter in sock_edemux macro when
CONFIG_INET is not set to avoid a compile error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Slava Shwartsman <slavash@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When attempting to free lwtunnel state after the module for the encap
has been unloaded an oops occurs:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000008
IP: lwtstate_free+0x18/0x40
[..]
task: ffff88003e372380 task.stack: ffffc900001fc000
RIP: 0010:lwtstate_free+0x18/0x40
RSP: 0018:ffff88003fd83e88 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff88002bbb3380 RCX: ffff88000c91a300
[..]
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
free_fib_info_rcu+0x195/0x1a0
? rt_fibinfo_free+0x50/0x50
rcu_process_callbacks+0x2d3/0x850
? rcu_process_callbacks+0x296/0x850
__do_softirq+0xe4/0x4cb
irq_exit+0xb0/0xc0
smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x3d/0x50
apic_timer_interrupt+0x93/0xa0
[..]
Code: e8 6e c6 fc ff 89 d8 5b 5d c3 bb de ff ff ff eb f4 66 90 66 66 66 66 90 55 48 89 e5 53 0f b7 07 48 89 fb 48 8b 04 c5 00 81 d5 81 <48> 8b 40 08 48 85 c0 74 13 ff d0 48 8d 7b 20 be 20 00 00 00 e8
The problem is after the module for the encap can be unloaded the
corresponding ops is removed and is thus NULL here.
Modules implementing lwtunnel ops should not be allowed to unload
while there is state alive using those ops, so grab the module
reference for the ops on creating lwtunnel state and of course release
the reference when freeing the state.
Fixes: 1104d9ba44 ("lwtunnel: Add destroy state operation")
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modules implementing lwtunnel ops should not be allowed to unload
while there is state alive using those ops, so specify the owning
module for all lwtunnel ops.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When programs need to calculate the csum from scratch for small UDP
packets and use bpf_l4_csum_replace() to feed the result from helpers
like bpf_csum_diff(), then we need a flag besides BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0
that would ignore the case of current csum being 0, and which would
still allow for the helper to set the csum and transform when needed
to CSUM_MANGLED_0.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER are used in various facilities such as
for SO_REUSEPORT and packet fanout demuxing, packet filtering, kcm,
etc, and yet the only facility they can use is BPF_LD with {BPF_ABS,
BPF_IND} for single byte/half/word access.
Direct packet access is only restricted to tc programs right now,
but we can still facilitate usage by allowing skb_load_bytes() helper
added back then in 05c74e5e53 ("bpf: add bpf_skb_load_bytes helper")
that calls skb_header_pointer() similarly to bpf_load_pointer(), but
for stack buffers with larger access size.
Name the previous sk_filter_func_proto() as bpf_base_func_proto()
since this is used everywhere else as well, similarly for the ctx
converter, that is, bpf_convert_ctx_access().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __is_valid_access() test for cb[] from 62c7989b24 ("bpf: allow
b/h/w/dw access for bpf's cb in ctx") was done unnecessarily complex,
we can just simplify it the same way as recent fix from 2d071c643f
("bpf, trace: make ctx access checks more robust") did. Overflow can
never happen as size is 1/2/4/8 depending on access.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_rx_handler_register() checks to see if the handler is already
busy which was recently separated into netdev_is_rx_handler_busy(). So
use the same function inside register() to avoid code duplication.
Essentially this change should be a no-op
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that pci_bus_type has num_vf callback set, dev_num_vf can be
implemented in a bus type independent way and the check for whether a
PCI device is being handled in rtnetlink can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to add an mpls encap route when the MPLS modules are not loaded
hangs. For example:
CONFIG_MPLS=y
CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m
CONFIG_MPLS_ROUTING=m
CONFIG_MPLS_IPTUNNEL=m
$ ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
The ip command hangs:
root 880 826 0 21:25 pts/0 00:00:00 ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
$ cat /proc/880/stack
[<ffffffff81065a9b>] call_usermodehelper_exec+0xd6/0x134
[<ffffffff81065efc>] __request_module+0x27b/0x30a
[<ffffffff814542f6>] lwtunnel_build_state+0xe4/0x178
[<ffffffff814aa1e4>] fib_create_info+0x47f/0xdd4
[<ffffffff814ae451>] fib_table_insert+0x90/0x41f
[<ffffffff814a8010>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x4b/0x52
...
modprobe is trying to load rtnl-lwt-MPLS:
root 881 5 0 21:25 ? 00:00:00 /sbin/modprobe -q -- rtnl-lwt-MPLS
and it hangs after loading mpls_router:
$ cat /proc/881/stack
[<ffffffff81441537>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x14
[<ffffffff8142ca2a>] register_netdevice_notifier+0x16/0x179
[<ffffffffa0033025>] mpls_init+0x25/0x1000 [mpls_router]
[<ffffffff81000471>] do_one_initcall+0x8e/0x13f
[<ffffffff81119961>] do_init_module+0x5a/0x1e5
[<ffffffff810bd070>] load_module+0x13bd/0x17d6
...
The problem is that lwtunnel_build_state is called with rtnl lock
held preventing mpls_init from registering.
Given the potential references held by the time lwtunnel_build_state it
can not drop the rtnl lock to the load module. So, extract the module
loading code from lwtunnel_build_state into a new function to validate
the encap type. The new function is called while converting the user
request into a fib_config which is well before any table, device or
fib entries are examined.
Fixes: 745041e2aa ("lwtunnel: autoload of lwt modules")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ashizuka reported a highmem oddity and sent a patch for freescale
fec driver.
But the problem root cause is that core networking stack
must ensure no skb with highmem fragment is ever sent through
a device that does not assert NETIF_F_HIGHDMA in its features.
We need to call illegal_highdma() from harmonize_features()
regardless of CSUM checks.
Fixes: ec5f061564 ("net: Kill link between CSUM and SG features.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Reported-by: "Ashizuka, Yuusuke" <ashiduka@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool channels respond struct was uninitialized when querying device
channel boundaries settings. As a result, unreported fields by the driver
hold garbage. This may cause sending unsupported params to driver.
Fixes: 8bf3686204 ('ethtool: ensure channel counts are within bounds ...')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
CC: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the functionality for including address-family-specific per-link
stats in RTM_GETSTATS messages. This is done through adding a new
IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute under which address family attributes are
nested and then the AF-specific attributes can be further nested. This
follows the model of IFLA_AF_SPEC on RTM_*LINK messages and it has the
advantage of presenting an easily extended hierarchy. The rtnl_af_ops
structure is extended to provide AFs with the opportunity to fill and
provide the size of their stats attributes.
One alternative would have been to provide AFs with the ability to add
attributes directly into the RTM_GETSTATS message without a nested
hierarchy. I discounted this approach as it increases the rate at
which the 32 attribute number space is used up and it makes
implementation a little more tricky for stats dump resuming (at the
moment the order in which attributes are added to the message has to
match the numeric order of the attributes).
Another alternative would have been to register per-AF RTM_GETSTATS
handlers. I discounted this approach as I perceived a common use-case
to be getting all the stats for an interface and this approach would
necessitate multiple requests/dumps to retrieve them all.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
arp is being checked instead of arp_eth to see if the call to
__skb_header_pointer failed. Fix this by checking arp_eth is
null instead of arp. Also fix to use length hlen rather than
hlen - sizeof(_arp); thanks to Eric Dumazet for spotting
this latter issue.
CoverityScan CID#1396428 ("Logically dead code") on 2nd
arp comparison (which should be arp_eth instead).
Fixes: commit 55733350e5 ("flow disector: ARP support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes following warnings :
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:28: warning: incorrect type in argument 1
(different base types)
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:28: expected unsigned int const [unsigned]
[usertype] a
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:28: got restricted __be32 [usertype] saddr
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:35: warning: incorrect type in argument 2
(different base types)
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:35: expected unsigned int const [unsigned]
[usertype] b
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:35: got restricted __be32 [usertype] daddr
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:43: warning: cast from restricted __be16
net/core/secure_seq.c:125:61: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to
integer
Fixes: 7cd23e5300 ("secure_seq: use SipHash in place of MD5")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/core/lwt_bpf.c:355:5: warning:
symbol 'bpf_lwt_prog_cmp' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When structs are used to store temporary state in cb[] buffer that is
used with programs and among tail calls, then the generated code will
not always access the buffer in bpf_w chunks. We can ease programming
of it and let this act more natural by allowing for aligned b/h/w/dw
sized access for cb[] ctx member. Various test cases are attached as
well for the selftest suite. Potentially, this can also be reused for
other program types to pass data around.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when calling convert_ctx_access() callback for the various
program types, we pass in insn->dst_reg, insn->src_reg, insn->off from
the original instruction. This information is needed to rewrite the
instruction that is based on the user ctx structure into a kernel
representation for the ctx. As we'd like to allow access size beyond
just BPF_W, we'd need also insn->code for that in order to decode the
original access size. Given that, lets just pass insn directly to the
convert_ctx_access() callback and work on that to not clutter the
callback with even more arguments we need to pass when everything is
already contained in insn. So lets go through that once, no functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When introducing the new socket family AF_SMC in
commit ac7138746e ("smc: establish new socket family"),
a typo in af_family_clock_key_strings has slipped in.
This patch repairs it.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: ac7138746e ("smc: establish new socket family")
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_wake_subqueue() is duplicating the same thing that netif_tx_wake_queue()
does, so make it call it directly after looking up the queue from the index.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge fixes from Andrew Morton:
"27 fixes.
There are three patches that aren't actually fixes. They're simple
function renamings which are nice-to-have in mainline as ongoing net
development depends on them."
* akpm: (27 commits)
timerfd: export defines to userspace
mm/hugetlb.c: fix reservation race when freeing surplus pages
mm/slab.c: fix SLAB freelist randomization duplicate entries
zram: support BDI_CAP_STABLE_WRITES
zram: revalidate disk under init_lock
mm: support anonymous stable page
mm: add documentation for page fragment APIs
mm: rename __page_frag functions to __page_frag_cache, drop order from drain
mm: rename __alloc_page_frag to page_frag_alloc and __free_page_frag to page_frag_free
mm, memcg: fix the active list aging for lowmem requests when memcg is enabled
mm: don't dereference struct page fields of invalid pages
mailmap: add codeaurora.org names for nameless email commits
signal: protect SIGNAL_UNKILLABLE from unintentional clearing.
mm: pmd dirty emulation in page fault handler
ipc/sem.c: fix incorrect sem_lock pairing
lib/Kconfig.debug: fix frv build failure
mm: get rid of __GFP_OTHER_NODE
mm: fix remote numa hits statistics
mm: fix devm_memremap_pages crash, use mem_hotplug_{begin, done}
ocfs2: fix crash caused by stale lvb with fsdlm plugin
...
Allow dissection of (R)ARP operation hardware and protocol addresses
for Ethernet hardware and IPv4 protocol addresses.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP to be used by the
flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32bit arches, (skb->end - skb->data) is not 'unsigned int',
so we shall use min_t() instead of min() to avoid a compiler error.
Fixes: 1272ce87fa ("gro: Enter slow-path if there is no tailroom")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch series "Page fragment updates", v4.
This patch series takes care of a few cleanups for the page fragments
API.
First we do some renames so that things are much more consistent. First
we move the page_frag_ portion of the name to the front of the functions
names. Secondly we split out the cache specific functions from the
other page fragment functions by adding the word "cache" to the name.
Finally I added a bit of documentation that will hopefully help to
explain some of this. I plan to revisit this later as we get things
more ironed out in the near future with the changes planned for the DMA
setup to support eXpress Data Path.
This patch (of 3):
This patch renames the page frag functions to be more consistent with
other APIs. Specifically we place the name page_frag first in the name
and then have either an alloc or free call name that we append as the
suffix. This makes it a bit clearer in terms of naming.
In addition we drop the leading double underscores since we are
technically no longer a backing interface and instead the front end that
is called from the networking APIs.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170104023854.13451.67390.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The GRO path has a fast-path where we avoid calling pskb_may_pull
and pskb_expand by directly accessing frag0. However, this should
only be done if we have enough tailroom in the skb as otherwise
we'll have to expand it later anyway.
This patch adds the check by capping frag0_len with the skb tailroom.
Fixes: cb18978cbf ("gro: Open-code final pskb_may_pull")
Reported-by: Slava Shwartsman <slavash@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bdabad3e36 ("net: Add Qualcomm IPC router") introduced a
new address family. Update the family name tables accordingly so
that the lockdep initialization can use the proper names for this
family.
Cc: Courtney Cavin <courtney.cavin@sonymobile.com>
Cc: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes following sparse complain :
net/core/flow_dissector.c:70:8: warning: symbol 'skb_flow_get_be16'
was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: 972d3876fa ("flow dissector: ICMP support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since ARG_PTR_TO_STACK is no longer just pointer to stack
rename it to ARG_PTR_TO_MEM and adjust comment.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* enable smc module loading and unloading
* register new socket family
* basic smc socket creation and deletion
* use backing TCP socket to run CLC (Connection Layer Control)
handshake of SMC protocol
* Setup for infiniband traffic is implemented in follow-on patches.
For now fallback to TCP socket is always used.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Utz Bacher <utz.bacher@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Direct call of tcp_set_keepalive() function from protocol-agnostic
sock_setsockopt() function in net/core/sock.c violates network
layering. And newly introduced protocol (SMC-R) will need its own
keepalive function. Therefore, add "keepalive" function pointer
to "struct proto", and call it from sock_setsockopt() via this pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Utz Bacher <utz.bacher@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gives a clear speed and security improvement. Siphash is both
faster and is more solid crypto than the aging MD5.
Rather than manually filling MD5 buffers, for IPv6, we simply create
a layout by a simple anonymous struct, for which gcc generates
rather efficient code. For IPv4, we pass the values directly to the
short input convenience functions.
64-bit x86_64:
[ 1.683628] secure_tcpv6_sequence_number_md5# cycles: 99563527
[ 1.717350] secure_tcp_sequence_number_md5# cycles: 92890502
[ 1.741968] secure_tcpv6_sequence_number_siphash# cycles: 67825362
[ 1.762048] secure_tcp_sequence_number_siphash# cycles: 67485526
32-bit x86:
[ 1.600012] secure_tcpv6_sequence_number_md5# cycles: 103227892
[ 1.634219] secure_tcp_sequence_number_md5# cycles: 94732544
[ 1.669102] secure_tcpv6_sequence_number_siphash# cycles: 96299384
[ 1.700165] secure_tcp_sequence_number_siphash# cycles: 86015473
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@aculab.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field tc_at is used only within tc actions to distinguish ingress from
egress processing. A single bit is sufficient for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the remaining two fields from tc_verd and remove the __u16
completely. TC_AT and TC_FROM are converted to equivalent two-bit
integer fields tc_at and tc_from. Where possible, use existing
helper skb_at_tc_ingress when reading tc_at. Introduce helper
skb_reset_tc to clear fields.
Not documenting tc_from and tc_at, because they will be replaced
with single bit fields in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets sent by the IFB device skip subsequent tc classification.
A single bit governs this state. Move it out of tc_verd in
anticipation of removing that __u16 completely.
The new bitfield tc_skip_classify temporarily uses one bit of a
hole, until tc_verd is removed completely in a follow-up patch.
Remove the bit hole comment. It could be 2, 3, 4 or 5 bits long.
With that many options, little value in documenting it.
Introduce a helper function to deduplicate the logic in the two
sites that check this bit.
The field tc_skip_classify is set only in IFB on skbs cloned in
act_mirred, so original packet sources do not have to clear the
bit when reusing packets (notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sizeof(struct cmsghdr) and sizeof(struct compat_cmsghdr) already aligned.
remove use CMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) and
CMSG_COMPAT_ALIGN(sizeof(struct compat_cmsghdr)) keep code consistent.
Signed-off-by: yuan linyu <Linyu.Yuan@alcatel-sbell.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Final nlmsg_len field update must reflect inserted net_dm_drop_point
data.
This patch depends on previous patch:
"drop_monitor: add missing call to genlmsg_end"
Signed-off-by: Reiter Wolfgang <wr0112358@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update nlmsg_len field with genlmsg_end to enable userspace processing
using nlmsg_next helper. Also adds error handling.
Signed-off-by: Reiter Wolfgang <wr0112358@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oftenly, introducing side effects on packet processing on the other half
of the stack by adjusting one of TX/RX via sysctl is not desirable.
There are cases of demand for asymmetric, orthogonal configurability.
This holds true especially for nodes where RPS for RFS usage on top is
configured and therefore use the 'old dev_weight'. This is quite a
common base configuration setup nowadays, even with NICs of superior processing
support (e.g. aRFS).
A good example use case are nodes acting as noSQL data bases with a
large number of tiny requests and rather fewer but large packets as responses.
It's affordable to have large budget and rx dev_weights for the
requests. But as a side effect having this large a number on TX
processed in one run can overwhelm drivers.
This patch therefore introduces an independent configurability via sysctl to
userland.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Tafelmeier <matthias.tafelmeier@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We miss to check if the netlink message is actually big enough to contain
a struct if_stats_msg.
Add a check to prevent userland from sending us short messages that would
make us access memory beyond the end of the message.
Fixes: 10c9ead9f3 ("rtnetlink: add new RTM_GETSTATS message to dump...")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different maximal
number of remembered connection requests.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various ipvlan fixes from Eric Dumazet and Mahesh Bandewar.
The most important is to not assume the packet is RX just because
the destination address matches that of the device. Such an
assumption causes problems when an interface is put into loopback
mode.
2) If we retry when creating a new tc entry (because we dropped the
RTNL mutex in order to load a module, for example) we end up with
-EAGAIN and then loop trying to replay the request. But we didn't
reset some state when looping back to the top like this, and if
another thread meanwhile inserted the same tc entry we were trying
to, we re-link it creating an enless loop in the tc chain. Fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) There are two different WRITE bits in the MDIO address register for
the stmmac chip, depending upon the chip variant. Due to a bug we
could set them both, fix from Hock Leong Kweh.
4) Fix mlx4 bug in XDP_TX handling, from Tariq Toukan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: stmmac: fix incorrect bit set in gmac4 mdio addr register
r8169: add support for RTL8168 series add-on card.
net: xdp: remove unused bfp_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer()
openvswitch: upcall: Fix vlan handling.
ipv4: Namespaceify tcp_tw_reuse knob
net: korina: Fix NAPI versus resources freeing
net, sched: fix soft lockup in tc_classify
net/mlx4_en: Fix user prio field in XDP forward
tipc: don't send FIN message from connectionless socket
ipvlan: fix multicast processing
ipvlan: fix various issues in ipvlan_process_multicast()
After commit 73b62bd085 ("virtio-net:
remove the warning before XDP linearizing"), there's no users for
bpf_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer(), so remove it. This is a revert for
commit f23bc46c30.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime is a union because the initial implementation stored the time in
scalar nanoseconds on 64 bit machine and in a endianess optimized timespec
variant for 32bit machines. The Y2038 cleanup removed the timespec variant
and switched everything to scalar nanoseconds. The union remained, but
become completely pointless.
Get rid of the union and just keep ktime_t as simple typedef of type s64.
The conversion was done with coccinelle and some manual mopping up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
neigh_cleanup_and_release() is always called after marking a neighbour
as dead, but it only notifies user space and not in-kernel listeners of
the netevent notification chain.
This can cause multiple problems. In my specific use case, it causes the
listener (a switch driver capable of L3 offloads) to believe a neighbour
entry is still valid, and is thus erroneously kept in the device's
table.
Fix that by sending a netevent after marking the neighbour as dead.
Fixes: a6bf9e933d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Offload neighbours based on NUD state change")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
This adds a warning for drivers to use when encountering an invalid
buffer for XDP. For normal cases this should not happen but to catch
this in virtual/qemu setups that I may not have expected from the
emulation layer having a standard warning is useful.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull audit updates from Paul Moore:
"After the small number of patches for v4.9, we've got a much bigger
pile for v4.10.
The bulk of these patches involve a rework of the audit backlog queue
to enable us to move the netlink multicasting out of the task/thread
that generates the audit record and into the kernel thread that emits
the record (just like we do for the audit unicast to auditd).
While we were playing with the backlog queue(s) we fixed a number of
other little problems with the code, and from all the testing so far
things look to be in much better shape now. Doing this also allowed us
to re-enable disabling IRQs for some netns operations ("netns: avoid
disabling irq for netns id").
The remaining patches fix some small problems that are well documented
in the commit descriptions, as well as adding session ID filtering
support"
* 'stable-4.10' of git://git.infradead.org/users/pcmoore/audit:
audit: use proper refcount locking on audit_sock
netns: avoid disabling irq for netns id
audit: don't ever sleep on a command record/message
audit: handle a clean auditd shutdown with grace
audit: wake up kauditd_thread after auditd registers
audit: rework audit_log_start()
audit: rework the audit queue handling
audit: rename the queues and kauditd related functions
audit: queue netlink multicast sends just like we do for unicast sends
audit: fixup audit_init()
audit: move kaudit thread start from auditd registration to kaudit init (#2)
audit: add support for session ID user filter
audit: fix formatting of AUDIT_CONFIG_CHANGE events
audit: skip sessionid sentinel value when auto-incrementing
audit: tame initialization warning len_abuf in audit_log_execve_info
audit: less stack usage for /proc/*/loginuid
Pull smp hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This is the final round of converting the notifier mess to the state
machine. The removal of the notifiers and the related infrastructure
will happen around rc1, as there are conversions outstanding in other
trees.
The whole exercise removed about 2000 lines of code in total and in
course of the conversion several dozen bugs got fixed. The new
mechanism allows to test almost every hotplug step standalone, so
usage sites can exercise all transitions extensively.
There is more room for improvement, like integrating all the
pointlessly different architecture mechanisms of synchronizing,
setting cpus online etc into the core code"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (60 commits)
tracing/rb: Init the CPU mask on allocation
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
zram: Convert to hotplug state machine
KVM/PPC/Book3S HV: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Make hotplug notifier symmetric
mm/compaction: Convert to hotplug state machine
iommu/vt-d: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert pool to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert dst-mem to hotplug state machine
mm/zsmalloc: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Avoid on each online CPU loops
mm/vmstat: Drop get_online_cpus() from init_cpu_node_state/vmstat_cpu_dead()
tracing/rb: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/nmi timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
net/iucv: Use explicit clean up labels in iucv_init()
x86/pci/amd-bus: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/oprofile/nmi: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The tree got pretty big in this development cycle, but the net effect
is pretty good:
115 files changed, 673 insertions(+), 1522 deletions(-)
The main changes were:
- Rework and generalize the mutex code to remove per arch mutex
primitives. (Peter Zijlstra)
- Add vCPU preemption support: add an interface to query the
preemption status of vCPUs and use it in locking primitives - this
optimizes paravirt performance. (Pan Xinhui, Juergen Gross,
Christian Borntraeger)
- Introduce cpu_relax_yield() and remov cpu_relax_lowlatency() to
clean up and improve the s390 lock yielding machinery and its core
kernel impact. (Christian Borntraeger)
- Micro-optimize mutexes some more. (Waiman Long)
- Reluctantly add the to-be-deprecated mutex_trylock_recursive()
interface on a temporary basis, to give the DRM code more time to
get rid of its locking hacks. Any other users will be NAK-ed on
sight. (We turned off the deprecation warning for the time being to
not pollute the build log.) (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve the rtmutex code a bit, in light of recent long lived
bugs/races. (Thomas Gleixner)
- Misc fixes, cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (36 commits)
x86/paravirt: Fix bool return type for PVOP_CALL()
x86/paravirt: Fix native_patch()
locking/ww_mutex: Use relaxed atomics
locking/rtmutex: Explain locking rules for rt_mutex_proxy_unlock()/init_proxy_locked()
locking/rtmutex: Get rid of RT_MUTEX_OWNER_MASKALL
x86/paravirt: Optimize native pv_lock_ops.vcpu_is_preempted()
locking/mutex: Break out of expensive busy-loop on {mutex,rwsem}_spin_on_owner() when owner vCPU is preempted
locking/osq: Break out of spin-wait busy waiting loop for a preempted vCPU in osq_lock()
Documentation/virtual/kvm: Support the vCPU preemption check
x86/xen: Support the vCPU preemption check
x86/kvm: Support the vCPU preemption check
x86/kvm: Support the vCPU preemption check
kvm: Introduce kvm_write_guest_offset_cached()
locking/core, x86/paravirt: Implement vcpu_is_preempted(cpu) for KVM and Xen guests
locking/spinlocks, s390: Implement vcpu_is_preempted(cpu)
locking/core, powerpc: Implement vcpu_is_preempted(cpu)
sched/core: Introduce the vcpu_is_preempted(cpu) interface
sched/wake_q: Rename WAKE_Q to DEFINE_WAKE_Q
locking/core: Provide common cpu_relax_yield() definition
locking/mutex: Don't mark mutex_trylock_recursive() as deprecated, temporarily
...
It seems attackers can also send UDP packets with no payload at all.
skb_condense() can still be a win in this case.
It will be possible to replace the custom code in tcp_add_backlog()
to get full benefit from skb_condense()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows XDP prog to extend/remove the packet
data at the head (like adding or removing header). It is
done by adding a new XDP helper bpf_xdp_adjust_head().
It also renames bpf_helper_changes_skb_data() to
bpf_helper_changes_pkt_data() to better reflect
that XDP prog does not work on skb.
This patch adds one "xdp_adjust_head" bit to bpf_prog for the
XDP-capable driver to check if the XDP prog requires
bpf_xdp_adjust_head() support. The driver can then decide
to error out during XDP_SETUP_PROG.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under UDP flood, many softirq producers try to add packets to
UDP receive queue, and one user thread is burning one cpu trying
to dequeue packets as fast as possible.
Two parts of the per packet cost are :
- copying payload from kernel space to user space,
- freeing memory pieces associated with skb.
If socket is under pressure, softirq handler(s) can try to pull in
skb->head the payload of the packet if it fits.
Meaning the softirq handler(s) can free/reuse the page fragment
immediately, instead of letting udp_recvmsg() do this hundreds of usec
later, possibly from another node.
Additional gains :
- We reduce skb->truesize and thus can store more packets per SO_RCVBUF
- We avoid cache line misses at copyout() time and consume_skb() time,
and avoid one put_page() with potential alien freeing on NUMA hosts.
This comes at the cost of a copy, bounded to available tail room, which
is usually small. (We might have to fix GRO_MAX_HEAD which looks bigger
than necessary)
This patch gave me about 5 % increase in throughput in my tests.
skb_condense() helper could probably used in other contexts.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFS is not commonly used, so add a jump label to avoid some conditionals
in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow dissection of ICMP(V6) type and code. This should only occur
if a packet is ICMP(V6) and the dissector has FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP set.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP to be used by
the flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In UDP recvmsg() path we currently access 3 cache lines from an skb
while holding receive queue lock, plus another one if packet is
dequeued, since we need to change skb->next->prev
1st cache line (contains ->next/prev pointers, offsets 0x00 and 0x08)
2nd cache line (skb->len & skb->peeked, offsets 0x80 and 0x8e)
3rd cache line (skb->truesize/users, offsets 0xe0 and 0xe4)
skb->peeked is only needed to make sure 0-length packets are properly
handled while MSG_PEEK is operated.
I had first the intent to remove skb->peeked but the "MSG_PEEK at
non-zero offset" support added by Sam Kumar makes this not possible.
This patch avoids one cache line miss during the locked section, when
skb->len and skb->peeked do not have to be read.
It also avoids the skb_set_peeked() cost for non empty UDP datagrams.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d691f9e8d4 ("bpf: allow programs to write to certain skb
fields") pushed access type check outside of __is_valid_access()
to have different restrictions for socket filters and tc programs.
type is thus not used anymore within __is_valid_access() and should
be removed as a function argument. Same for __is_valid_xdp_access()
introduced by 6a773a15a1 ("bpf: add XDP prog type for early driver
filter").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Old code was hard to maintain, due to complex lock chains.
(We probably will be able to remove some kfree_rcu() in callers)
2) Using a single timer to update all estimators does not scale.
3) Code was buggy on 32bit kernel (WRITE_ONCE() on 64bit quantity
is not supposed to work well)
In this rewrite :
- I removed the RB tree that had to be scanned in
gen_estimator_active(). qdisc dumps should be much faster.
- Each estimator has its own timer.
- Estimations are maintained in net_rate_estimator structure,
instead of dirtying the qdisc. Minor, but part of the simplification.
- Reading the estimator uses RCU and a seqcount to provide proper
support for 32bit kernels.
- We reduce memory need when estimators are not used, since
we store a pointer, instead of the bytes/packets counters.
- xt_rateest_mt() no longer has to grab a spinlock.
(In the future, xt_rateest_tg() could be switched to per cpu counters)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under heavy stress, timer used in estimators tend to slowly be delayed
by a few jiffies, leading to inaccuracies.
Lets remember what was the last scheduled jiffies so that we get more
precise estimations, without having to add a multiply/divide in the loop
to account for the drifts.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_generic() function is both a) inline and b) used ~600 times.
It has the following code inside
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
"id" is never compile time constant so compiler is forced to subtract 1.
And those decrements or LEA [r32 - 1] instructions add up.
We also start id'ing from 1 to catch bugs where pernet sybsystem id
is not initialized and 0. This is quite pointless idea (nothing will
work or immediate interference with first registered subsystem) in
general but it hints what needs to be done for code size reduction.
Namely, overlaying allocation of pointer array and fixed part of
structure in the beginning and using usual base-0 addressing.
Ids are just cookies, their exact values do not matter, so lets start
with 3 on x86_64.
Code size savings (oh boy): -4.2 KB
As usual, ignore the initial compiler stupidity part of the table.
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 12/670 up/down: 89/-4297 (-4208)
function old new delta
tipc_nametbl_insert_publ 1250 1270 +20
nlmclnt_lookup_host 686 703 +17
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5930 5941 +11
nfs_get_client 1050 1061 +11
register_pernet_operations 333 342 +9
tcf_mirred_init 843 849 +6
tcf_bpf_init 1143 1149 +6
gss_setup_upcall 990 994 +4
idmap_name_to_id 432 434 +2
ops_init 274 275 +1
nfsd_inject_forget_client 259 260 +1
nfs4_alloc_client 612 613 +1
tunnel_key_walker 164 163 -1
...
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 392 360 -32
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2808 2767 -41
ipip6_tunnel_ioctl 2228 2186 -42
tipc_bcast_rcv 715 672 -43
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1140 1089 -51
nfsd4_lock 3851 3796 -55
tipc_mon_rcv 1012 956 -56
Total: Before=156643951, After=156639743, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is precursor to fixing "[id - 1]" bloat inside net_generic().
Name "s" is chosen to complement name "u" often used for dummy unions.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Publishing net_generic pointer is done with silly mistake: new array is
published BEFORE setting freshly acquired pernet subsystem pointer.
memcpy
rcu_assign_pointer
kfree_rcu
ng->ptr[id - 1] = data;
This bug was introduced with commit dec827d174
("[NETNS]: The generic per-net pointers.") in the glorious days of
chopping networking stack into containers proper 8.5 years ago (whee...)
How it didn't trigger for so long?
Well, you need quite specific set of conditions:
*) race window opens once per pernet subsystem addition
(read: modprobe or boot)
*) not every pernet subsystem is eligible (need ->id and ->size)
*) not every pernet subsystem is vulnerable (need incorrect or absense
of ordering of register_pernet_sybsys() and actually using net_generic())
*) to hide the bug even more, default is to preallocate 13 pointers which
is actually quite a lot. You need IPv6, netfilter, bridging etc together
loaded to trigger reallocation in the first place. Trimmed down
config are OK.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAP_NET_ADMIN users should not be allowed to set negative
sk_sndbuf or sk_rcvbuf values, as it can lead to various memory
corruptions, crashes, OOM...
Note that before commit 8298193012 ("net: cleanups in
sock_setsockopt()"), the bug was even more serious, since SO_SNDBUF
and SO_RCVBUF were vulnerable.
This needs to be backported to all known linux kernels.
Again, many thanks to syzkaller team for discovering this gem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add socket family, type and protocol to bpf_sock allowing bpf programs
read-only access.
Add __sk_flags_offset[0] to struct sock before the bitfield to
programmtically determine the offset of the unsigned int containing
protocol and type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new cgroup based program type, BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK. Similar to
BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB programs can be attached to a cgroup and run
any time a process in the cgroup opens an AF_INET or AF_INET6 socket.
Currently only sk_bound_dev_if is exported to userspace for modification
by a bpf program.
This allows a cgroup to be configured such that AF_INET{6} sockets opened
by processes are automatically bound to a specific device. In turn, this
enables the running of programs that do not support SO_BINDTODEVICE in a
specific VRF context / L3 domain.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric says: "By looking at tcpdump, and TS val of xmit packets of multiple
flows, we can deduct the relative qdisc delays (think of fq pacing).
This should work even if we have one flow per remote peer."
Having random per flow (or host) offsets doesn't allow that anymore so add
a way to turn this off.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jiffies based timestamps allow for easy inference of number of devices
behind NAT translators and also makes tracking of hosts simpler.
commit ceaa1fef65 ("tcp: adding a per-socket timestamp offset")
added the main infrastructure that is needed for per-connection ts
randomization, in particular writing/reading the on-wire tcp header
format takes the offset into account so rest of stack can use normal
tcp_time_stamp (jiffies).
So only two items are left:
- add a tsoffset for request sockets
- extend the tcp isn generator to also return another 32bit number
in addition to the ISN.
Re-use of ISN generator also means timestamps are still monotonically
increasing for same connection quadruple, i.e. PAWS will still work.
Includes fixes from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only when ICMP packets are enqueued onto the error queue,
sk_err is also set. Before f5f99309fa (sock: do not set sk_err
in sock_dequeue_err_skb), a subsequent error queue read
would set sk_err to the next error on the queue, or 0 if empty.
As no error types other than ICMP set this field, sk_err should
not be modified upon dequeuing them.
Only for ICMP errors, reset the (racy) sk_err. Some applications,
like traceroute, rely on it and go into a futile busy POLLERR
loop otherwise.
In principle, sk_err has to be set while an ICMP error is queued.
Testing is_icmp_err_skb(skb_next) approximates this without
requiring a full queue walk. Applications that receive both ICMP
and other errors cannot rely on this legacy behavior, as other
errors do not set sk_err in the first place.
Fixes: f5f99309fa (sock: do not set sk_err in sock_dequeue_err_skb)
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Registers new BPF program types which correspond to the LWT hooks:
- BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN => dst_input()
- BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_OUT => dst_output()
- BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT => lwtunnel_xmit()
The separate program types are required to differentiate between the
capabilities each LWT hook allows:
* Programs attached to dst_input() or dst_output() are restricted and
may only read the data of an skb. This prevent modification and
possible invalidation of already validated packet headers on receive
and the construction of illegal headers while the IP headers are
still being assembled.
* Programs attached to lwtunnel_xmit() are allowed to modify packet
content as well as prepending an L2 header via a newly introduced
helper bpf_skb_change_head(). This is safe as lwtunnel_xmit() is
invoked after the IP header has been assembled completely.
All BPF programs receive an skb with L3 headers attached and may return
one of the following error codes:
BPF_OK - Continue routing as per nexthop
BPF_DROP - Drop skb and return EPERM
BPF_REDIRECT - Redirect skb to device as per redirect() helper.
(Only valid in lwtunnel_xmit() context)
The return codes are binary compatible with their TC_ACT_
relatives to ease compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the correct attribute constant names IFLA_GSO_MAX_{SEGS,SIZE}
instead of IFLA_MAX_GSO_{SEGS,SIZE} for the comments int nlmsg_size().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, function ndo_dflt_fdb_dump() will always return code
from uc fdb dump. The reture code of mc fdb dump is lost.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently loop index 'idx' is used as the index in the neigh list of interest.
It's increased only when the neigh is dumped. It's not the absolute index in
the list. Because there is no info to record which neigh has already be scanned
by previous loop. This will cause the filtered out neighs to be scanned mulitple
times.
This patch make idx as the absolute index in the list, it will increase no matter
whether the neigh is filtered. This will prevent the above problem.
And this is in line with other dump functions.
v2:
- take David Ahern's advice to do simple change
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an IFLA_XDP_FLAGS attribute that can be passed for setting up
XDP along with IFLA_XDP_FD, which eventually allows user space to
implement typical add/replace/delete logic for programs. Right now,
calling into dev_change_xdp_fd() will always replace previous programs.
When passed XDP_FLAGS_UPDATE_IF_NOEXIST, we can handle this more
graceful when requested by returning -EBUSY in case we try to
attach a new program, but we find that another one is already
attached. This will be used by upcoming front-end for iproute2 as
well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports the sender chronograph stats via the socket
SO_TIMESTAMPING channel. Currently we can instrument how long a
particular application unit of data was queued in TCP by tracking
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED. Having
these sender chronograph stats exported simultaneously along with
these timestamps allow further breaking down the various sender
limitation. For example, a video server can tell if a particular
chunk of video on a connection takes a long time to deliver because
TCP was experiencing small receive window. It is not possible to
tell before this patch without packet traces.
To prepare these stats, the user needs to set
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY flags
while requesting other SOF_TIMESTAMPING TX timestamps. When the
timestamps are available in the error queue, the stats are returned
in a separate control message of type SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS,
in a list of TLVs (struct nlattr) of types: TCP_NLA_BUSY_TIME,
TCP_NLA_RWND_LIMITED, TCP_NLA_SNDBUF_LIMITED. Unit is microsecond.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dcf800344a ("net/sched: act_mirred: Refactor detection whether
dev needs xmit at mac header") added dev_is_mac_header_xmit(); since it's
also useful elsewhere, move it to if_arp.h and reuse it for BPF.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-11-25
1) Fix a refcount leak in vti6.
From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) Fix a wrong if statement in xfrm_sk_policy_lookup.
From Florian Westphal.
3) The flowcache watermarks are per cpu. Take this into
account when comparing to the threshold where we
refusing new allocations. From Miroslav Urbanek.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udplite conflict is resolved by taking what 'net-next' did
which removed the backlog receive method assignment, since
it is no longer necessary.
Two entries were added to the non-priv ethtool operations
switch statement, one in 'net' and one in 'net-next, so
simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS command is deprecating the ETHTOOL_GSET
command and likewise it shouldn't require the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typical NAPI drivers use napi_consume_skb(skb) at TX completion time.
This put skb in a percpu special queue, napi_alloc_cache, to get bulk
frees.
It turns out the queue is not flushed and hits the NAPI_SKB_CACHE_SIZE
limit quite often, with skbs that were queued hundreds of usec earlier.
I measured this can take ~6000 nsec to perform one flush.
__kfree_skb_flush() can be called from two points right now :
1) From net_tx_action(), but only for skbs that were queued to
sd->completion_queue.
-> Irrelevant for NAPI drivers in normal operation.
2) From net_rx_action(), but only under high stress or if RPS/RFS has a
pending action.
This patch changes net_rx_action() to perform the flush in all cases and
after more urgent operations happened (like kicking remote CPUS for
RPS/RFS).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the cgroup associated with the receiving socket has an eBPF
programs installed, run them from sk_filter_trim_cap().
eBPF programs used in this context are expected to either return 1 to
let the packet pass, or != 1 to drop them. The programs have access to
the skb through bpf_skb_load_bytes(), and the payload starts at the
network headers (L3).
Note that cgroup_bpf_run_filter() is stubbed out as static inline nop
for !CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF, and is otherwise guarded by a static key if
the feature is unused.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This program type is similar to BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER, except that
it does not allow BPF_LD_[ABS|IND] instructions and hooks up the
bpf_skb_load_bytes() helper.
Programs of this type will be attached to cgroups for network filtering
and accounting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHY drivers should be able to rely on the caller of {get,set}_tunable to
have acquired the PHY device mutex, in order to both serialize against
concurrent calls of these functions, but also against PHY state machine
changes. All ethtool PHY-level functions do this, except
{get,set}_tunable, so we make them consistent here as well.
We need to update the Microsemi PHY driver in the same commit to avoid
introducing either deadlocks, or lack of proper locking.
Fixes: 968ad9da7e ("ethtool: Implements ETHTOOL_PHY_GTUNABLE/ETHTOOL_PHY_STUNABLE")
Fixes: 310d9ad57a ("net: phy: Add downshift get/set support in Microsemi PHYs driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the
TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering.
The supported modes: none, link, network, transport.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers would need to check few internal matters for
that. To be used in downstream mlx5 commit.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RT netlink, calcit() function should return the minimal size for
netlink dump message. This will make sure that dump message for every
network device can be stored.
Currently, rtnl_calcit() function doesn't account the size of header of
netlink message, this patch will fix it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The threshold for OOM protection is too small for systems with large
number of CPUs. Applications report ENOBUFs on connect() every 10
minutes.
The problem is that the variable net->xfrm.flow_cache_gc_count is a
global counter while the variable fc->high_watermark is a per-CPU
constant. Take the number of CPUs into account as well.
Fixes: 6ad3122a08 ("flowcache: Avoid OOM condition under preasure")
Reported-by: Lukáš Koldrt <lk@excello.cz>
Tested-by: Jan Hejl <jh@excello.cz>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Urbanek <mu@miroslavurbanek.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Andre Noll reported panics after my recent fix (commit 34fad54c25
"net: __skb_flow_dissect() must cap its return value")
After some more headaches, Alexander root caused the problem to
init_default_flow_dissectors() being called too late, in case
a network driver like IGB is not a module and receives DHCP message
very early.
Fix is to call init_default_flow_dissectors() much earlier,
as it is a core infrastructure and does not depend on another
kernel service.
Fixes: 06635a35d1 ("flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andre Noll <maan@tuebingen.mpg.de>
Diagnosed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All conflicts were simple overlapping changes except perhaps
for the Thunder driver.
That driver has a change_mtu method explicitly for sending
a message to the hardware. If that fails it returns an
error.
Normally a driver doesn't need an ndo_change_mtu method becuase those
are usually just range changes, which are now handled generically.
But since this extra operation is needed in the Thunder driver, it has
to stay.
However, if the message send fails we have to restore the original
MTU before the change because the entire call chain expects that if
an error is thrown by ndo_change_mtu then the MTU did not change.
Therefore code is added to nicvf_change_mtu to remember the original
MTU, and to restore it upon nicvf_update_hw_max_frs() failue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the link is filtered out, loop index should also be updated. If not,
loop index will not be correct.
Fixes: dc599f76c2 ("net: Add support for filtering link dump by master device and kind")
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
size_t is way too much for an integer not exceeding 64.
Space savings: 10 bytes!
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/3 up/down: 0/-10 (-10)
function old new delta
napi_consume_skb 165 163 -2
__kfree_skb_flush 56 53 -3
__kfree_skb_defer 97 92 -5
Total: Before=154865639, After=154865629, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing NDA_VLAN attribute's size.
Fixes: 1e53d5bb88 ("net: Pass VLAN ID to rtnl_fdb_notify.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding validation support for the ETHTOOL_PHY_DOWNSHIFT. Functional
implementation needs to be done in the individual PHY drivers.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding get_tunable/set_tunable function pointer to the phy_driver
structure, and uses these function pointers to implement the
ETHTOOL_PHY_GTUNABLE/ETHTOOL_PHY_STUNABLE ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make struct pernet_operations::id unsigned.
There are 2 reasons to do so:
1)
This field is really an index into an zero based array and
thus is unsigned entity. Using negative value is out-of-bound
access by definition.
2)
On x86_64 unsigned 32-bit data which are mixed with pointers
via array indexing or offsets added or subtracted to pointers
are preffered to signed 32-bit data.
"int" being used as an array index needs to be sign-extended
to 64-bit before being used.
void f(long *p, int i)
{
g(p[i]);
}
roughly translates to
movsx rsi, esi
mov rdi, [rsi+...]
call g
MOVSX is 3 byte instruction which isn't necessary if the variable is
unsigned because x86_64 is zero extending by default.
Now, there is net_generic() function which, you guessed it right, uses
"int" as an array index:
static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id)
{
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
}
And this function is used a lot, so those sign extensions add up.
Patch snipes ~1730 bytes on allyesconfig kernel (without all junk
messing with code generation):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
Unfortunately some functions actually grow bigger.
This is a semmingly random artefact of code generation with register
allocator being used differently. gcc decides that some variable
needs to live in new r8+ registers and every access now requires REX
prefix. Or it is shifted into r12, so [r12+0] addressing mode has to be
used which is longer than [r8]
However, overall balance is in negative direction:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
function old new delta
nfsd4_lock 3886 3959 +73
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1096 1140 +44
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2776 2808 +32
tipc_mon_rcv 1032 1058 +26
svcauth_gss_legacy_init 1413 1429 +16
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 379 392 +13
nfsd4_exchange_id 1247 1260 +13
nfsd4_setclientid_confirm 782 793 +11
...
put_client_renew_locked 494 480 -14
ip_set_sockfn_get 730 716 -14
geneve_sock_add 829 813 -16
nfsd4_sequence_done 721 703 -18
nlmclnt_lookup_host 708 686 -22
nfsd4_lockt 1085 1063 -22
nfs_get_client 1077 1050 -27
tcf_bpf_init 1106 1076 -30
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5997 5930 -67
Total: Before=154856051, After=154854321, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrei reports we still allocate netns ID from idr after we destroy
it in cleanup_net().
cleanup_net():
...
idr_destroy(&net->netns_ids);
...
list_for_each_entry_reverse(ops, &pernet_list, list)
ops_exit_list(ops, &net_exit_list);
-> rollback_registered_many()
-> rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb()
-> rtnl_fill_ifinfo()
-> peernet2id_alloc()
After that point we should not even access net->netns_ids, we
should check the death of the current netns as early as we can in
peernet2id_alloc().
For net-next we can consider to avoid sending rtmsg totally,
it is a good optimization for netns teardown path.
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Reported-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of netpoll_poll_lock() own NAPI_STATE_SCHED
Callers of netpoll_poll_unlock() have BH blocked between
the NAPI_STATE_SCHED being cleared and poll_lock is released.
We can avoid the spinlock which has no contention, and use cmpxchg()
on poll_owner which we need to set anyway.
This removes a possible lockdep violation after the cited commit,
since sk_busy_loop() re-enables BH before calling busy_poll_stop()
Fixes: 217f697436 ("net: busy-poll: allow preemption in sk_busy_loop()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI drivers use napi_complete_done() or napi_complete() when
they drained RX ring and right before re-enabling device interrupts.
In busy polling, we can avoid interrupts being delivered since
we are polling RX ring in a controlled loop.
Drivers can chose to use napi_complete_done() return value
to reduce interrupts overhead while busy polling is active.
This is optional, legacy drivers should work fine even
if not updated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 4cd13c21b2 ("softirq: Let ksoftirqd do its job"),
sk_busy_loop() needs a bit of care :
softirqs might be delayed since we do not allow preemption yet.
This patch adds preemptiom points in sk_busy_loop(),
and makes sure no unnecessary cache line dirtying
or atomic operations are done while looping.
A new flag is added into napi->state : NAPI_STATE_IN_BUSY_POLL
This prevents napi_complete_done() from clearing NAPIF_STATE_SCHED,
so that sk_busy_loop() does not have to grab it again.
Similarly, netpoll_poll_lock() is done one time.
This gives about 10 to 20 % improvement in various busy polling
tests, especially when many threads are busy polling in
configurations with large number of NIC queues.
This should allow experimenting with bigger delays without
hurting overall latencies.
Tested:
On a 40Gb mlx4 NIC, 32 RX/TX queues.
echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
for i in `seq 1 40`; do echo -n $i: ; ./super_netperf $i -H lpaa24 -t UDP_RR -- -N -n; done
Before: After:
1: 90072 92819
2: 157289 184007
3: 235772 213504
4: 344074 357513
5: 394755 458267
6: 461151 487819
7: 549116 625963
8: 544423 716219
9: 720460 738446
10: 794686 837612
11: 915998 923960
12: 937507 925107
13: 1019677 971506
14: 1046831 1113650
15: 1114154 1148902
16: 1105221 1179263
17: 1266552 1299585
18: 1258454 1383817
19: 1341453 1312194
20: 1363557 1488487
21: 1387979 1501004
22: 1417552 1601683
23: 1550049 1642002
24: 1568876 1601915
25: 1560239 1683607
26: 1640207 1745211
27: 1706540 1723574
28: 1638518 1722036
29: 1734309 1757447
30: 1782007 1855436
31: 1724806 1888539
32: 1717716 1944297
33: 1778716 1869118
34: 1805738 1983466
35: 1815694 2020758
36: 1893059 2035632
37: 1843406 2034653
38: 1888830 2086580
39: 1972827 2143567
40: 1877729 2181851
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_xdp_size() only considers the size of the actual payload attribute,
and misses the space taken by the attribute used for nesting (IFLA_XDP).
Fixes: d1fdd91386 ("rtnl: add option for setting link xdp prog")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size reported by rtnl_vfinfo_size doesn't match the space used by
rtnl_fill_vfinfo.
rtnl_vfinfo_size currently doesn't account for the nest attributes
used by statistics (added in commit 3b766cd832), nor for struct
ifla_vf_tx_rate (since commit ed616689a3, which added ifla_vf_rate
to the dump without removing ifla_vf_tx_rate, but replaced
ifla_vf_tx_rate with ifla_vf_rate in the size computation).
Fixes: 3b766cd832 ("net/core: Add reading VF statistics through the PF netdevice")
Fixes: ed616689a3 ("net-next:v4: Add support to configure SR-IOV VF minimum and maximum Tx rate through ip tool")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 14135f30e3 ("inet: fix sleeping inside inet_wait_for_connect()"),
sk_wait_event() needs to fix too, because release_sock() is blocking,
it changes the process state back to running after sleep, which breaks
the previous prepare_to_wait().
Switch to the new wait API.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Tom patch, thoff field could point past the end of the buffer,
this could fool some callers.
If an skb was provided, skb->len should be the upper limit.
If not, hlen is supposed to be the upper limit.
Fixes: a6e544b0a8 ("flow_dissector: Jump to exit code in __skb_flow_dissect")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yibin Yang <yibyang@cisco.com
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the bpf program calls bpf_redirect(dev, 0) and dev is
an ipip/ip6tnl, it currently includes the mac header.
e.g. If dev is ipip, the end result is IP-EthHdr-IP instead
of IP-IP.
The fix is to pull the mac header. At ingress, skb_postpull_rcsum()
is not needed because the ethhdr should have been pulled once already
and then got pushed back just before calling the bpf_prog.
At egress, this patch calls skb_postpull_rcsum().
If bpf_redirect(dev, BPF_F_INGRESS) is called,
it also fails now because it calls dev_forward_skb() which
eventually calls eth_type_trans(skb, dev). The eth_type_trans()
will set skb->type = PACKET_OTHERHOST because the mac address
does not match the redirecting dev->dev_addr. The PACKET_OTHERHOST
will eventually cause the ip_rcv() errors out. To fix this,
____dev_forward_skb() is added.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Fixes: cfc7381b30 ("ip_tunnel: add collect_md mode to IPIP tunnel")
Fixes: 8d79266bc4 ("ip6_tunnel: add collect_md mode to IPv6 tunnels")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more users except from net/core/dev.c
napi_hash_add() can now be static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a new type of interfaceless lightweight tunnel (SEG6),
enabling the encapsulation and injection of SRH within locally emitted
packets and forwarded packets.
>From a configuration viewpoint, a seg6 tunnel would be configured as follows:
ip -6 ro ad fc00::1/128 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc42::1,fc42::2,fc42::3 dev eth0
Any packet whose destination address is fc00::1 would thus be encapsulated
within an outer IPv6 header containing the SRH with three segments, and would
actually be routed to the first segment of the list. If `mode inline' was
specified instead of `mode encap', then the SRH would be directly inserted
after the IPv6 header without outer encapsulation.
The inline mode is only available if CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE is enabled. This
feature was made configurable because direct header insertion may break
several mechanisms such as PMTUD or IPSec AH.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid having dangling function pointers left behind, reset calcit in
rtnl_unregister(), too.
This is no issue so far, as only the rtnl core registers a netlink
handler with a calcit hook which won't be unregistered, but may become
one if new code makes use of the calcit hook.
Fixes: c7ac8679be ("rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo...")
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Receiving a GSO packet in dev_gro_receive() is not uncommon
in stacked devices, or devices partially implementing LRO/GRO
like bnx2x. GRO is implementing the aggregation the device
was not able to do itself.
Current code causes reorders, like in following case :
For a given flow where sender sent 3 packets P1,P2,P3,P4
Receiver might receive P1 as a single packet, stored in GRO engine.
Then P2-P4 are received as a single GSO packet, immediately given to
upper stack, while P1 is held in GRO engine.
This patch will make sure P1 is given to upper stack, then P2-P4
immediately after.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Install the callbacks via the state machine. Use multi state support to avoid
custom list handling for the multiple instances.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161103145021.28528-10-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Without this check, it is not possible to create two rules that
are identical except for their UID ranges. For example:
root@net-test:/# ip rule add prio 1000 lookup 300
root@net-test:/# ip rule add prio 1000 uidrange 100-200 lookup 300
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
root@net-test:/# ip rule add prio 1000 uidrange 100-199 lookup 100
root@net-test:/# ip rule add prio 1000 uidrange 200-299 lookup 200
root@net-test:/# ip rule add prio 1000 uidrange 300-399 lookup 100
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/299980/
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not set sk_err when dequeuing errors from the error queue.
Doing so results in:
a) Bugs: By overwriting existing sk_err values, it possibly
hides legitimate errors. It is also incorrect when local
errors are queued with ip_local_error. That happens in the
context of a system call, which already returns the error
code.
b) Inconsistent behavior: When there are pending errors on
the error queue, sk_err is sometimes 0 (e.g., for
the first timestamp on the error queue) and sometimes
set to an error code (after dequeuing the first
timestamp).
c) Suboptimality: Setting sk_err to ENOMSG on simple
TX timestamps can abort parallel reads and writes.
Removing this line doesn't break userspace. This is because
userspace code cannot rely on sk_err for detecting whether
there is something on the error queue. Except for ICMP messages
received for UDP and RAW, sk_err is not set at enqueue time,
and as a result sk_err can be 0 while there are plenty of
errors on the error queue.
For ICMP packets in UDP and RAW, sk_err is set when they are
enqueued on the error queue, but that does not result in aborting
reads and writes. For such cases, sk_err is only readable via
getsockopt(SO_ERROR) which will reset the value of sk_err on
its own. More importantly, prior to this patch,
recvmsg(MSG_ERRQUEUE) has a race on setting sk_err (i.e.,
sk_err is set by sock_dequeue_err_skb without atomic ops or
locks) which can store 0 in sk_err even when we have ICMP
messages pending. Removing this line from sock_dequeue_err_skb
eliminates that race.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag IFF_NO_QUEUE marks virtual device drivers that doesn't need a
default qdisc attached, given they will be backed by physical device,
that already have a qdisc attached for pushback.
It is still supported to attach a qdisc to a IFF_NO_QUEUE device, as
this can be useful for difference policy reasons (e.g. bandwidth
limiting containers). For this to work, the tx_queue_len need to have
a sane value, because some qdiscs inherit/copy the tx_queue_len
(namely, pfifo, bfifo, gred, htb, plug and sfb).
Commit a813104d92 ("IFF_NO_QUEUE: Fix for drivers not calling
ether_setup()") caught situations where some drivers didn't initialize
tx_queue_len. The problem with the commit was choosing 1 as the
fallback value.
A qdisc queue length of 1 causes more harm than good, because it
creates hard to debug situations for userspace. It gives userspace a
false sense of a working config after attaching a qdisc. As low
volume traffic (that doesn't activate the qdisc policy) works,
like ping, while traffic that e.g. needs shaping cannot reach the
configured policy levels, given the queue length is too small.
This patch change the value to DEFAULT_TX_QUEUE_LEN, given other
IFF_NO_QUEUE devices (that call ether_setup()) also use this value.
Fixes: a813104d92 ("IFF_NO_QUEUE: Fix for drivers not calling ether_setup()")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new argument is added to __skb_recv_datagram to provide
an explicit skb destructor, invoked under the receive queue
lock.
The UDP protocol uses such argument to perform memory
reclaiming on dequeue, so that the UDP protocol does not
set anymore skb->desctructor.
Instead explicit memory reclaiming is performed at close() time and
when skbs are removed from the receive queue.
The in kernel UDP protocol users now need to call a
skb_recv_udp() variant instead of skb_recv_datagram() to
properly perform memory accounting on dequeue.
Overall, this allows acquiring only once the receive queue
lock on dequeue.
Tested using pktgen with random src port, 64 bytes packet,
wire-speed on a 10G link as sender and udp_sink as the receiver,
using an l4 tuple rxhash to stress the contention, and one or more
udp_sink instances with reuseport.
nr sinks vanilla patched
1 440 560
3 2150 2300
6 3650 3800
9 4450 4600
12 6250 6450
v1 -> v2:
- do rmem and allocated memory scheduling under the receive lock
- do bulk scheduling in first_packet_length() and in udp_destruct_sock()
- avoid the typdef for the dequeue callback
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Define a new FIB rule attributes, FRA_UID_RANGE, to describe a
range of UIDs.
- Define a RTA_UID attribute for per-UID route lookups and dumps.
- Support passing these attributes to and from userspace via
rtnetlink. The value INVALID_UID indicates no UID was
specified.
- Add a UID field to the flow structures.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol sockets (struct sock) don't have UIDs, but most of the
time, they map 1:1 to userspace sockets (struct socket) which do.
Various operations such as the iptables xt_owner match need
access to the "UID of a socket", and do so by following the
backpointer to the struct socket. This involves taking
sk_callback_lock and doesn't work when there is no socket
because userspace has already called close().
Simplify this by adding a sk_uid field to struct sock whose value
matches the UID of the corresponding struct socket. The semantics
are as follows:
1. Whenever sk_socket is non-null: sk_uid is the same as the UID
in sk_socket, i.e., matches the return value of sock_i_uid.
Specifically, the UID is set when userspace calls socket(),
fchown(), or accept().
2. When sk_socket is NULL, sk_uid is defined as follows:
- For a socket that no longer has a sk_socket because
userspace has called close(): the previous UID.
- For a cloned socket (e.g., an incoming connection that is
established but on which userspace has not yet called
accept): the UID of the socket it was cloned from.
- For a socket that has never had an sk_socket: UID 0 inside
the user namespace corresponding to the network namespace
the socket belongs to.
Kernel sockets created by sock_create_kern are a special case
of #1 and sk_uid is the user that created them. For kernel
sockets created at network namespace creation time, such as the
per-processor ICMP and TCP sockets, this is the user that created
the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sending zero checksum is ok for TCP, but not for UDP.
UDPv6 receiver should by default drop a frame with a 0 checksum,
and UDPv4 would not verify the checksum and might accept a corrupted
packet.
Simply replace such checksum by 0xffff, regardless of transport.
This error was caught on SIT tunnels, but seems generic.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At accept() time, it is possible the parent has a non zero
sk_err_soft, leftover from a prior error.
Make sure we do not leave this value in the child, as it
makes future getsockopt(SO_ERROR) calls quite unreliable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting and using XPS when QoS via traffic
classes is enabled. With this change we will factor in the priority and
traffic class mapping of the packet and use that information to correctly
select the queue.
This allows us to define a set of queues for a given traffic class via
mqprio and then configure the XPS mapping for those queues so that the
traffic flows can avoid head-of-line blocking between the individual CPUs
if so desired.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the code for removing queues from the XPS map and makes
it so that we can apply the code any time we change either the number of
traffic classes or the mapping of a given block of queues. This way we
avoid having queues pulling traffic from a foreign traffic class.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sysfs attribute for a Tx queue that allows us to determine the
traffic class for a given queue. This will allow us to more easily
determine this in the future. It is needed as XPS will take the traffic
class for a group of queues into account in order to avoid pulling traffic
from one traffic class into another.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions for configuring the traffic class to queue mappings have
other effects that need to be addressed. Instead of trying to export a
bunch of new functions just relocate the functions so that we can
instrument them directly with the functionality they will need.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
netdev_walk_all_lower_dev is not properly walking the lower device
list. Commit 1a3f060c1a made netdev_walk_all_lower_dev similar
to netdev_walk_all_upper_dev_rcu and netdev_walk_all_lower_dev_rcu
but failed to update its netdev_next_lower_dev iterator. This patch
fixes that.
Fixes: 1a3f060c1a ("net: Introduce new api for walking upper and
lower devices")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When transmitting on a packet socket with PACKET_VNET_HDR and
PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS, validate device support for features requested
in vnet_hdr.
Drop TSO packets sent to devices that do not support TSO or have the
feature disabled. Note that the latter currently do process those
packets correctly, regardless of not advertising the feature.
Because of SKB_GSO_DODGY, it is not sufficient to test device features
with netif_needs_gso. Full validate_xmit_skb is needed.
Switch to software checksum for non-TSO packets that request checksum
offload if that device feature is unsupported or disabled. Note that
similar to the TSO case, device drivers may perform checksum offload
correctly even when not advertising it.
When switching to software checksum, packets hit skb_checksum_help,
which has two BUG_ON checksum not in linear segment. Packet sockets
always allocate at least up to csum_start + csum_off + 2 as linear.
Tested by running github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/psock_txring_vnet.c
ethtool -K eth0 tso off tx on
psock_txring_vnet -d $dst -s $src -i eth0 -l 2000 -n 1 -q -v
psock_txring_vnet -d $dst -s $src -i eth0 -l 2000 -n 1 -q -v -N
ethtool -K eth0 tx off
psock_txring_vnet -d $dst -s $src -i eth0 -l 1000 -n 1 -q -v -G
psock_txring_vnet -d $dst -s $src -i eth0 -l 1000 -n 1 -q -v -G -N
v2:
- add EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(validate_xmit_skb_list)
Fixes: d346a3fae3 ("packet: introduce PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS socket option")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one can see these events, because a network namespace can not be
destroyed, if it has sockets.
Unlike other devices, uevent-s for network devices are generated
only inside their network namespaces. They are filtered in
kobj_bcast_filter()
My experiments shows that net namespaces are destroyed more 30% faster
with this optimization.
Here is a perf output for destroying network namespaces without this
patch.
- 94.76% 0.02% kworker/u48:1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cleanup_net
- 94.74% cleanup_net
- 94.64% ops_exit_list.isra.4
- 41.61% default_device_exit_batch
- 41.47% unregister_netdevice_many
- rollback_registered_many
- 40.36% netdev_unregister_kobject
- 14.55% device_del
+ 13.71% kobject_uevent
- 13.04% netdev_queue_update_kobjects
+ 12.96% kobject_put
- 12.72% net_rx_queue_update_kobjects
kobject_put
- kobject_release
+ 12.69% kobject_uevent
+ 0.80% call_netdevice_notifiers_info
+ 19.57% nfsd_exit_net
+ 11.15% tcp_net_metrics_exit
+ 8.25% rpcsec_gss_exit_net
It's very critical to optimize the exit path for network namespaces,
because they are destroyed under net_mutex and many namespaces can be
destroyed for one iteration.
v2: use dev_set_uevent_suppress()
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc warns about an uninitialized pointer dereference in the vlan
priority handling:
net/core/flow_dissector.c: In function '__skb_flow_dissect':
net/core/flow_dissector.c:281:61: error: 'vlan' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
As pointed out by Jiri Pirko, the variable is never actually used
without being initialized first as the only way it end up uninitialized
is with skb_vlan_tag_present(skb)==true, and that means it does not
get accessed.
However, the warning hints at some related issues that I'm addressing
here:
- the second check for the vlan tag is different from the first one
that tests the skb for being NULL first, causing both the warning
and a possible NULL pointer dereference that was not entirely fixed.
- The same patch that introduced the NULL pointer check dropped an
earlier optimization that skipped the repeated check of the
protocol type
- The local '_vlan' variable is referenced through the 'vlan' pointer
but the variable has gone out of scope by the time that it is
accessed, causing undefined behavior
Caching the result of the 'skb && skb_vlan_tag_present(skb)' check
in a local variable allows the compiler to further optimize the
later check. With those changes, the warning also disappears.
Fixes: 3805a938a6 ("flow_dissector: Check skb for VLAN only if skb specified.")
Fixes: d5709f7ab7 ("flow_dissector: For stripped vlan, get vlan info from skb->vlan_tci")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now genl_register_family() is the only thing (other than the
users themselves, perhaps, but I didn't find any doing that)
writing to the family struct.
In all families that I found, genl_register_family() is only
called from __init functions (some indirectly, in which case
I've add __init annotations to clarifly things), so all can
actually be marked __ro_after_init.
This protects the data structure from accidental corruption.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.
This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.
Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)
Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port_type_set() is been called and the new port type set is the same
as the old one, just return success.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_mutex can be locked for a long time. It may be because many
namespaces are being destroyed or many processes decide to create
a network namespace.
Both these operations are heavy, so it is better to have an ability to
kill a process which is waiting net_mutex.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use case is mainly for soreuseport to select sockets for the local
numa node, but since generic, lets also add this for other networking
and tracing program types.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic sock operations that udp code can use with its own
memory accounting schema. No functional change is introduced
in the existing APIs.
v4 -> v5:
- avoid whitespace changes
v2 -> v4:
- avoid exporting __sock_enqueue_skb
v1 -> v2:
- avoid export sock_rmem_free
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit bc51dddf98 ("netns: avoid disabling irq for
netns id") as it was found to cause problems with systems running
SELinux/audit, see the mailing list thread below:
* http://marc.info/?t=147694653900002&r=1&w=2
Eventually we should be able to reintroduce this code once we have
rewritten the audit multicast code to queue messages much the same
way we do for unicast messages. A tracking issue for this can be
found below:
* https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/23
Reported-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Reported-by: Elad Raz <e@eladraz.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, GRO can do unlimited recursion through the gro_receive
handlers. This was fixed for tunneling protocols by limiting tunnel GRO
to one level with encap_mark, but both VLAN and TEB still have this
problem. Thus, the kernel is vulnerable to a stack overflow, if we
receive a packet composed entirely of VLAN headers.
This patch adds a recursion counter to the GRO layer to prevent stack
overflow. When a gro_receive function hits the recursion limit, GRO is
aborted for this skb and it is processed normally. This recursion
counter is put in the GRO CB, but could be turned into a percpu counter
if we run out of space in the CB.
Thanks to Vladimír Beneš <vbenes@redhat.com> for the initial bug report.
Fixes: CVE-2016-7039
Fixes: 9b174d88c2 ("net: Add Transparent Ethernet Bridging GRO support.")
Fixes: 66e5133f19 ("vlan: Add GRO support for non hardware accelerated vlan")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes a panic when calling eth_get_headlen(). Noticed on i40e driver.
Fixes: d5709f7ab7 ("flow_dissector: For stripped vlan, get vlan info from skb->vlan_tci")
Signed-off-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reuseport_add_sock() is not used from a module,
no need to export it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjacency code only has debugs for the insert case. Add debugs for
the remove path and make both consistently worded to make it easier
to follow the insert and removal with reference counts.
In addition, change the BUG to a WARN_ON. A missing adjacency at
removal time is not cause for a panic.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only direct adjacencies are maintained. All upper or lower devices can
be learned via the new walk API which recursively walks the adj_list for
upper devices or lower devices.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces netdev_walk_all_upper_dev_rcu,
netdev_walk_all_lower_dev and netdev_walk_all_lower_dev_rcu. These
functions recursively walk the adj_list of devices to determine all upper
and lower devices.
The functions take a callback function that is invoked for each device
in the list. If the callback returns non-0, the walk is terminated and
the functions return that code back to callers.
v3
- simplified netdev_has_upper_dev_all_rcu and __netdev_has_upper_dev and
removed typecast as suggested by Stephen
v2
- fixed definition of netdev_next_lower_dev_rcu to mirror the upper_dev
version.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 93409033ae ("net: Add netdev all_adj_list refcnt propagation to
fix panic") propagated the refnr to insert and remove functions tracking
the netdev adjacency graph. However, for the insert path the refnr can
only be 1. Accordingly, remove the refnr argument to make that clear.
ie., the refnr arg in 93409033ae was only needed for the remove path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check is for max_mtu but message reports min_mtu.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Jesper commit back in linux-3.18, we trigger a lockdep
splat in proc_create_data() while allocating memory from
pktgen_change_name().
This patch converts t->if_lock to a mutex, since it is now only
used from control path, and adds proper locking to pktgen_change_name()
1) pktgen_thread_lock to protect the outer loop (iterating threads)
2) t->if_lock to protect the inner loop (iterating devices)
Note that before Jesper patch, pktgen_change_name() was lacking proper
protection, but lockdep was not able to detect the problem.
Fixes: 8788370a1d ("pktgen: RCU-ify "if_list" to remove lock in next_to_run()")
Reported-by: John Sperbeck <jsperbeck@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Users of lwt tunnels may set up some secondary state in build_state
function. Add a corresponding destroy_state function to allow users to
clean up state. This destroy state function is called from lwstate_free.
Also, we now free lwstate using kfree_rcu so user can assume structure
is not freed before rcu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
extract as much possible uncertainty from a running system at boot time as
possible, hoping to capitalize on any possible variation in CPU operation
(due to runtime data differences, hardware differences, SMP ordering,
thermal timing variation, cache behavior, etc).
At the very least, this plugin is a much more comprehensive example for
how to manipulate kernel code using the gcc plugin internals.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=1dUK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull gcc plugins update from Kees Cook:
"This adds a new gcc plugin named "latent_entropy". It is designed to
extract as much possible uncertainty from a running system at boot
time as possible, hoping to capitalize on any possible variation in
CPU operation (due to runtime data differences, hardware differences,
SMP ordering, thermal timing variation, cache behavior, etc).
At the very least, this plugin is a much more comprehensive example
for how to manipulate kernel code using the gcc plugin internals"
* tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
latent_entropy: Mark functions with __latent_entropy
gcc-plugins: Add latent_entropy plugin
This reverts commit 6ae23ad362.
The code has been in kernel since 4.4 but there are no in tree
code that uses. Unused code is broken code, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "vf_vlan_info" struct ends with a 2 byte struct hole so we have to
memset it to ensure that no stack information is revealed to user space.
Fixes: 79aab093a0 ('net: Update API for VF vlan protocol 802.1ad support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking into an MTU issue with sfc, I started noticing that almost
every NIC driver with an ndo_change_mtu function implemented almost
exactly the same range checks, and in many cases, that was the only
practical thing their ndo_change_mtu function was doing. Quite a few
drivers have either 68, 64, 60 or 46 as their minimum MTU value checked,
and then various sizes from 1500 to 65535 for their maximum MTU value. We
can remove a whole lot of redundant code here if we simple store min_mtu
and max_mtu in net_device, and check against those in net/core/dev.c's
dev_set_mtu().
In theory, there should be zero functional change with this patch, it just
puts the infrastructure in place. Subsequent patches will attempt to start
using said infrastructure, with theoretically zero change in
functionality.
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __latent_entropy gcc attribute can be used only on functions and
variables. If it is on a function then the plugin will instrument it for
gathering control-flow entropy. If the attribute is on a variable then
the plugin will initialize it with random contents. The variable must
be an integer, an integer array type or a structure with integer fields.
These specific functions have been selected because they are init
functions (to help gather boot-time entropy), are called at unpredictable
times, or they have variable loops, each of which provide some level of
latent entropy.
Signed-off-by: Emese Revfy <re.emese@gmail.com>
[kees: expanded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- fsnotify updates
- ocfs2 updates
- all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (127 commits)
console: don't prefer first registered if DT specifies stdout-path
cred: simpler, 1D supplementary groups
CREDITS: update Pavel's information, add GPG key, remove snail mail address
mailmap: add Johan Hovold
.gitattributes: set git diff driver for C source code files
uprobes: remove function declarations from arch/{mips,s390}
spelling.txt: "modeled" is spelt correctly
nmi_backtrace: generate one-line reports for idle cpus
arch/tile: adopt the new nmi_backtrace framework
nmi_backtrace: do a local dump_stack() instead of a self-NMI
nmi_backtrace: add more trigger_*_cpu_backtrace() methods
min/max: remove sparse warnings when they're nested
Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt: add more description for maps/smaps
mm, proc: fix region lost in /proc/self/smaps
proc: fix timerslack_ns CAP_SYS_NICE check when adjusting self
proc: add LSM hook checks to /proc/<tid>/timerslack_ns
proc: relax /proc/<tid>/timerslack_ns capability requirements
meminfo: break apart a very long seq_printf with #ifdefs
seq/proc: modify seq_put_decimal_[u]ll to take a const char *, not char
proc: faster /proc/*/status
...
The cgroup core and the memory controller need to track socket ownership
for different purposes, but the tracking sites being entirely different
is kind of ugly.
Be a better citizen and rename the memory controller callbacks to match
the cgroup core callbacks, then move them to the same place.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160914194846.11153-3-hannes@cmpxchg.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull VFS splice updates from Al Viro:
"There's a bunch of branches this cycle, both mine and from other folks
and I'd rather send pull requests separately.
This one is the conversion of ->splice_read() to ITER_PIPE iov_iter
(and introduction of such). Gets rid of a lot of code in fs/splice.c
and elsewhere; there will be followups, but these are for the next
cycle... Some pipe/splice-related cleanups from Miklos in the same
branch as well"
* 'work.splice_read' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
pipe: fix comment in pipe_buf_operations
pipe: add pipe_buf_steal() helper
pipe: add pipe_buf_confirm() helper
pipe: add pipe_buf_release() helper
pipe: add pipe_buf_get() helper
relay: simplify relay_file_read()
switch default_file_splice_read() to use of pipe-backed iov_iter
switch generic_file_splice_read() to use of ->read_iter()
new iov_iter flavour: pipe-backed
fuse_dev_splice_read(): switch to add_to_pipe()
skb_splice_bits(): get rid of callback
new helper: add_to_pipe()
splice: lift pipe_lock out of splice_to_pipe()
splice: switch get_iovec_page_array() to iov_iter
splice_to_pipe(): don't open-code wakeup_pipe_readers()
consistent treatment of EFAULT on O_DIRECT read/write
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"This set of changes is a number of smaller things that have been
overlooked in other development cycles focused on more fundamental
change. The devpts changes are small things that were a distraction
until we managed to kill off DEVPTS_MULTPLE_INSTANCES. There is an
trivial regression fix to autofs for the unprivileged mount changes
that went in last cycle. A pair of ioctls has been added by Andrey
Vagin making it is possible to discover the relationships between
namespaces when referring to them through file descriptors.
The big user visible change is starting to add simple resource limits
to catch programs that misbehave. With namespaces in general and user
namespaces in particular allowing users to use more kinds of
resources, it has become important to have something to limit errant
programs. Because the purpose of these limits is to catch errant
programs the code needs to be inexpensive to use as it always on, and
the default limits need to be high enough that well behaved programs
on well behaved systems don't encounter them.
To this end, after some review I have implemented per user per user
namespace limits, and use them to limit the number of namespaces. The
limits being per user mean that one user can not exhause the limits of
another user. The limits being per user namespace allow contexts where
the limit is 0 and security conscious folks can remove from their
threat anlysis the code used to manage namespaces (as they have
historically done as it root only). At the same time the limits being
per user namespace allow other parts of the system to use namespaces.
Namespaces are increasingly being used in application sand boxing
scenarios so an all or nothing disable for the entire system for the
security conscious folks makes increasing use of these sandboxes
impossible.
There is also added a limit on the maximum number of mounts present in
a single mount namespace. It is nontrivial to guess what a reasonable
system wide limit on the number of mount structure in the kernel would
be, especially as it various based on how a system is using
containers. A limit on the number of mounts in a mount namespace
however is much easier to understand and set. In most cases in
practice only about 1000 mounts are used. Given that some autofs
scenarious have the potential to be 30,000 to 50,000 mounts I have set
the default limit for the number of mounts at 100,000 which is well
above every known set of users but low enough that the mount hash
tables don't degrade unreaonsably.
These limits are a start. I expect this estabilishes a pattern that
other limits for resources that namespaces use will follow. There has
been interest in making inotify event limits per user per user
namespace as well as interest expressed in making details about what
is going on in the kernel more visible"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (28 commits)
autofs: Fix automounts by using current_real_cred()->uid
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts
netns: move {inc,dec}_net_namespaces into #ifdef
nsfs: Simplify __ns_get_path
tools/testing: add a test to check nsfs ioctl-s
nsfs: add ioctl to get a parent namespace
nsfs: add ioctl to get an owning user namespace for ns file descriptor
kernel: add a helper to get an owning user namespace for a namespace
devpts: Change the owner of /dev/pts/ptmx to the mounter of /dev/pts
devpts: Remove sync_filesystems
devpts: Make devpts_kill_sb safe if fsi is NULL
devpts: Simplify devpts_mount by using mount_nodev
devpts: Move the creation of /dev/pts/ptmx into fill_super
devpts: Move parse_mount_options into fill_super
userns: When the per user per user namespace limit is reached return ENOSPC
userns; Document per user per user namespace limits.
mntns: Add a limit on the number of mount namespaces.
netns: Add a limit on the number of net namespaces
cgroupns: Add a limit on the number of cgroup namespaces
ipcns: Add a limit on the number of ipc namespaces
...
This is a respin of a patch to fix a relatively easily reproducible kernel
panic related to the all_adj_list handling for netdevs in recent kernels.
The following sequence of commands will reproduce the issue:
ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
ip link add link eth0 name eth0.200 type vlan id 200
ip link add name testbr type bridge
ip link set eth0.100 master testbr
ip link set eth0.200 master testbr
ip link add link testbr mac0 type macvlan
ip link delete dev testbr
This creates an upper/lower tree of (excuse the poor ASCII art):
/---eth0.100-eth0
mac0-testbr-
\---eth0.200-eth0
When testbr is deleted, the all_adj_lists are walked, and eth0 is deleted twice from
the mac0 list. Unfortunately, during setup in __netdev_upper_dev_link, only one
reference to eth0 is added, so this results in a panic.
This change adds reference count propagation so things are handled properly.
Matthias Schiffer reported a similar crash in batman-adv:
https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon/issues/680https://www.open-mesh.org/issues/247
which this patch also seems to resolve.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Collins <acollins@cradlepoint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_vlan_pop/push were too generic, trying to support the cases where
skb->data is at mac header, and cases where skb->data is arbitrarily
elsewhere.
Supporting an arbitrary skb->data was complex and bogus:
- It failed to unwind skb->data to its original location post actual
pop/push.
(Also, semantic is not well defined for unwinding: If data was into
the eth header, need to use same offset from start; But if data was
at network header or beyond, need to adjust the original offset
according to the push/pull)
- It mangled the rcsum post actual push/pop, without taking into account
that the eth bytes might already have been pulled out of the csum.
Most callers (ovs, bpf) already had their skb->data at mac_header upon
invoking skb_vlan_pop/push.
Last caller that failed to do so (act_vlan) has been recently fixed.
Therefore, to simplify things, no longer support arbitrary skb->data
inputs for skb_vlan_pop/push().
skb->data is expected to be exactly at mac_header; WARN otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since pipe_lock is the outermost now, we don't need to drop/regain
socket locks around the call of splice_to_pipe() from skb_splice_bits(),
which kills the need to have a socket-specific callback; we can just
call splice_to_pipe() and be done with that.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
With the newly added support for IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST netlink messages,
we get a warning about potential uninitialized variable use in
the parsing of the user input when enabling the -Wmaybe-uninitialized
warning:
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function 'do_setvfinfo':
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1756:9: error: 'ivvl$' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
I have not been able to prove whether it is possible to arrive in
this code with an empty IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST block, but if we do,
then ndo_set_vf_vlan gets called with uninitialized arguments.
This adds an explicit check for an empty list, making it obvious
to the reader and the compiler that this cannot happen.
Fixes: 79aab093a0 ("net: Update API for VF vlan protocol 802.1ad support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 879c7220e8 ("net: pktgen: Observe needed_headroom
of the device") increased the 'pkt_overhead' field value by
LL_RESERVED_SPACE.
As a side effect the generated packet size, computed as:
/* Eth + IPh + UDPh + mpls */
datalen = pkt_dev->cur_pkt_size - 14 - 20 - 8 -
pkt_dev->pkt_overhead;
is decreased by the same value.
The above changed slightly the behavior of existing pktgen users,
and made the procfs interface somewhat inconsistent.
Fix it by restoring the previous pkt_overhead value and using
LL_RESERVED_SPACE as extralen in skb allocation.
Also, change pktgen_alloc_skb() to only partially reserve
the headroom to allow the caller to prefetch from ll header
start.
v1 -> v2:
- fixed some typos in the comments
Fixes: 879c7220e8 ("net: pktgen: Observe needed_headroom of the device")
Suggested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 900f65d361 ("tcp: move duplicate code from
tcp_v4_init_sock()/tcp_v6_init_sock()") we no longer need
to export sk_stream_write_space()
From: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/core.c
net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.c
Resolve two conflicts before pull request for David's net-next tree:
1) Between c73c248490 ("netfilter: nf_tables_netdev: remove redundant
ip_hdr assignment") from the net tree and commit ddc8b6027a
("netfilter: introduce nft_set_pktinfo_{ipv4, ipv6}_validate()").
2) Between e8bffe0cf9 ("net: Add _nf_(un)register_hooks symbols") and
Aaron Conole's patches to replace list_head with single linked list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This commit ensures that the rcu read-side lock is held while the
ingress hook is called. This ensures that a call to nf_hook_slow (and
ultimately nf_ingress) will be read protected.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the newly enforced limit on the number of namespaces,
we get a build warning if CONFIG_NETNS is disabled:
net/core/net_namespace.c:273:13: error: 'dec_net_namespaces' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
net/core/net_namespace.c:268:24: error: 'inc_net_namespaces' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This moves the two added functions inside the #ifdef that guards
their callers.
Fixes: 703286608a ("netns: Add a limit on the number of net namespaces")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Add a small helper that complements 36bbef52c7 ("bpf: direct packet
write and access for helpers for clsact progs") for invalidating the
current skb->hash after mangling on headers via direct packet write.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same motivation as in commit 80b48c4457 ("bpf: don't use raw processor
id in generic helper"), but this time for XDP typed programs. Thus, allow
for preemption checks when we have DEBUG_PREEMPT enabled, and otherwise
use the raw variant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use skb_to_full_sk() helper introduced in commit bd5eb35f16
("xfrm: take care of request sockets") as otherwise we miss tcp synack
messages, since ownership is on request socket and therefore it would
miss the sk_fullsock() check. Use skb_to_full_sk() as also done similarly
in the bpf_get_cgroup_classid() helper via 2309236c13 ("cls_cgroup:
get sk_classid only from full sockets") fix to not let this fall through.
Fixes: 4a482f34af ("cgroup: bpf: Add bpf_skb_in_cgroup_proto")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Each namespace has an owning user namespace and now there is not way
to discover these relationships.
Pid and user namepaces are hierarchical. There is no way to discover
parent-child relationships too.
Why we may want to know relationships between namespaces?
One use would be visualization, in order to understand the running
system. Another would be to answer the question: what capability does
process X have to perform operations on a resource governed by namespace
Y?
One more use-case (which usually called abnormal) is checkpoint/restart.
In CRIU we are going to dump and restore nested namespaces.
There [1] was a discussion about which interface to choose to determing
relationships between namespaces.
Eric suggested to add two ioctl-s [2]:
> Grumble, Grumble. I think this may actually a case for creating ioctls
> for these two cases. Now that random nsfs file descriptors are bind
> mountable the original reason for using proc files is not as pressing.
>
> One ioctl for the user namespace that owns a file descriptor.
> One ioctl for the parent namespace of a namespace file descriptor.
Here is an implementaions of these ioctl-s.
$ man man7/namespaces.7
...
Since Linux 4.X, the following ioctl(2) calls are supported for
namespace file descriptors. The correct syntax is:
fd = ioctl(ns_fd, ioctl_type);
where ioctl_type is one of the following:
NS_GET_USERNS
Returns a file descriptor that refers to an owning user names‐
pace.
NS_GET_PARENT
Returns a file descriptor that refers to a parent namespace.
This ioctl(2) can be used for pid and user namespaces. For
user namespaces, NS_GET_PARENT and NS_GET_USERNS have the same
meaning.
In addition to generic ioctl(2) errors, the following specific ones
can occur:
EINVAL NS_GET_PARENT was called for a nonhierarchical namespace.
EPERM The requested namespace is outside of the current namespace
scope.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/7/6/158
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/7/9/101
Changes for v2:
* don't return ENOENT for init_user_ns and init_pid_ns. There is nothing
outside of the init namespace, so we can return EPERM in this case too.
> The fewer special cases the easier the code is to get
> correct, and the easier it is to read. // Eric
Changes for v3:
* rename ns->get_owner() to ns->owner(). get_* usually means that it
grabs a reference.
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: "Michael Kerrisk (man-pages)" <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Cc: "W. Trevor King" <wking@tremily.us>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Return -EPERM if an owning user namespace is outside of a process
current user namespace.
v2: In a first version ns_get_owner returned ENOENT for init_user_ns.
This special cases was removed from this version. There is nothing
outside of init_user_ns, so we can return EPERM.
v3: rename ns->get_owner() to ns->owner(). get_* usually means that it
grabs a reference.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The current error codes returned when a the per user per user
namespace limit are hit (EINVAL, EUSERS, and ENFILE) are wrong. I
asked for advice on linux-api and it we made clear that those were
the wrong error code, but a correct effor code was not suggested.
The best general error code I have found for hitting a resource limit
is ENOSPC. It is not perfect but as it is unambiguous it will serve
until someone comes up with a better error code.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Fix 'skb_vlan_pop' to use eth_type_vlan instead of directly comparing
skb->protocol to ETH_P_8021Q or ETH_P_8021AD.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 93515d53b1
"net: move vlan pop/push functions into common code"
skb_vlan_pop was moved from its private location in openvswitch to
skbuff common code.
In case skb has non hw-accel vlan tag, the original 'pop_vlan()' assured
that skb->len is sufficient (if skb->len < VLAN_ETH_HLEN then pop was
considered a no-op).
This validation was moved as is into the new common 'skb_vlan_pop'.
Alas, in its original location (openvswitch), there was a guarantee that
'data' points to the mac_header, therefore the 'skb->len < VLAN_ETH_HLEN'
condition made sense.
However there's no such guarantee in the generic 'skb_vlan_pop'.
For short packets received in rx path going through 'skb_vlan_pop',
this causes 'skb_vlan_pop' to fail pop-ing a valid vlan hdr (in the non
hw-accel case) or to fail moving next tag into hw-accel tag.
Remove the 'skb->len < VLAN_ETH_HLEN' condition entirely:
It is superfluous since inner '__skb_vlan_pop' already verifies there
are VLAN_ETH_HLEN writable bytes at the mac_header.
Note this presents a slight change to skb_vlan_pop() users:
In case total length is smaller than VLAN_ETH_HLEN, skb_vlan_pop() now
returns an error, as opposed to previous "no-op" behavior.
Existing callers (e.g. tc act vlan, ovs) usually drop the packet if
'skb_vlan_pop' fails.
Fixes: 93515d53b1 ("net: move vlan pop/push functions into common code")
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Reviewed-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This exports the functionality of extracting the tag from the payload,
without moving next vlan tag into hw accel tag.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work implements direct packet access for helpers and direct packet
write in a similar fashion as already available for XDP types via commits
4acf6c0b84 ("bpf: enable direct packet data write for xdp progs") and
6841de8b0d ("bpf: allow helpers access the packet directly"), and as a
complementary feature to the already available direct packet read for tc
(cls/act) programs.
For enabling this, we need to introduce two helpers, bpf_skb_pull_data()
and bpf_csum_update(). The first is generally needed for both, read and
write, because they would otherwise only be limited to the current linear
skb head. Usually, when the data_end test fails, programs just bail out,
or, in the direct read case, use bpf_skb_load_bytes() as an alternative
to overcome this limitation. If such data sits in non-linear parts, we
can just pull them in once with the new helper, retest and eventually
access them.
At the same time, this also makes sure the skb is uncloned, which is, of
course, a necessary condition for direct write. As this needs to be an
invariant for the write part only, the verifier detects writes and adds
a prologue that is calling bpf_skb_pull_data() to effectively unclone the
skb from the very beginning in case it is indeed cloned. The heuristic
makes use of a similar trick that was done in 233577a220 ("net: filter:
constify detection of pkt_type_offset"). This comes at zero cost for other
programs that do not use the direct write feature. Should a program use
this feature only sparsely and has read access for the most parts with,
for example, drop return codes, then such write action can be delegated
to a tail called program for mitigating this cost of potential uncloning
to a late point in time where it would have been paid similarly with the
bpf_skb_store_bytes() as well. Advantage of direct write is that the
writes are inlined whereas the helper cannot make any length assumptions
and thus needs to generate a call to memcpy() also for small sizes, as well
as cost of helper call itself with sanity checks are avoided. Plus, when
direct read is already used, we don't need to cache or perform rechecks
on the data boundaries (due to verifier invalidating previous checks for
helpers that change skb->data), so more complex programs using rewrites
can benefit from switching to direct read plus write.
For direct packet access to helpers, we save the otherwise needed copy into
a temp struct sitting on stack memory when use-case allows. Both facilities
are enabled via may_access_direct_pkt_data() in verifier. For now, we limit
this to map helpers and csum_diff, and can successively enable other helpers
where we find it makes sense. Helpers that definitely cannot be allowed for
this are those part of bpf_helper_changes_skb_data() since they can change
underlying data, and those that write into memory as this could happen for
packet typed args when still cloned. bpf_csum_update() helper accommodates
for the fact that we need to fixup checksum_complete when using direct write
instead of bpf_skb_store_bytes(), meaning the programs can use available
helpers like bpf_csum_diff(), and implement csum_add(), csum_sub(),
csum_block_add(), csum_block_sub() equivalents in eBPF together with the
new helper. A usage example will be provided for iproute2's examples/bpf/
directory.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 8a29111c7 ("net: gro: allow to build full sized skb")
gro may build buffers with a frag_list. This can hurt forwarding
because most NICs can't offload such packets, they need to be
segmented in software. This patch splits buffers with a frag_list
at the frag_list pointer into buffers that can be TSO offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a socket is cloned, the associated sock_cgroup_data is duplicated
but not its reference on the cgroup. As a result, the cgroup reference
count will underflow when both sockets are destroyed later on.
Fixes: bd1060a1d6 ("sock, cgroup: add sock->sk_cgroup")
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160914194846.11153-2-hannes@cmpxchg.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.5+]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a nested attribute of offload stats to if_stats_msg
named IFLA_STATS_LINK_OFFLOAD_XSTATS.
Under it, add SW stats, meaning stats only per packets that went via
slowpath to the cpu, named IFLA_OFFLOAD_XSTATS_CPU_HIT.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds BPF_CALL_<n>() macros and converts all the eBPF helper functions
to use them, in a similar fashion like we do with SYSCALL_DEFINE<n>() macros
that are used today. Motivation for this is to hide all the register handling
and all necessary casts from the user, so that it is done automatically in the
background when adding a BPF_CALL_<n>() call.
This makes current helpers easier to review, eases to write future helpers,
avoids getting the casting mess wrong, and allows for extending all helpers at
once (f.e. build time checks, etc). It also helps detecting more easily in
code reviews that unused registers are not instrumented in the code by accident,
breaking compatibility with existing programs.
BPF_CALL_<n>() internals are quite similar to SYSCALL_DEFINE<n>() ones with some
fundamental differences, for example, for generating the actual helper function
that carries all u64 regs, we need to fill unused regs, so that we always end up
with 5 u64 regs as an argument.
I reviewed several 0-5 generated BPF_CALL_<n>() variants of the .i results and
they look all as expected. No sparse issue spotted. We let this also sit for a
few days with Fengguang's kbuild test robot, and there were no issues seen. On
s390, it barked on the "uses dynamic stack allocation" notice, which is an old
one from bpf_perf_event_output{,_tp}() reappearing here due to the conversion
to the call wrapper, just telling that the perf raw record/frag sits on stack
(gcc with s390's -mwarn-dynamicstack), but that's all. Did various runtime tests
and they were fine as well. All eBPF helpers are now converted to use these
macros, getting rid of a good chunk of all the raw castings.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fetching ifindex, we don't need to test dev for being NULL since
we're always guaranteed to have a valid dev for clsact programs. Thus,
avoid this test in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BPF_SIZEOF() and BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF() macros to improve the code a bit
which otherwise often result in overly long bytes_to_bpf_size(sizeof())
and bytes_to_bpf_size(FIELD_SIZEOF()) lines. So place them into a macro
helper instead. Moreover, we currently have a BUILD_BUG_ON(BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF())
check in convert_bpf_extensions(), but we should rather make that generic
as well and add a BUILD_BUG_ON() test in all BPF_SIZEOF()/BPF_FIELD_SIZEOF()
users to detect any rewriter size issues at compile time. Note, there are
currently none, but we want to assert that it stays this way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some minor misc cleanups, f.e. use sizeof(__u32) instead of hardcoding
and in __bpf_skb_max_len(), I missed that we always have skb->dev valid
anyway, so we can drop the unneeded test for dev; also few more other
misc bits addressed here.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This structure is defined but never used. Flagged with W=1
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the years, TCP BDP has increased by several orders of magnitude,
and some people are considering to reach the 2 Gbytes limit.
Even with current window scale limit of 14, ~1 Gbytes maps to ~740,000
MSS.
In presence of packet losses (or reorders), TCP stores incoming packets
into an out of order queue, and number of skbs sitting there waiting for
the missing packets to be received can be in the 10^5 range.
Most packets are appended to the tail of this queue, and when
packets can finally be transferred to receive queue, we scan the queue
from its head.
However, in presence of heavy losses, we might have to find an arbitrary
point in this queue, involving a linear scan for every incoming packet,
throwing away cpu caches.
This patch converts it to a RB tree, to get bounded latencies.
Yaogong wrote a preliminary patch about 2 years ago.
Eric did the rebase, added ofo_last_skb cache, polishing and tests.
Tested with network dropping between 1 and 10 % packets, with good
success (about 30 % increase of throughput in stress tests)
Next step would be to also use an RB tree for the write queue at sender
side ;)
Signed-off-by: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-By: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following few steps will crash kernel -
(a) Create bonding master
> modprobe bonding miimon=50
(b) Create macvlan bridge on eth2
> ip link add link eth2 dev mvl0 address aa:0:0:0:0:01 \
type macvlan
(c) Now try adding eth2 into the bond
> echo +eth2 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
<crash>
Bonding does lots of things before checking if the device enslaved is
busy or not.
In this case when the notifier call-chain sends notifications, the
bond_netdev_event() assumes that the rx_handler /rx_handler_data is
registered while the bond_enslave() hasn't progressed far enough to
register rx_handler for the new slave.
This patch adds a rx_handler check that can be performed right at the
beginning of the enslave code to avoid getting into this situation.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We never read or change netns id in hardirq context,
the only place we read netns id in softirq context
is in vxlan_xmit(). So, it should be enough to just
disable BH.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns id should be already allocated each time we change
netns, that is, in dev_change_net_namespace() (more precisely
in rtnl_fill_ifinfo()). It is safe to just call peernet2id() here.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original codes depend on that the function parameters are evaluated from
left to right. But the parameter's evaluation order is not defined in C
standard actually.
When flow_keys_have_l4(&keys) is invoked before ___skb_get_hash(skb, &keys,
hashrnd) with some compilers or environment, the keys passed to
flow_keys_have_l4 is not initialized.
Fixes: 6db61d79c1 ("flow_dissector: Ignore flow dissector return value from ___skb_get_hash")
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today mpls iptunnel lwtunnel_output redirect expects the tunnel
output function to handle fragmentation. This is ok but can be
avoided if we did not do the mpls output redirect too early.
ie we could wait until ip fragmentation is done and then call
mpls output for each ip fragment.
To make this work we will need,
1) the lwtunnel state to carry encap headroom
2) and do the redirect to the encap output handler on the ip fragment
(essentially do the output redirect after fragmentation)
This patch adds tunnel headroom in lwtstate to make sure we
account for tunnel data in mtu calculations during fragmentation
and adds new xmit redirect handler to redirect to lwtunnel xmit func
after ip fragmentation.
This includes IPV6 and some mtu fixes and testing from David Ahern.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 145dd5f9c8 ("net: flush the softnet backlog in process
context"), we can easily batch calls to flush_all_backlogs() for all
devices processed in rollback_registered_many()
Tested:
Before patch, on an idle host.
modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
perf stat -e context-switches -a rmmod dummy
Performance counter stats for 'system wide':
1,211,798 context-switches
1.302137465 seconds time elapsed
After patch:
perf stat -e context-switches -a rmmod dummy
Performance counter stats for 'system wide':
225,523 context-switches
0.721623566 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in process_backlog(), the process_queue dequeuing is
performed with local IRQ disabled, to protect against
flush_backlog(), which runs in hard IRQ context.
This patch moves the flush operation to a work queue and runs the
callback with bottom half disabled to protect the process_queue
against dequeuing.
Since process_queue is now always manipulated in bottom half context,
the irq disable/enable pair around the dequeue operation are removed.
To keep the flush time as low as possible, the flush
works are scheduled on all online cpu simultaneously, using the
high priority work-queue and statically allocated, per cpu,
work structs.
Overall this change increases the time required to destroy a device
to improve slightly the packets reinjection performances.
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use this handler, we can delete it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU for UDP,
we do not need sk_prot_clear_portaddr_nulls() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the features bit field has bits for internal only use as well, it
may happen that the kernel exports RTAX_FEATURES attribute with zero
value which is pointless.
Fix this by making sure the attribute is added only if the exported
value is non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As recently discussed during the task_under_cgroup_hierarchy() addition,
we should get rid of the ifdefs surrounding the bpf_skb_under_cgroup()
helper. If related functionality is not built-in, the helper cannot be
used anyway, which is also in line with what we do for all other helpers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up to 555c8a8623 ("bpf: avoid stack copy and use skb ctx for
event output") for also adding the event output helper for XDP typed
programs. The event output helper has been very useful in particular for
debugging or event notification purposes, since it's much faster and
flexible than regular trace printk due to programmatically being able to
attach meta data. Same flags structure applies as with tc BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a bpf_skb_change_tail() helper for tc BPF programs. The
basic idea is to expand or shrink the skb in a controlled manner. The
eBPF program can then rewrite the rest via helpers like bpf_skb_store_bytes(),
bpf_lX_csum_replace() and others rather than passing a raw buffer for
writing here.
bpf_skb_change_tail() is really a slow path helper and intended for
replies with f.e. ICMP control messages. Concept is similar to other
helpers like bpf_skb_change_proto() helper to keep the helper without
protocol specifics and let the BPF program mangle the remaining parts.
A flags field has been added and is reserved for now should we extend
the helper in future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have a skb_pkt_type_ok() helper for checking the type before
mangling, make use of it instead of open coding. Follow-up to commit
8b10cab64c ("net: simplify and make pkt_type_ok() available for other
users") that came in after d2485c4242 ("bpf: add bpf_skb_change_type
helper").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add vlan priority check to the flow dissector by adding new flow
dissector struct, flow_dissector_key_vlan which includes vlan tag
fields.
vlan_id and flow_label fields were under the same struct
(flow_dissector_key_tags). It was a convenient setting since struct
flow_dissector_key_tags is used by struct flow_keys and by setting
vlan_id and flow_label under the same struct, we get precisely 24 or 48
bytes in flow_keys from flow_dissector_key_basic.
Now, when adding vlan priority support, the code will be cleaner if
flow_label and vlan tag won't be under the same struct anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Early in the datapath skb_vlan_untag function is called, stripped
the vlan from the skb and set skb->vlan_tci and skb->vlan_proto fields.
The current dissection doesn't handle stripped vlan packets correctly.
In some flows, vlan doesn't exist in skb->data anymore when applying
flow dissection on the skb, fix that.
In case vlan info wasn't stripped before applying flow_dissector (RPS
flow for example), or in case of skb with multiple vlans (e.g. 802.1ad),
get the vlan info from skb->data. The flow_dissector correctly skips
any number of vlans and stores only the first level vlan.
Fixes: 0744dd00c1 ('net: introduce skb_flow_dissect()')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_NS is disabled, registering pernet operations causes
init() to be called immediately with init_net as an argument. Unfortunately
this leads to some pernet ops, such as proc_net_ns_init() to be called too
early, when init_net namespace has not been fully initialized. This causes
issues when we want to change pernet ops to use more data from the net
namespace in question, for example reference user namespace that owns our
network namespace.
To fix this we could either play game of musical chairs and rearrange init
order, or we could do the same as when CONFIG_NET_NS is enabled, and
postpone calling pernet ops->init() until namespace is set up properly.
Note that we can not simply undo commit ed160e839d ("[NET]: Cleanup
pernet operation without CONFIG_NET_NS") and use the same implementations
for __register_pernet_operations() and __unregister_pernet_operations(),
because many pernet ops are marked as __net_initdata and will be discarded,
which wreaks havoc on our ops lists. Here we rely on the fact that we only
use lists until init_net is fully initialized, which happens much earlier
than discarding __net_initdata sections.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea for type_check in dev_get_nest_level() was to count the number
of nested devices of the same type (currently, only macvlan or vlan
devices).
This prevented the false positive lockdep warning on configurations such
as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0 <--- macvlan1
However, this doesn't prevent a warning on a configuration such as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0
eth1 <--- vlan1 <--- macvlan1
In this case, all the locks end up with a nesting subclass of 1, so
lockdep thinks that there is still a deadlock:
- in the first case we have (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1) and then
take (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1)
- in the second case, we have (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1) and then
take (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1)
By removing the linktype check in dev_get_nest_level() and always
incrementing the nesting depth, lockdep considers this configuration
valid.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the bpf_try_make_writable() helper and all call sites we have in BPF,
it's currently defect with regards to skbs when the write_len spans into
non-linear parts, no matter if cloned or not.
There are multiple issues at once. First, using skb_store_bits() is not
correct since even if we have a cloned skb, page frags can still be shared.
To really make them private, we need to pull them in via __pskb_pull_tail()
first, which also gets us a private head via pskb_expand_head() implicitly.
This is for helpers like bpf_skb_store_bytes(), bpf_l3_csum_replace(),
bpf_l4_csum_replace(). Really, the only thing reasonable and working here
is to call skb_ensure_writable() before any write operation. Meaning, via
pskb_may_pull() it makes sure that parts we want to access are pulled in and
if not does so plus unclones the skb implicitly. If our write_len still fits
the headlen and we're cloned and our header of the clone is not writable,
then we need to make a private copy via pskb_expand_head(). skb_store_bits()
is a bit misleading and only safe to store into non-linear data in different
contexts such as 357b40a18b ("[IPV6]: IPV6_CHECKSUM socket option can
corrupt kernel memory").
For above BPF helper functions, it means after fixed bpf_try_make_writable(),
we've pulled in enough, so that we operate always based on skb->data. Thus,
the call to skb_header_pointer() and skb_store_bits() becomes superfluous.
In bpf_skb_store_bytes(), the len check is unnecessary too since it can
only pass in maximum of BPF stack size, so adding offset is guaranteed to
never overflow. Also bpf_l3/4_csum_replace() helpers must test for proper
offset alignment since they use __sum16 pointer for writing resulting csum.
The remaining helpers that change skb data not discussed here yet are
bpf_skb_vlan_push(), bpf_skb_vlan_pop() and bpf_skb_change_proto(). The
vlan helpers internally call either skb_ensure_writable() (pop case) and
skb_cow_head() (push case, for head expansion), respectively. Similarly,
bpf_skb_proto_xlat() takes care to not mangle page frags.
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Fixes: 91bc4822c3 ("tc: bpf: add checksum helpers")
Fixes: 3697649ff2 ("bpf: try harder on clones when writing into skb")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While hashing out BPF's current_task_under_cgroup helper bits, it came
to discussion that the skb_in_cgroup helper name was suboptimally chosen.
Tejun says:
So, I think in_cgroup should mean that the object is in that
particular cgroup while under_cgroup in the subhierarchy of that
cgroup. Let's rename the other subhierarchy test to under too. I
think that'd be a lot less confusing going forward.
[...]
It's more intuitive and gives us the room to implement the real
"in" test if ever necessary in the future.
Since this touches uapi bits, we need to change this as long as v4.8
is not yet officially released. Thus, change the helper enum and rename
related bits.
Fixes: 4a482f34af ("cgroup: bpf: Add bpf_skb_in_cgroup_proto")
Reference: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/658500/
Suggested-by: Sargun Dhillon <sargun@sargun.me>
Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The PPTP is encapsulated by GRE header with that GRE_VERSION bits
must contain one. But current GRE RPS needs the GRE_VERSION must be
zero. So RPS does not work for PPTP traffic.
In my test environment, there are four MIPS cores, and all traffic
are passed through by PPTP. As a result, only one core is 100% busy
while other three cores are very idle. After this patch, the usage
of four cores are balanced well.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Admin should be able to set any state. Currently, this fails
when lladdr is not changed and state is changed from
NUD_CONNECTED to NUD_STALE:
ip neigh add 192.168.8.1 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 nud perm dev wlan0
ip neigh show to 192.168.8.1
192.168.8.1 dev wlan0 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 PERMANENT
ip neigh change 192.168.8.1 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 nud stale dev wlan0
ip neigh show to 192.168.8.1
192.168.8.1 dev wlan0 lladdr 00:11:22:33:44:55 PERMANENT
Problem may be from 2.1.X days.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Reviewed-by: Chunhui He <hchunhui@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When having skbs on ingress with CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, tc BPF programs don't
push rcsum of mac header back in and after BPF run back pull out again as
opposed to some other subsystems (ovs, for example).
For cases like q-in-q, meaning when a vlan tag for offloading is already
present and we're about to push another one, then skb_vlan_push() pushes the
inner one into the skb, increasing mac header and skb_postpush_rcsum()'ing
the 4 bytes vlan header diff. Likewise, for the reverse operation in
skb_vlan_pop() for the case where vlan header needs to be pulled out of the
skb, we're decreasing the mac header and skb_postpull_rcsum()'ing the 4 bytes
rcsum of the vlan header that was removed.
However mangling the rcsum here will lead to hw csum failure for BPF case,
since we're pulling or pushing data that was not part of the current rcsum.
Changing tc BPF programs in general to push/pull rcsum around BPF_PROG_RUN()
is also not really an option since current behaviour is ABI by now, but apart
from that would also mean to do quite a bit of useless work in the sense that
usually 12 bytes need to be rcsum pushed/pulled also when we don't need to
touch this vlan related corner case. One way to fix it would be to push the
necessary rcsum fixup down into vlan helpers that are (mostly) slow-path
anyway.
Fixes: 4e10df9a60 ("bpf: introduce bpf_skb_vlan_push/pop() helpers")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_skb_store_bytes() invocations above L2 header need BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM
flag for updates, so that CHECKSUM_COMPLETE will be fixed up along the way.
Where we ran into an issue with bpf_skb_store_bytes() is when we did a
single-byte update on the IPv6 hoplimit despite using BPF_F_RECOMPUTE_CSUM
flag; simple ping via ICMPv6 triggered a hw csum failure as a result. The
underlying issue has been tracked down to a buffer alignment issue.
Meaning, that csum_partial() computations via skb_postpull_rcsum() and
skb_postpush_rcsum() pair invoked had a wrong result since they operated on
an odd address for the hoplimit, while other computations were done on an
even address. This mix doesn't work as-is with skb_postpull_rcsum(),
skb_postpush_rcsum() pair as it always expects at least half-word alignment
of input buffers, which is normally the case. Thus, instead of these helpers
using csum_sub() and (implicitly) csum_add(), we need to use csum_block_sub(),
csum_block_add(), respectively. For unaligned offsets, they rotate the sum
to align it to a half-word boundary again, otherwise they work the same as
csum_sub() and csum_add().
Adding __skb_postpull_rcsum(), __skb_postpush_rcsum() variants that take the
offset as an input and adapting bpf_skb_store_bytes() to them fixes the hw
csum failures again. The skb_postpull_rcsum(), skb_postpush_rcsum() helpers
use a 0 constant for offset so that the compiler optimizes the offset & 1
test away and generates the same code as with csum_sub()/_add().
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up to commit f8ffad69c9 ("bpf: add skb_postpush_rcsum and fix
dev_forward_skb occasions") to fix an issue for dev_queue_xmit() redirect
locations which need CHECKSUM_COMPLETE fixups on ingress.
For the same reasons as described in f8ffad69c9 already, we of course
also need this here, since dev_queue_xmit() on a veth device will let us
end up in the dev_forward_skb() helper again to cross namespaces.
Latter then calls into skb_postpull_rcsum() to pull out L2 header, so
that netif_rx_internal() sees CHECKSUM_COMPLETE as it is expected. That
is, CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on ingress covering L2 _payload_, not L2 headers.
Also here we have to address bpf_redirect() and bpf_clone_redirect().
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This changes the vfs dentry hashing to mix in the parent pointer at the
_beginning_ of the hash, rather than at the end.
That actually improves both the hash and the code generation, because we
can move more of the computation to the "static" part of the dcache
setup, and do less at lookup runtime.
It turns out that a lot of other hash users also really wanted to mix in
a base pointer as a 'salt' for the hash, and so the slightly extended
interface ends up working well for other cases too.
Users that want a string hash that is purely about the string pass in a
'salt' pointer of NULL.
* merge branch 'salted-string-hash':
fs/dcache.c: Save one 32-bit multiply in dcache lookup
vfs: make the string hashes salt the hash
NUD_STALE is used when the caller(e.g. arp_process()) can't guarantee
neighbour reachability. If the entry was NUD_VALID and lladdr is unchanged,
the entry state should not be changed.
Currently the code puts an extra "NUD_CONNECTED" condition. So if old state
was NUD_DELAY or NUD_PROBE (they are NUD_VALID but not NUD_CONNECTED), the
state can be changed to NUD_STALE.
This may cause problem. Because NUD_STALE lladdr doesn't guarantee
reachability, when we send traffic, the state will be changed to
NUD_DELAY. In normal case, if we get no confirmation (by dst_confirm()),
we will change the state to NUD_PROBE and send probe traffic. But now the
state may be reset to NUD_STALE again(e.g. by broadcast ARP packets),
so the probe traffic will not be sent. This situation may happen again and
again, and packets will be sent to an non-reachable lladdr forever.
The fix is to remove the "NUD_CONNECTED" condition. After that the
"NEIGH_UPDATE_F_WEAK_OVERRIDE" condition (used by IPv6) in that branch will
be redundant, so remove it.
This change may increase probe traffic, but it's essential since NUD_STALE
lladdr is unreliable. To ensure correctness, we prefer to resolve lladdr,
when we can't get confirmation, even while remote packets try to set
NUD_STALE state.
Signed-off-by: Chunhui He <hchunhui@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the __output_custom() routine we currently use with
bpf_skb_copy(). I missed that when len is larger than the size of the
current handle, we can issue multiple invocations of copy_func, and
__output_custom() advances destination but also source buffer by the
written amount of bytes. When we have __output_custom(), this is actually
wrong since in that case the source buffer points to a non-linear object,
in our case an skb, which the copy_func helper is supposed to walk.
Therefore, since this is non-linear we thus need to pass the offset into
the helper, so that copy_func can use it for extracting the data from
the source object.
Therefore, adjust the callback signatures properly and pass offset
into the skb_header_pointer() invoked from bpf_skb_copy() callback. The
__DEFINE_OUTPUT_COPY_BODY() is adjusted to accommodate for two things:
i) to pass in whether we should advance source buffer or not; this is
a compile-time constant condition, ii) to pass in the offset for
__output_custom(), which we do with help of __VA_ARGS__, so everything
can stay inlined as is currently. Both changes allow for adapting the
__output_* fast-path helpers w/o extra overhead.
Fixes: 555c8a8623 ("bpf: avoid stack copy and use skb ctx for event output")
Fixes: 7e3f977edd ("perf, events: add non-linear data support for raw records")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IFLA_XDP_ATTACHED nested attribute is meant for read-only, and while
do_setlink properly ignores it, it should be more paranoid and reject
commands that try to set it.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sets the bpf program represented by fd as an early filter in the rx path
of the netdev. The fd must have been created as BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP.
Providing a negative value as fd clears the program. Getting the fd back
via rtnl is not possible, therefore reading of this value merely
provides a bool whether the program is valid on the link or not.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add one new netdev op for drivers implementing the BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP
filter. The single op is used for both setup/query of the xdp program,
modelled after ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new bpf prog type that is intended to run in early stages of the
packet rx path. Only minimal packet metadata will be available, hence a
new context type, struct xdp_md, is exposed to userspace. So far only
expose the packet start and end pointers, and only in read mode.
An XDP program must return one of the well known enum values, all other
return codes are reserved for future use. Unfortunately, this
restriction is hard to enforce at verification time, so take the
approach of warning at runtime when such programs are encountered. Out
of bounds return codes should alias to XDP_ABORTED.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work addresses a couple of issues bpf_skb_event_output()
helper currently has: i) We need two copies instead of just a
single one for the skb data when it should be part of a sample.
The data can be non-linear and thus needs to be extracted via
bpf_skb_load_bytes() helper first, and then copied once again
into the ring buffer slot. ii) Since bpf_skb_load_bytes()
currently needs to be used first, the helper needs to see a
constant size on the passed stack buffer to make sure BPF
verifier can do sanity checks on it during verification time.
Thus, just passing skb->len (or any other non-constant value)
wouldn't work, but changing bpf_skb_load_bytes() is also not
the proper solution, since the two copies are generally still
needed. iii) bpf_skb_load_bytes() is just for rather small
buffers like headers, since they need to sit on the limited
BPF stack anyway. Instead of working around in bpf_skb_load_bytes(),
this work improves the bpf_skb_event_output() helper to address
all 3 at once.
We can make use of the passed in skb context that we have in
the helper anyway, and use some of the reserved flag bits as
a length argument. The helper will use the new __output_custom()
facility from perf side with bpf_skb_copy() as callback helper
to walk and extract the data. It will pass the data for setup
to bpf_event_output(), which generates and pushes the raw record
with an additional frag part. The linear data used in the first
frag of the record serves as programmatically defined meta data
passed along with the appended sample.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dccp verifies packet integrity, including length, at initial rcv in
dccp_invalid_packet, later pulls headers in dccp_enqueue_skb.
A call to sk_filter in-between can cause __skb_pull to wrap skb->len.
skb_copy_datagram_msg interprets this as a negative value, so
(correctly) fails with EFAULT. The negative length is reported in
ioctl SIOCINQ or possibly in a DCCP_WARN in dccp_close.
Introduce an sk_receive_skb variant that caps how small a filter
program can trim packets, and call this in dccp with the header
length. Excessively trimmed packets are now processed normally and
queued for reception as 0B payloads.
Fixes: 7c657876b6 ("[DCCP]: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets can have a filter program attached that drops or trims
incoming packets based on the filter program return value.
Rose requires data packets to have at least ROSE_MIN_LEN bytes. It
verifies this on arrival in rose_route_frame and unconditionally pulls
the bytes in rose_recvmsg. The filter can trim packets to below this
value in-between, causing pull to fail, leaving the partial header at
the time of skb_copy_datagram_msg.
Place a lower bound on the size to which sk_filter may trim packets
by introducing sk_filter_trim_cap and call this for rose packets.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define a tracepoint and allow user to trace messages going to and from
hardware associated with devlink instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sergei Trofimovich reported that pulse audio sends SCM_CREDENTIALS
as a control message to TCP. Since __sock_cmsg_send does not
support SCM_RIGHTS and SCM_CREDENTIALS, it returns an error and
hence breaks pulse audio over TCP.
SCM_RIGHTS and SCM_CREDENTIALS are sent on the SOL_SOCKET layer
but they semantically belong to SOL_UNIX. Since all
cmsg-processing functions including sock_cmsg_send ignore control
messages of other layers, it is best to ignore SCM_RIGHTS
and SCM_CREDENTIALS for consistency (and also for fixing pulse
audio over TCP).
Fixes: c14ac9451c ("sock: enable timestamping using control messages")
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reported-by: Sergei Trofimovich <slyfox@gentoo.org>
Tested-by: Sergei Trofimovich <slyfox@gentoo.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An important information for the napi_poll tracepoint is knowing
the work done (packets processed) by the napi_poll() call. Add
both the work done and budget, as they are related.
Handle trace_napi_poll() param change in dropwatch/drop_monitor
and in python perf script netdev-times.py in backward compat way,
as python fortunately supports optional parameter handling.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the data plane is offloaded the traffic doesn't go through the
networking stack. Therefore, after first resolving a neighbour the NUD
state machine will transition it from REACHABLE to STALE until it's
finally deleted by the garbage collector.
To prevent such situations the offloading driver should notify the NUD
state machine on any neighbours that were recently used. The driver's
polling interval should be set so that the NUD state machine can
function as if the traffic wasn't offloaded.
Currently, there are no in-tree drivers that can report confirmation for
a neighbour, but only 'used' indication. Therefore, the polling interval
should be set according to DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME, as a neighbour will
transition from REACHABLE state to DELAY (instead of STALE) if "a packet
was sent within the last DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds" (RFC 4861).
Send a netevent whenever the DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME changes - either via
netlink or sysctl - so that offloading drivers can correctly set their
polling interval.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2 upper device needs to propagate neigh_construct/destroy calls down to
lower devices. Do this by defining default ndo functions and use them in
team, bond, bridge and vlan.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the following patch will allow upper devices to follow the call down
lower devices, we need to add dev here and not rely on n->dev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions that iterate over lower devices and find port device.
As a dependency add netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev and
netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev_rcu macro with
netdev_all_lower_get_next and netdev_all_lower_get_next_rcu shelpers.
Also, add functions to return mlxsw struct according to lower device
found and mlxsw_port struct with a reference to lower device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_clear_hash() was invoked due to mangling of relevant headers and
BPF program needs skb->hash later on, we can add a helper to trigger hash
recalculation via bpf_get_hash_recalc().
The helper will return the newly retrieved hash directly, but later access
can also be done via skb context again through skb->hash directly (inline)
without needing to call the helper once more.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add another xmit_mode to pktgen to allow testing xmit functionality
of qdiscs. The new mode "queue_xmit" injects packets at
__dev_queue_xmit() so that qdisc is called.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes
are supported:
* legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport)
* switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured
using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow
working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is
created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a bpf helper, bpf_skb_in_cgroup, to decide if a skb->sk
belongs to a descendant of a cgroup2. It is similar to the
feature added in netfilter:
commit c38c4597e4 ("netfilter: implement xt_cgroup cgroup2 path match")
The user is expected to populate a BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY
which will be used by the bpf_skb_in_cgroup.
Modifications to the bpf verifier is to ensure BPF_MAP_TYPE_CGROUP_ARRAY
and bpf_skb_in_cgroup() are always used together.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 9b368814b3 ("net: fix bridge multicast packet checksum validation")
we need to fixup the checksum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE when
pushing skb on RX path. Otherwise we get similar splats.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
People who use PACKET_FANOUT_HASH want a symmetric hash, meaning that
they want packets going in both directions on a flow to hash to the
same bucket.
The core kernel SKB hash became non-symmetric when the ipv6 flow label
and other entities were incorporated into the standard flow hash order
to increase entropy.
But there are no users of PACKET_FANOUT_HASH who want an assymetric
hash, they all want a symmetric one.
Therefore, use the flow dissector to compute a flat symmetric hash
over only the protocol, addresses and ports. This hash does not get
installed into and override the normal skb hash, so this change has
no effect whatsoever on the rest of the stack.
Reported-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Tested-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since bpf_prog_get() and program type check is used in a couple of places,
refactor this into a small helper function that we can make use of. Since
the non RO prog->aux part is not used in performance critical paths and a
program destruction via RCU is rather very unlikley when doing the put, we
shouldn't have an issue just doing the bpf_prog_get() + prog->type != type
check, but actually not taking the ref at all (due to being in fdget() /
fdput() section of the bpf fd) is even cleaner and makes the diff smaller
as well, so just go for that. Callsites are changed to make use of the new
helper where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new event - NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN, this
will be triggered when tx_queue_len. It could be used by net device
who want to do some processing at that time. An example is tun who may
want to resize tx array when tx_queue_len is changed.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding rule with NLM_F_EXCL flag then check if the same rule exist.
If yes then exit with -EEXIST.
This is already implemented in iproute2:
if (cmd == RTM_NEWRULE) {
req.n.nlmsg_flags |= NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_EXCL;
req.r.rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
}
Tested ipv4 and ipv6 with net-next linux on qemu x86
expected behavior after patch:
localhost ~ # ip rule
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
localhost ~ # ip rule add from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104 pref 1005
localhost ~ # ip rule add from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104 pref 1005
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
localhost ~ # ip rule
0: from all lookup local
1005: from 10.46.177.97 lookup 104
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
There was already topic regarding this but I don't see any changes
merged and problem still occurs.
https://lkml.kernel.org/r/1135778809.5944.7.camel+%28%29+localhost+%21+localdomain
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Bajorski <mateusz.bajorski@nokia.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE attribute
which allows to export per-slave statistics if the master device supports
the linkxstats callback. The attribute is passed down to the linkxstats
callback and it is up to the callback user to use it (an example has been
added to the only current user - the bridge). This allows us to query only
specific slaves of master devices like bridge ports and export only what
we're interested in instead of having to dump all ports and searching only
for a single one. This will be used to export per-port IGMP/MLD stats and
also per-port vlan stats in the future, possibly other statistics as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a helper for changing skb->pkt_type in a controlled way.
We only allow a subset of possible values and can extend that in future
should other use cases come up. Doing this as a helper has the advantage
that errors can be handeled gracefully and thus helper kept extensible.
It's a write counterpart to pkt_type member we can already read from
struct __sk_buff context. Major use case is to change incoming skbs to
PACKET_HOST in a programmatic way instead of having to recirculate via
redirect(..., BPF_F_INGRESS), for example.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a minimal helper for doing the groundwork of changing
the skb->protocol in a controlled way. Currently supported is v4 to
v6 and vice versa transitions, which allows f.e. for a minimal, static
nat64 implementation where applications in containers that still
require IPv4 can be transparently operated in an IPv6-only environment.
For example, host facing veth of the container can transparently do
the transitions in a programmatic way with the help of clsact qdisc
and cls_bpf.
Idea is to separate concerns for keeping complexity of the helper
lower, which means that the programs utilize bpf_skb_change_proto(),
bpf_skb_store_bytes() and bpf_lX_csum_replace() to get the job done,
instead of doing everything in a single helper (and thus partially
duplicating helper functionality). Also, bpf_skb_change_proto()
shouldn't need to deal with raw packet data as this is done by other
helpers.
bpf_skb_proto_6_to_4() and bpf_skb_proto_4_to_6() unclone the skb to
operate on a private one, push or pop additionally required header
space and migrate the gso/gro meta data from the shared info. We do
mark the gso type as dodgy so that headers are checked and segs
recalculated by the gso/gro engine. The gso_size target is adapted
as well. The flags argument added is currently reserved and can be
used for future extensions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use smp_processor_id() for the generic helper bpf_get_smp_processor_id()
instead of the raw variant. This allows for preemption checks when we
have DEBUG_PREEMPT, and otherwise uses the raw variant anyway. We only
need to keep the raw variant for socket filters, but we can reuse the
helper that is already there from cBPF side.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_xmit() expects to be called inside an RCU-bh read side critical
section, and while one of its two current callers gets this right, the
other one doesn't.
More specifically, neigh_xmit() has two callers, mpls_forward() and
mpls_output(), and while both callers call neigh_xmit() under
rcu_read_lock(), this provides sufficient protection for neigh_xmit()
only in the case of mpls_forward(), as that is always called from
softirq context and therefore doesn't need explicit BH protection,
while mpls_output() can be called from process context with softirqs
enabled.
When mpls_output() is called from process context, with softirqs
enabled, we can be preempted by a softirq at any time, and RCU-bh
considers the completion of a softirq as signaling the end of any
pending read-side critical sections, so if we do get a softirq
while we are in the part of neigh_xmit() that expects to be run inside
an RCU-bh read side critical section, we can end up with an unexpected
RCU grace period running right in the middle of that critical section,
making things go boom.
This patch fixes this impedance mismatch in the callee, by making
neigh_xmit() always take rcu_read_{,un}lock_bh() around the code that
expects to be treated as an RCU-bh read side critical section, as this
seems a safer option than fixing it in the callers.
Fixes: 4fd3d7d9e8 ("neigh: Add helper function neigh_xmit")
Signed-off-by: David Barroso <dbarroso@fastly.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <lbuytenhek@fastly.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space is missing before the open parenthesis '(', and this
will introduce much more noise when checking patch around.
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.
Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.
Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.
This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.
I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space is missing after ',', and this will introduce much more
noise when checking patch around.
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the checkpatch.pl error to dev.c:
ERROR: do not initialise statics to 0
Signed-off-by: Wei Tang <tangwei@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ctx structure passed into bpf programs is different depending on bpf
program type. The verifier incorrectly marked ctx->data and ctx->data_end
access based on ctx offset only. That caused loads in tracing programs
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx) { .. ctx->ax .. }
to be incorrectly marked as PTR_TO_PACKET which later caused verifier
to reject the program that was actually valid in tracing context.
Fix this by doing program type specific matching of ctx offsets.
Fixes: 969bf05eb3 ("bpf: direct packet access")
Reported-by: Sasha Goldshtein <goldshtn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.
When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.
This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.
Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.
rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.
qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_atm returns this when TC_ACT_SHOT classification occurs.
But all other schedulers that use tc_classify
(htb, hfsc, drr, fq_codel ...) return NET_XMIT_SUCCESS | __BYPASS
in this case so just do that in atm.
BATMAN uses it as an intermediate return value to signal
forwarding vs. buffering, but it did not return POLICED to
callers outside of BATMAN.
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We always mixed in the parent pointer into the dentry name hash, but we
did it late at lookup time. It turns out that we can simplify that
lookup-time action by salting the hash with the parent pointer early
instead of late.
A few other users of our string hashes also wanted to mix in their own
pointers into the hash, and those are updated to use the same mechanism.
Hash users that don't have any particular initial salt can just use the
NULL pointer as a no-salt.
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Cc: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a bpf_check_basics_ok() and reject filters that are of invalid
size much earlier, so we don't do any useless work such as invoking
bpf_prog_alloc(). Currently, rejection happens in bpf_check_classic()
only, but it's really unnecessarily late and they should be rejected
at earliest point. While at it, also clean up one bpf_prog_size() to
make it consistent with the remaining invocations.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Respect the stack's xmit_recursion limit for calls into dev_queue_xmit().
Currently, they are not handeled by the limiter when attached to clsact's
egress parent, for example, and a buggy program redirecting it to the
same device again could run into stack overflow eventually. It would be
good if we could notify an admin to give him a chance to react. We reuse
xmit_recursion instead of having one private to eBPF, so that the stack's
current recursion depth will be taken into account as well. Follow-up to
commit 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper") and
27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, VRFs require 1 oif and 1 iif rule per address family per
VRF. As the number of VRF devices increases it brings scalability
issues with the increasing rule list. All of the VRF rules have the
same format with the exception of the specific table id to direct the
lookup. Since the table id is available from the oif or iif in the
loopup, the VRF rules can be consolidated to a single rule that pulls
the table from the VRF device.
This patch introduces a new rule attribute l3mdev. The l3mdev rule
means the table id used for the lookup is pulled from the L3 master
device (e.g., VRF) rather than being statically defined. With the
l3mdev rule all of the basic VRF FIB rules are reduced to 1 l3mdev
rule per address family (IPv4 and IPv6).
If an admin wishes to insert higher priority rules for specific VRFs
those rules will co-exist with the l3mdev rule. This capability means
current VRF scripts will co-exist with this new simpler implementation.
Currently, the rules list for both ipv4 and ipv6 look like this:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all oif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all iif vrf1 lookup 1001
1000: from all oif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all iif vrf2 lookup 1002
1000: from all oif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all iif vrf3 lookup 1003
1000: from all oif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all iif vrf4 lookup 1004
1000: from all oif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all iif vrf5 lookup 1005
1000: from all oif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all iif vrf6 lookup 1006
1000: from all oif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all iif vrf7 lookup 1007
1000: from all oif vrf8 lookup 1008
1000: from all iif vrf8 lookup 1008
...
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
With the l3mdev rule the list is just the following regardless of the
number of VRFs:
$ ip ru ls
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
(Note: the above pretty print of the rule is based on an iproute2
prototype. Actual verbage may change)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"make htmldocs" complains otherwise:
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:168: warning: No description found for parameter 'running'
.//include/linux/netdevice.h:1867: warning: No description found for parameter 'qdisc_running_key'
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Fixes: edb09eb17e ("net: sched: do not acquire qdisc spinlock in qdisc/class stats dump")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"make htmldocs" complains otherwise:
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:65: warning: No description found for parameter 'padattr'
.//net/core/gen_stats.c:101: warning: No description found for parameter 'padattr'
Fixes: 9854518ea0 ("sched: align nlattr properly when needed")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When in kdump kernel, reduce memory usage by only using a single Queue
Set for multiqueue devices. So make netif_get_num_default_rss_queues()
return one, when in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The of_find_net_device_by_node() function is defined in
<linux/of_net.h> but not included in the .c file that
implements it. Fix the following warning by including the
header:
net/core/net-sysfs.c:1494:19: warning: symbol 'of_find_net_device_by_node' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :
For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.
An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()
In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.
I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.
[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.
This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note: Tom Herbert posted almost same patch 3 months back, but for
different reasons.
The reasons we want to get rid of this spin_trylock() are :
1) Under high qdisc pressure, the spin_trylock() has almost no
chance to succeed.
2) We loop multiple times in softirq handler, eventually reaching
the max retry count (10), and we schedule ksoftirqd.
Since we want to adhere more strictly to ksoftirqd being waked up in
the future (https://lwn.net/Articles/687617/), better avoid spurious
wakeups.
3) calls to __netif_reschedule() dirty the cache line containing
q->next_sched, slowing down the owner of qdisc.
4) RT kernels can not use the spin_trylock() here.
With help of busylock, we get the qdisc spinlock fast enough, and
the trylock trick brings only performance penalty.
Depending on qdisc setup, I observed a gain of up to 19 % in qdisc
performance (1016600 pps instead of 853400 pps, using prio+tbf+fq_codel)
("mpstat -I SCPU 1" is much happier now)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP has this pecualiarity that its packets cannot be just segmented to
(P)MTU. Its chunks must be contained in IP segments, padding respected.
So we can't just generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation
point and deliver it to IP layer.
This patch takes a different approach. SCTP will now build a skb as it
would be if it was received using GRO. That is, there will be a cover
skb with protocol headers and children ones containing the actual
segments, already segmented to a way that respects SCTP RFCs.
With that, we can tell skb_segment() to just split based on frag_list,
trusting its sizes are already in accordance.
This way SCTP can benefit from GSO and instead of passing several
packets through the stack, it can pass a single large packet.
v2:
- Added support for receiving GSO frames, as requested by Dave Miller.
- Clear skb->cb if packet is GSO (otherwise it's not used by SCTP)
- Added heuristics similar to what we have in TCP for not generating
single GSO packets that fills cwnd.
v3:
- consider sctphdr size in skb_gso_transport_seglen()
- rebased due to 5c7cdf339a ("gso: Remove arbitrary checks for
unsupported GSO")
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_gso_network_seglen is not enough for checking fragment sizes if
skb is using GSO_BY_FRAGS as we have to check frag per frag.
This patch introduces skb_gso_validate_mtu, based on the former, which
will wrap the use case inside it as all calls to skb_gso_network_seglen
were to validate if it fits on a given TMU, and improve the check.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows segmenting a skb based on its frags sizes instead of
based on a fixed value.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp GSO requires it and sctp can be compiled as a module, so we need to
export this function.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_TIMERS=y, hrtimer_init_on_stack() requires
a matching call to destroy_hrtimer_on_stack() to clean up timer
debug objects.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hwbm_pool_add exited in error the spinlock was not released. This
patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: 8cb2d8bf57 ("net: add a hardware buffer management helper API")
Reported-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@traphandler.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and
NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP
tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol
can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and
SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT
are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4).
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP
encapsulation over IPv6 is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up for 8a3a4c6e7b ("net: make sch_handle_ingress() drop
monitor ready") to also make the egress side drop monitor ready.
Also here only TC_ACT_SHOT is a clear indication that something
went wrong. Hence don't provide false positives to drop monitors
such as 'perf record -e skb:kfree_skb ...'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a generic facility for use from eBPF JIT compilers
that allows for further hardening of JIT generated images through
blinding constants. In response to the original work on BPF JIT
spraying published by Keegan McAllister [1], most BPF JITs were
changed to make images read-only and start at a randomized offset
in the page, where the rest was filled with trap instructions. We
have this nowadays in x86, arm, arm64 and s390 JIT compilers.
Additionally, later work also made eBPF interpreter images read
only for kernels supporting DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX, that is, x86,
arm, arm64 and s390 archs as well currently. This is done by
default for mentioned JITs when JITing is enabled. Furthermore,
we had a generic and configurable constant blinding facility on our
todo for quite some time now to further make spraying harder, and
first implementation since around netconf 2016.
We found that for systems where untrusted users can load cBPF/eBPF
code where JIT is enabled, start offset randomization helps a bit
to make jumps into crafted payload harder, but in case where larger
programs that cross page boundary are injected, we again have some
part of the program opcodes at a page start offset. With improved
guessing and more reliable payload injection, chances can increase
to jump into such payload. Elena Reshetova recently wrote a test
case for it [2, 3]. Moreover, eBPF comes with 64 bit constants, which
can leave some more room for payloads. Note that for all this,
additional bugs in the kernel are still required to make the jump
(and of course to guess right, to not jump into a trap) and naturally
the JIT must be enabled, which is disabled by default.
For helping mitigation, the general idea is to provide an option
bpf_jit_harden that admins can tweak along with bpf_jit_enable, so
that for cases where JIT should be enabled for performance reasons,
the generated image can be further hardened with blinding constants
for unpriviledged users (bpf_jit_harden == 1), with trading off
performance for these, but not for privileged ones. We also added
the option of blinding for all users (bpf_jit_harden == 2), which
is quite helpful for testing f.e. with test_bpf.ko. There are no
further e.g. hardening levels of bpf_jit_harden switch intended,
rationale is to have it dead simple to use as on/off. Since this
functionality would need to be duplicated over and over for JIT
compilers to use, which are already complex enough, we provide a
generic eBPF byte-code level based blinding implementation, which is
then just transparently JITed. JIT compilers need to make only a few
changes to integrate this facility and can be migrated one by one.
This option is for eBPF JITs and will be used in x86, arm64, s390
without too much effort, and soon ppc64 JITs, thus that native eBPF
can be blinded as well as cBPF to eBPF migrations, so that both can
be covered with a single implementation. The rule for JITs is that
bpf_jit_blind_constants() must be called from bpf_int_jit_compile(),
and in case blinding is disabled, we follow normally with JITing the
passed program. In case blinding is enabled and we fail during the
process of blinding itself, we must return with the interpreter.
Similarly, in case the JITing process after the blinding failed, we
return normally to the interpreter with the non-blinded code. Meaning,
interpreter doesn't change in any way and operates on eBPF code as
usual. For doing this pre-JIT blinding step, we need to make use of
a helper/auxiliary register, here BPF_REG_AX. This is strictly internal
to the JIT and not in any way part of the eBPF architecture. Just like
in the same way as JITs internally make use of some helper registers
when emitting code, only that here the helper register is one
abstraction level higher in eBPF bytecode, but nevertheless in JIT
phase. That helper register is needed since f.e. manually written
program can issue loads to all registers of eBPF architecture.
The core concept with the additional register is: blind out all 32
and 64 bit constants by converting BPF_K based instructions into a
small sequence from K_VAL into ((RND ^ K_VAL) ^ RND). Therefore, this
is transformed into: BPF_REG_AX := (RND ^ K_VAL), BPF_REG_AX ^= RND,
and REG <OP> BPF_REG_AX, so actual operation on the target register
is translated from BPF_K into BPF_X one that is operating on
BPF_REG_AX's content. During rewriting phase when blinding, RND is
newly generated via prandom_u32() for each processed instruction.
64 bit loads are split into two 32 bit loads to make translation and
patching not too complex. Only basic thing required by JITs is to
call the helper bpf_jit_blind_constants()/bpf_jit_prog_release_other()
pair, and to map BPF_REG_AX into an unused register.
Small bpf_jit_disasm extract from [2] when applied to x86 JIT:
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/core/bpf_jit_harden
ffffffffa034f5e9 + <x>:
[...]
39: mov $0xa8909090,%eax
3e: mov $0xa8909090,%eax
43: mov $0xa8ff3148,%eax
48: mov $0xa89081b4,%eax
4d: mov $0xa8900bb0,%eax
52: mov $0xa810e0c1,%eax
57: mov $0xa8908eb4,%eax
5c: mov $0xa89020b0,%eax
[...]
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/core/bpf_jit_harden
ffffffffa034f1e5 + <x>:
[...]
39: mov $0xe1192563,%r10d
3f: xor $0x4989b5f3,%r10d
46: mov %r10d,%eax
49: mov $0xb8296d93,%r10d
4f: xor $0x10b9fd03,%r10d
56: mov %r10d,%eax
59: mov $0x8c381146,%r10d
5f: xor $0x24c7200e,%r10d
66: mov %r10d,%eax
69: mov $0xeb2a830e,%r10d
6f: xor $0x43ba02ba,%r10d
76: mov %r10d,%eax
79: mov $0xd9730af,%r10d
7f: xor $0xa5073b1f,%r10d
86: mov %r10d,%eax
89: mov $0x9a45662b,%r10d
8f: xor $0x325586ea,%r10d
96: mov %r10d,%eax
[...]
As can be seen, original constants that carry payload are hidden
when enabled, actual operations are transformed from constant-based
to register-based ones, making jumps into constants ineffective.
Above extract/example uses single BPF load instruction over and
over, but of course all instructions with constants are blinded.
Performance wise, JIT with blinding performs a bit slower than just
JIT and faster than interpreter case. This is expected, since we
still get all the performance benefits from JITing and in normal
use-cases not every single instruction needs to be blinded. Summing
up all 296 test cases averaged over multiple runs from test_bpf.ko
suite, interpreter was 55% slower than JIT only and JIT with blinding
was 8% slower than JIT only. Since there are also some extremes in
the test suite, I expect for ordinary workloads that the performance
for the JIT with blinding case is even closer to JIT only case,
f.e. nmap test case from suite has averaged timings in ns 29 (JIT),
35 (+ blinding), and 151 (interpreter).
BPF test suite, seccomp test suite, eBPF sample code and various
bigger networking eBPF programs have been tested with this and were
running fine. For testing purposes, I also adapted interpreter and
redirected blinded eBPF image to interpreter and also here all tests
pass.
[1] http://mainisusuallyafunction.blogspot.com/2012/11/attacking-hardened-linux-systems-with.html
[2] https://github.com/01org/jit-spray-poc-for-ksp/
[3] http://www.openwall.com/lists/kernel-hardening/2016/05/03/5
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the blinding is strictly only called from inside eBPF JITs,
we need to change signatures for bpf_int_jit_compile() and
bpf_prog_select_runtime() first in order to prepare that the
eBPF program we're dealing with can change underneath. Hence,
for call sites, we need to return the latest prog. No functional
change in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Besides others, remove redundant comments where the code is self
documenting enough, and properly indent various bpf_verifier_ops
and bpf_prog_type_list declarations. Moreover, remove two exports
that actually have no module user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the VRF driver uses the rx_handler to switch the skb device
to the VRF device. Switching the dev prior to the ip / ipv6 layer
means the VRF driver has to duplicate IP/IPv6 processing which adds
overhead and makes features such as retaining the ingress device index
more complicated than necessary.
This patch moves the hook to the L3 layer just after the first NF_HOOK
for PRE_ROUTING. This location makes exposing the original ingress device
trivial (next patch) and allows adding other NF_HOOKs to the VRF driver
in the future.
dev_queue_xmit_nit is exported so that the VRF driver can cycle the skb
with the switched device through the packet taps to maintain current
behavior (tcpdump can be used on either the vrf device or the enslaved
devices).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two instances of an unused variable, `doff' added by
commit 6fa01ccd88 ("skbuff: Add pskb_extract() helper function")
in pskb_carve_inside_header() and pskb_carve_inside_nonlinear().
Remove these instances, they are not used.
Reported by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'. In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.
The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC_ACT_STOLEN is used when ingress traffic is mirred/redirected
to say ifb.
Packet is not dropped, but consumed.
Only TC_ACT_SHOT is a clear indication something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
allow cls_bpf and act_bpf programs access skb->data and skb->data_end pointers.
The bpf helpers that change skb->data need to update data_end pointer as well.
The verifier checks that programs always reload data, data_end pointers
after calls to such bpf helpers.
We cannot add 'data_end' pointer to struct qdisc_skb_cb directly,
since it's embedded as-is by infiniband ipoib, so wrapper struct is needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-05-04
1) The flowcache can hit an OOM condition if too
many entries are in the gc_list. Fix this by
counting the entries in the gc_list and refuse
new allocations if the value is too high.
2) The inner headers are invalid after a xfrm transformation,
so reset the skb encapsulation field to ensure nobody tries
access the inner headers. Otherwise tunnel devices stacked
on top of xfrm may build the outer headers based on wrong
informations.
3) Add pmtu handling to vti, we need it to report
pmtu informations for local generated packets.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stack object “map” has a total size of 32 bytes. Its last 4
bytes are padding generated by compiler. These padding bytes are
not initialized and sent out via “nla_put”.
Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@gatech.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that we will strip the TSO_MANGLEID bit if TSO is
not present. This way we will also handle ECN correctly of TSO is not
present.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses a possible issue that can occur if we get into any odd
corner cases where we support TSO for a given protocol but not the checksum
or scatter-gather offload. There are few drivers floating around that
setup their tunnels this way and by enforcing the checksum piece we can
avoid mangling any frames.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the event that the number of partial segments is equal to 1 we don't
really need to perform partial segmentation offload. As such we should
skip multiplying the MSS and instead just clear the partial_segs value
since it will not provide any gain to advertise the frame as being GSO when
it is a single frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hosts sending lot of ACK packets exhibit high sock_wfree() cost
because of cache line miss to test SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE
We could move this flag close to sk_wmem_alloc but it is better
to perform the atomic_sub_and_test() on a clean cache line,
as it avoid one extra bus transaction.
skb_orphan_partial() can also have a fast track for packets that either
are TCP acks, or already went through another skb_orphan_partial()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of the mlx4 and mlx5 driver they do not support IPv6 checksum
offload for tunnels. With this being the case we should disable GSO in
addition to the checksum offload features when we find that a device cannot
perform a checksum on a given packet type.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add callbacks to calculate the size and fill link extended statistics
which can be split into multiple messages and are dumped via the new
rtnl stats API (RTM_GETSTATS) with the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS attribute.
Also add that attribute to the idx mask check since it is expected to
be able to save state and resume dumping (e.g. future bridge per-vlan
stats will be dumped via this attribute and callbacks).
Each link type should nest its private attributes under the per-link type
attribute. This allows to have any number of separated private attributes
and to avoid one call to get the dev link type.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new prividx argument allows the current dumping device to save a
private state counter which would enable it to continue dumping from
where it left off. And the idxattr is used to save the current idx user
so multiple prividx using attributes can be requested at the same time
as suggested by Roopa Prabhu.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large sendmsg()/write() hold socket lock for the duration of the call,
unless sk->sk_sndbuf limit is hit. This is bad because incoming packets
are parked into socket backlog for a long time.
Critical decisions like fast retransmit might be delayed.
Receivers have to maintain a big out of order queue with additional cpu
overhead, and also possible stalls in TX once windows are full.
Bidirectional flows are particularly hurt since the backlog can become
quite big if the copy from user space triggers IO (page faults)
Some applications learnt to use sendmsg() (or sendmmsg()) with small
chunks to avoid this issue.
Kernel should know better, right ?
Add a generic sk_flush_backlog() helper and use it right
before a new skb is allocated. Typically we put 64KB of payload
per skb (unless MSG_EOR is requested) and checking socket backlog
every 64KB gives good results.
As a matter of fact, tests with TSO/GSO disabled give very nice
results, as we manage to keep a small write queue and smaller
perceived rtt.
Note that sk_flush_backlog() maintains socket ownership,
so is not equivalent to a {release_sock(sk); lock_sock(sk);},
to ensure implicit atomicity rules that sendmsg() was
giving to (possibly buggy) applications.
In this simple implementation, I chose to not call tcp_release_cb(),
but we might consider this later.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket backlog processing is a major latency source.
With current TCP socket sk_rcvbuf limits, I have sampled __release_sock()
holding cpu for more than 5 ms, and packets being dropped by the NIC
once ring buffer is filled.
All users are now ready to be called from process context,
we can unblock BH and let interrupts be serviced faster.
cond_resched_softirq() could be removed, as it has no more user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
is_skb_forwardable is not supposed to change anything so constify its
arguments
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to calculate rps hash if it was not enabled. So this
patch export rps_needed and check it before trying to get rps
hash. Tests (using pktgen to inject packets to guest) shows this can
improve pps about 13% (when rps is disabled).
Before:
~1150000 pps
After:
~1300000 pps
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
----
Changes from V1:
- Fix build when CONFIG_RPS is not set
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NET_INC_STATS_BH() to __NET_INC_STATS()
and NET_ADD_STATS_BH() to __NET_ADD_STATS()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No more users in the tree, remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED support.
Adds another hole in softnet_stats struct, but better than keeping
the unused collision counter around.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I also fix the value of INET_DIAG_MAX. It's wrong since commit 8f840e47f1
which is only in net-next right now, thus I didn't make a separate patch.
Fixes: 8f840e47f1 ("sctp: add the sctp_diag.c file")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A pattern of skb usage seen in modules such as RDS-TCP is to
extract `to_copy' bytes from the received TCP segment, starting
at some offset `off' into a new skb `clone'. This is done in
the ->data_ready callback, where the clone skb is queued up for rx on
the PF_RDS socket, while the parent TCP segment is returned unchanged
back to the TCP engine.
The existing code uses the sequence
clone = skb_clone(..);
pskb_pull(clone, off, ..);
pskb_trim(clone, to_copy, ..);
with the intention of discarding the first `off' bytes. However,
skb_clone() + pskb_pull() implies pksb_expand_head(), which ends
up doing a redundant memcpy of bytes that will then get discarded
in __pskb_pull_tail().
To avoid this inefficiency, this commit adds pskb_extract() that
creates the clone, and memcpy's only the relevant header/frag/frag_list
to the start of `clone'. pskb_trim() is then invoked to trim clone
down to the requested to_copy bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
A temporary version (nla_put_be64_32bit()) is added for nla_put_net64().
This function is removed in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for NETIF_F_TSO_MANGLEID if a given tunnel supports
NETIF_F_TSO. This way if needed a device can then later enable the TSO
with IP ID mangling and the tunnels on top of that device can then also
make use of the IP ID mangling as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new RTM_GETSTATS message to query link stats via netlink
from the kernel. RTM_NEWLINK also dumps stats today, but RTM_NEWLINK
returns a lot more than just stats and is expensive in some cases when
frequent polling for stats from userspace is a common operation.
RTM_GETSTATS is an attempt to provide a light weight netlink message
to explicity query only link stats from the kernel on an interface.
The idea is to also keep it extensible so that new kinds of stats can be
added to it in the future.
This patch adds the following attribute for NETDEV stats:
struct nla_policy ifla_stats_policy[IFLA_STATS_MAX + 1] = {
[IFLA_STATS_LINK_64] = { .len = sizeof(struct rtnl_link_stats64) },
};
Like any other rtnetlink message, RTM_GETSTATS can be used to get stats of
a single interface or all interfaces with NLM_F_DUMP.
Future possible new types of stat attributes:
link af stats:
- IFLA_STATS_LINK_IPV6 (nested. for ipv6 stats)
- IFLA_STATS_LINK_MPLS (nested. for mpls/mdev stats)
extended stats:
- IFLA_STATS_LINK_EXTENDED (nested. extended software netdev stats like bridge,
vlan, vxlan etc)
- IFLA_STATS_LINK_HW_EXTENDED (nested. extended hardware stats which are
available via ethtool today)
This patch also declares a filter mask for all stat attributes.
User has to provide a mask of stats attributes to query. filter mask
can be specified in the new hdr 'struct if_stats_msg' for stats messages.
Other important field in the header is the ifindex.
This api can also include attributes for global stats (eg tcp) in the future.
When global stats are included in a stats msg, the ifindex in the header
must be zero. A single stats message cannot contain both global and
netdev specific stats. To easily distinguish them, netdev specific stat
attributes name are prefixed with IFLA_STATS_LINK_
Without any attributes in the filter_mask, no stats will be returned.
This patch has been tested with mofified iproute2 ifstat.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new helper for cls/act programs that can push events
to user space applications. For networking, this can be f.e. for sampling,
debugging, logging purposes or pushing of arbitrary wake-up events. The
idea is similar to a43eec3042 ("bpf: introduce bpf_perf_event_output()
helper") and 39111695b1 ("samples: bpf: add bpf_perf_event_output example").
The eBPF program utilizes a perf event array map that user space populates
with fds from perf_event_open(), the eBPF program calls into the helper
f.e. as skb_event_output(skb, &my_map, BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU, raw, sizeof(raw))
so that the raw data is pushed into the fd f.e. at the map index of the
current CPU.
User space can poll/mmap/etc on this and has a data channel for receiving
events that can be post-processed. The nice thing is that since the eBPF
program and user space application making use of it are tightly coupled,
they can define their own arbitrary raw data format and what/when they
want to push.
While f.e. packet headers could be one part of the meta data that is being
pushed, this is not a substitute for things like packet sockets as whole
packet is not being pushed and push is only done in a single direction.
Intention is more of a generically usable, efficient event pipe to applications.
Workflow is that tc can pin the map and applications can attach themselves
e.g. after cls/act setup to one or multiple map slots, demuxing is done by
the eBPF program.
Adding this facility is with minimal effort, it reuses the helper
introduced in a43eec3042 ("bpf: introduce bpf_perf_event_output() helper")
and we get its functionality for free by overloading its BPF_FUNC_ identifier
for cls/act programs, ctx is currently unused, but will be made use of in
future. Example will be added to iproute2's BPF example files.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the nlattr header is 4 bytes in size, it can cause the netlink
attribute payload to not be 8-byte aligned.
This is particularly troublesome for IFLA_STATS64 which contains 64-bit
statistic values.
Solve this by creating a dummy IFLA_PAD attribute which has a payload
which is zero bytes in size. When HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is
false, we insert an IFLA_PAD attribute into the netlink response when
necessary such that the IFLA_STATS64 payload will be properly aligned.
With help and suggestions from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode and
convert_link_mode_to_legacy_u32 may be used outside
of ethtool.c. We rename them to ethtool_convert_...
and export them, so we could use them in others
drivers and modules.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch passes netlink attr data ptr directly to dev_get_stats
thus elimiating a stats copy.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __vlan_insert_tag() fails from skb_vlan_push() path due to the
skb_cow_head(), we need to undo the __skb_push() in the error path
as well that was done earlier to move skb->data pointer to mac header.
Moreover, I noticed that when in the non-error path the __skb_pull()
is done and the original offset to mac header was non-zero, we fixup
from a wrong skb->data offset in the checksum complete processing.
So the skb_postpush_rcsum() really needs to be done before __skb_pull()
where skb->data still points to the mac header start and thus operates
under the same conditions as in __vlan_insert_tag().
Fixes: 93515d53b1 ("net: move vlan pop/push functions into common code")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts all helpers that can use ARG_PTR_TO_RAW_STACK as argument
type. For tc programs this is bpf_skb_load_bytes(), bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(),
bpf_skb_get_tunnel_opt(). For tracing, this optimizes bpf_get_current_comm()
and bpf_probe_read(). The check in bpf_skb_load_bytes() for MAX_BPF_STACK can
also be removed since the verifier already makes sure we stay within bounds
on stack buffers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skbs given to validate_xmit_skb() should not have a next
pointer anymore.
Also if a packet is dropped, increment dev->tx_dropped
__dev_queue_xmit() no longer has to change tx_dropped in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for something I am referring to as GSO partial.
The basic idea is that we can support a broader range of devices for
segmentation if we use fixed outer headers and have the hardware only
really deal with segmenting the inner header. The idea behind the naming
is due to the fact that everything before csum_start will be fixed headers,
and everything after will be the region that is handled by hardware.
With the current implementation it allows us to add support for the
following GSO types with an inner TSO_MANGLEID or TSO6 offload:
NETIF_F_GSO_GRE
NETIF_F_GSO_GRE_CSUM
NETIF_F_GSO_IPIP
NETIF_F_GSO_SIT
NETIF_F_UDP_TUNNEL
NETIF_F_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM
In the case of hardware that already supports tunneling we may be able to
extend this further to support TSO_TCPV4 without TSO_MANGLEID if the
hardware can support updating inner IPv4 headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does two things.
First it allows TCP to aggregate TCP frames with a fixed IPv4 ID field. As
a result we should now be able to aggregate flows that were converted from
IPv6 to IPv4. In addition this allows us more flexibility for future
implementations of segmentation as we may be able to use a fixed IP ID when
segmenting the flow.
The second thing this does is that it places limitations on the outer IPv4
ID header in the case of tunneled frames. Specifically it forces the IP ID
to be incrementing by 1 unless the DF bit is set in the outer IPv4 header.
This way we can avoid creating overlapping series of IP IDs that could
possibly be fragmented if the frame goes through GRO and is then
resegmented via GSO.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for TSO using IPv4 headers with a fixed IP ID
field. This is meant to allow us to do a lossless GRO in the case of TCP
flows that use a fixed IP ID such as those that convert IPv6 header to IPv4
headers.
In addition I am adding a feature that for now I am referring to TSO with
IP ID mangling. Basically when this flag is enabled the device has the
option to either output the flow with incrementing IP IDs or with a fixed
IP ID regardless of what the original IP ID ordering was. This is useful
in cases where the DF bit is set and we do not care if the original IP ID
value is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The strings were missing for several of the GSO offloads that are
available. This patch provides the missing strings so that we can toggle
or query any of them via the ethtool command.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a
snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and
maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the
historical maximal values.
Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to
carry occupancy values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared
buffers. Four basic objects are defined:
shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs
pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either
static or dynamic threshold
port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool
port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool
with threshold.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After introduction of ndo_features_check(), we believe that very
specific checks for rare features should not be done in core
networking stack.
No driver uses gso_min_segs yet, so we revert this feature and save
few instructions per tx packet in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ptr to devlink structure can be easily obtained from
devlink_port->devlink. So share user_ptr[0] pointer for both and leave
user_ptr[1] free for other users.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we rely on caller zeroing or correctly set the struct before the call,
this implicit type set is either no-op (DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_NOTSET is 0)
or it rewrites wanted value. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an issue I found in which we were dropping frames if we
had enabled checksums on GRE headers that were encapsulated by either FOU
or GUE. Without this patch I was barely able to get 1 Gb/s of throughput.
With this patch applied I am now at least getting around 6 Gb/s.
The issue is due to the fact that with FOU or GUE applied we do not provide
a transport offset pointing to the GRE header, nor do we offload it in
software as the GRE header is completely skipped by GSO and treated like a
VXLAN or GENEVE type header. As such we need to prevent the stack from
generating it and also prevent GRE from generating it via any interface we
create.
Fixes: c3483384ee ("gro: Allow tunnel stacking in the case of FOU/GUE")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5a5abb1fa3 ("tun, bpf: fix suspicious RCU usage
in tun_{attach, detach}_filter") and replaces it to use lock_sock around
sk_{attach,detach}_filter. The checks inside filter.c are updated with
lockdep_sock_is_held to check for proper socket locks.
It keeps the code cleaner by ensuring that only one lock governs the
socket filter instead of two independent locks.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During release_sock we use callbacks to finish the processing
of outstanding skbs on the socket. We actually are still locked,
sk_locked.owned == 1, but we already told lockdep that the mutex
is released. This could lead to false positives in lockdep for
lockdep_sock_is_held (we don't hold the slock spinlock during processing
the outstanding skbs).
I took over this patch from Eric Dumazet and tested it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is for the recent kcm driver, which introduces AF_KCM(41) in
b7ac4eb(kcm: Kernel Connection Multiplexor module).
Signed-off-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Cc: Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When signaling that a GRO frame is ready to be processed, the network stack
correctly checks length and aborts processing when a frame is less than 14
bytes. However, such a condition is really indicative of a broken driver,
and should be loudly signaled, rather than silently dropped as the case is
today.
Convert the condition to use net_warn_ratelimited() to ensure the stack
loudly complains about such broken drivers.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 543e3a8da5.
Direct callers of __netpoll_setup() depend on it to set np->dev,
so we can't simply move that assignment up to netpoll_stup().
Reported-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable peeking at UDP datagrams at the offset specified with socket
option SOL_SOCKET/SO_PEEK_OFF. Peek at any datagram in the queue, up
to the end of the given datagram.
Implement the SO_PEEK_OFF semantics introduced in commit ef64a54f6e
("sock: Introduce the SO_PEEK_OFF sock option"). Increase the offset
on peek, decrease it on regular reads.
When peeking, always checksum the packet immediately, to avoid
recomputation on subsequent peeks and final read.
The socket lock is not held for the duration of udp_recvmsg, so
peek and read operations can run concurrently. Only the last store
to sk_peek_off is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove UDP transport headers before queueing packets for reception.
This change simplifies a follow-up patch to add MSG_PEEK support.
Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goal: packets dropped by a listener are accounted for.
This adds tcp_listendrop() helper, and clears sk_drops in sk_clone_lock()
so that children do not inherit their parent drop count.
Note that we no longer increment LINUX_MIB_LISTENDROPS counter when
sending a SYNCOOKIE, since the SYN packet generated a SYNACK.
We already have a separate LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESSENT
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reporting sk_drops to user space was available for UDP
sockets using /proc interface.
Add this to sock_diag, so that we can have the same information
available to ss users, and we'll be able to add sk_drops
indications for TCP sockets as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want a generic way to insert an RCU grace period before socket
freeing for cases where RCU_SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is adding too
much overhead.
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU strict rules force us to take a reference
on the socket sk_refcnt, and it is a performance problem for UDP
encapsulation, or TCP synflood behavior, as many CPUs might
attempt the atomic operations on a shared sk_refcnt
UDP sockets and TCP listeners can set SOCK_RCU_FREE so that their
lookup can use traditional RCU rules, without refcount changes.
They can set the flag only once hashed and visible by other cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Tested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accept SO_TIMESTAMPING in control messages of the SOL_SOCKET level
as a basis to accept timestamping requests per write.
This implementation only accepts TX recording flags (i.e.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE, SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED, and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK) in
control messages. Users need to set reporting flags (e.g.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID) per socket via socket options.
This commit adds a tsflags field in sockcm_cookie which is
set in __sock_cmsg_send. It only override the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_*
bits in sockcm_cookie.tsflags allowing the control message
to override the recording behavior per write, yet maintaining
the value of other flags.
This patch implements validating the control message and setting
tsflags in struct sockcm_cookie. Next commits in this series will
actually implement timestamping per write for different protocols.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID is set to get data-independent IDs
to associate timestamps with send calls. For TCP connections,
tp->snd_una is used as the starting point to calculate
relative IDs.
This socket option will fail if set before the handshake on a
passive TCP fast open connection with data in SYN or SYN/ACK,
since setsockopt requires the connection to be in the
ESTABLISHED state.
To address these, instead of limiting the option to the
ESTABLISHED state, accept the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID option as
long as the connection is not in LISTEN or CLOSE states.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To process cmsg's of the SOL_SOCKET level in addition to
cmsgs of another level, protocols can call sock_cmsg_send().
This causes a double walk on the cmsghdr list, one for SOL_SOCKET
and one for the other level.
Extract the inner demultiplex logic from the loop that walks the list,
to allow having this called directly from a walker in the protocol
specific code.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sasha Levin reported a suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() warning
found while fuzzing with trinity that is similar to this one:
[ 52.765684] net/core/filter.c:2262 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
[ 52.765688] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 52.765695] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1
[ 52.765701] 1 lock held by a.out/1525:
[ 52.765704] #0: (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff816a64b7>] rtnl_lock+0x17/0x20
[ 52.765721] stack backtrace:
[ 52.765728] CPU: 1 PID: 1525 Comm: a.out Not tainted 4.5.0+ #264
[...]
[ 52.765768] Call Trace:
[ 52.765775] [<ffffffff813e488d>] dump_stack+0x85/0xc8
[ 52.765784] [<ffffffff810f2fa5>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xd5/0x110
[ 52.765792] [<ffffffff816afdc2>] sk_detach_filter+0x82/0x90
[ 52.765801] [<ffffffffa0883425>] tun_detach_filter+0x35/0x90 [tun]
[ 52.765810] [<ffffffffa0884ed4>] __tun_chr_ioctl+0x354/0x1130 [tun]
[ 52.765818] [<ffffffff8136fed0>] ? selinux_file_ioctl+0x130/0x210
[ 52.765827] [<ffffffffa0885ce3>] tun_chr_ioctl+0x13/0x20 [tun]
[ 52.765834] [<ffffffff81260ea6>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x96/0x690
[ 52.765843] [<ffffffff81364af3>] ? security_file_ioctl+0x43/0x60
[ 52.765850] [<ffffffff81261519>] SyS_ioctl+0x79/0x90
[ 52.765858] [<ffffffff81003ba2>] do_syscall_64+0x62/0x140
[ 52.765866] [<ffffffff817d563f>] entry_SYSCALL64_slow_path+0x25/0x25
Same can be triggered with PROVE_RCU (+ PROVE_RCU_REPEATEDLY) enabled
from tun_attach_filter() when user space calls ioctl(tun_fd, TUN{ATTACH,
DETACH}FILTER, ...) for adding/removing a BPF filter on tap devices.
Since the fix in f91ff5b9ff ("net: sk_{detach|attach}_filter() rcu
fixes") sk_attach_filter()/sk_detach_filter() now dereferences the
filter with rcu_dereference_protected(), checking whether socket lock
is held in control path.
Since its introduction in 9940516259 ("tun: socket filter support"),
tap filters are managed under RTNL lock from __tun_chr_ioctl(). Thus the
sock_owned_by_user(sk) doesn't apply in this specific case and therefore
triggers the false positive.
Extend the BPF API with __sk_attach_filter()/__sk_detach_filter() pair
that is used by tap filters and pass in lockdep_rtnl_is_held() for the
rcu_dereference_protected() checks instead.
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Size of the attribute IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME was missing.
Fixes: db24a9044e ("net: add support for phys_port_name")
CC: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the 2 byte padding in struct bpf_tunnel_key between tunnel_ttl
and tunnel_label members explicit. No issue has been observed, and
gcc/llvm does padding for the old struct already, where tunnel_label
was not yet present, so the current code works, but since it's part
of uapi, make sure we don't introduce holes in structs.
Therefore, add tunnel_ext that we can use generically in future
(f.e. to flag OAM messages for backends, etc). Also add the offset
to the compat tests to be sure should some compilers not padd the
tail of the old version of bpf_tunnel_key.
Fixes: 4018ab1875 ("bpf: support flow label for bpf_skb_{set, get}_tunnel_key")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netpoll_setup() does a dev_hold() on np->dev, the netpoll device. If it
fails, it correctly does a dev_put() but leaves np->dev set. If we call
netpoll_cleanup() after the failure, np->dev is still set so we do another
dev_put(), which decrements the refcount an extra time.
It's questionable to call netpoll_cleanup() after netpoll_setup() fails,
but it can be difficult to find the problem, and we can easily avoid it in
this case. The extra decrements can lead to hangs like this:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for bond0 to become free. Usage count = -3
Set and clear np->dev at the points where we dev_hold() and dev_put() the
device.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking bugfixes from David Miller:
"Several bug fixes rolling in, some for changes introduced in this
merge window, and some for problems that have existed for some time:
1) Fix prepare_to_wait() handling in AF_VSOCK, from Claudio Imbrenda.
2) The new DST_CACHE should be a silent config option, from Dave
Jones.
3) inet_current_timestamp() unintentionally truncates timestamps to
16-bit, from Deepa Dinamani.
4) Missing reference to netns in ppp, from Guillaume Nault.
5) Free memory reference in hv_netvsc driver, from Haiyang Zhang.
6) Missing kernel doc documentation for function arguments in various
spots around the networking, from Luis de Bethencourt.
7) UDP stopped receiving broadcast packets properly, due to
overzealous multicast checks, fix from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (59 commits)
net: ping: make ping_v6_sendmsg static
hv_netvsc: Fix the order of num_sc_offered decrement
net: Fix typos and whitespace.
hv_netvsc: Fix the array sizes to be max supported channels
hv_netvsc: Fix accessing freed memory in netvsc_change_mtu()
ppp: take reference on channels netns
net: Reset encap_level to avoid resetting features on inner IP headers
net: mediatek: fix checking for NULL instead of IS_ERR() in .probe
net: phy: at803x: Request 'reset' GPIO only for AT8030 PHY
at803x: fix reset handling
AF_VSOCK: Shrink the area influenced by prepare_to_wait
Revert "vsock: Fix blocking ops call in prepare_to_wait"
macb: fix PHY reset
ipv4: initialize flowi4_flags before calling fib_lookup()
fsl/fman: Workaround for Errata A-007273
ipv4: fix broadcast packets reception
net: hns: bug fix about the overflow of mss
net: hns: adds limitation for debug port mtu
net: hns: fix the bug about mtu setting
net: hns: fixes a bug of RSS
...
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects
the net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular interest
here is that we have left the driver in staging since it still has an
API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix, but getting
these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream and Intel's
trees were over 300 patches apart.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=t2Ko
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Round two of 4.6 merge window patches.
This is a monster pull request. I held off on the hfi1 driver updates
(the hfi1 driver is intimately tied to the qib driver and the new
rdmavt software library that was created to help both of them) in my
first pull request. The hfi1/qib/rdmavt update is probably 90% of
this pull request. The hfi1 driver is being left in staging so that
it can be fixed up in regards to the API that Al and yourself didn't
like. Intel has agreed to do the work, but in the meantime, this
clears out 300+ patches in the backlog queue and brings my tree and
their tree closer to sync.
This also includes about 10 patches to the core and a few to mlx5 to
create an infrastructure for configuring SRIOV ports on IB devices.
That series includes one patch to the net core that we sent to netdev@
and Dave Miller with each of the three revisions to the series. We
didn't get any response to the patch, so we took that as implicit
approval.
Finally, this series includes Intel's new iWARP driver for their x722
cards. It's not nearly the beast as the hfi1 driver. It also has a
linux-next merge issue, but that has been resolved and it now passes
just fine.
Summary:
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects the
net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular
interest here is that we have left the driver in staging since it
still has an API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix,
but getting these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream
and Intel's trees were over 300 patches apart"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (362 commits)
IB/ipoib: Allow mcast packets from other VFs
IB/mlx5: Implement callbacks for manipulating VFs
net/mlx5_core: Implement modify HCA vport command
net/mlx5_core: Add VF param when querying vport counter
IB/ipoib: Add ndo operations for configuring VFs
IB/core: Add interfaces to control VF attributes
IB/core: Support accessing SA in virtualized environment
IB/core: Add subnet prefix to port info
IB/mlx5: Fix decision on using MAD_IFC
net/core: Add support for configuring VF GUIDs
IB/{core, ulp} Support above 32 possible device capability flags
IB/core: Replace setting the zero values in ib_uverbs_ex_query_device
net/mlx5_core: Introduce offload arithmetic hardware capabilities
net/mlx5_core: Refactor device capability function
net/mlx5_core: Fix caching ATOMIC endian mode capability
ib_srpt: fix a WARN_ON() message
i40iw: Replace the obsolete crypto hash interface with shash
IB/hfi1: Add SDMA cache eviction algorithm
IB/hfi1: Switch to using the pin query function
IB/hfi1: Specify mm when releasing pages
...
Add two new NLAs to support configuration of Infiniband node or port
GUIDs. New applications can choose to use this interface to configure
GUIDs with iproute2 with commands such as:
ip link set dev ib0 vf 0 node_guid 00:02:c9:03:00:21:6e:70
ip link set dev ib0 vf 0 port_guid 00:02:c9:03:00:21:6e:78
A new ndo, ndo_sef_vf_guid is introduced to notify the net device of the
request to change the GUID.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
It can be useful to report dev->gso_max_segs and dev->gso_max_size
so that "ip -d link" can display them to help debugging.
For the moment, these attributes are read-only.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the function dev_get_phys_port_name was added it missed a description
for it's len argument. Adding it.
Fixes: db24a9044e ("net: add support for phys_port_name")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 22e0f8b932 ("net: sched: make bstats per cpu and estimator RCU safe")
added the argument cpu_bstats to functions gen_new_estimator and
gen_replace_estimator and now the descriptions of these are missing for the
documentation. Adding them.
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function gnet_stats_copy_basic is missing the description of the cpu
argument in the documentation. Adding it.
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When drivers express support for TSO of encapsulated packets, they
only mean that they can do it for one layer of encapsulation.
Supporting additional levels would mean updating, at a minimum,
more IP length fields and they are unaware of this.
No encapsulation device expresses support for handling offloaded
encapsulated packets, so we won't generate these types of frames
in the transmit path. However, GRO doesn't have a check for
multiple levels of encapsulation and will attempt to build them.
UDP tunnel GRO actually does prevent this situation but it only
handles multiple UDP tunnels stacked on top of each other. This
generalizes that solution to prevent any kind of tunnel stacking
that would cause problems.
Fixes: bf5a755f ("net-gre-gro: Add GRE support to the GRO stack")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP protocol is still used these days, and TCP uses
clones in its transmit path. We can not optimize linux
stack assuming it is mostly used in routers, or that TCP
is dead.
Fixes: 795bb1c00d ("net: bulk free infrastructure for NAPI context, use napi_consume_skb")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
eBPF defines this as BPF_TUNLEN_MAX and OVS just uses the hard-coded
value inside struct sw_flow_key. Thus, add and use IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX
for this, which makes the code a bit more generic and allows to remove
BPF_TUNLEN_MAX from eBPF code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can just add a small helper dst_tclassid() for retrieving the
dst->tclassid value. It makes the code a bit better in that we can
get rid of the ifdef from filter.c by moving this into the header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the tc_classid from eBPF skb context is write-only, but there's
no good reason for tc programs to limit it to write-only. For example,
it can be used to transfer its state via tail calls where the resulting
tc_classid gets filled gradually.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The success of CMA allocation largely depends on the success of
migration and key factor of it is page reference count. Until now, page
reference is manipulated by direct calling atomic functions so we cannot
follow up who and where manipulate it. Then, it is hard to find actual
reason of CMA allocation failure. CMA allocation should be guaranteed
to succeed so finding offending place is really important.
In this patch, call sites where page reference is manipulated are
converted to introduced wrapper function. This is preparation step to
add tracepoint to each page reference manipulation function. With this
facility, we can easily find reason of CMA allocation failure. There is
no functional change in this patch.
In addition, this patch also converts reference read sites. It will
help a second step that renames page._count to something else and
prevents later attempt to direct access to it (Suggested by Andrew).
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky.work@gmail.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
We can hit an OOM condition if we are under presure because
we can not free the entries in gc_list fast enough. So add
a counter for the not yet freed entries in the gc_list and
refuse new allocations if the value is too high.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When the ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS implementation finds that userland is
using the wrong number of words of link mode bitmaps (or is trying to
find out the right numbers) it sets the cmd field to 0 in the response
structure.
This is inconsistent with the implementation of every other ethtool
command, so let's remove that inconsistency before it gets into a
stable release.
Fixes: 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This basic implementation allows to share code between driver using
hardware buffer management. As the code is hardware agnostic, there is
few helpers, most of the optimization brought by the an HW BM has to be
done at driver level.
Tested-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers reuse/share code paths that free SKBs between NAPI
and non-NAPI calls. Adjust napi_consume_skb to handle this
use-case.
Before, calls from netpoll (w/ IRQs disabled) was handled and
indicated with a budget zero indication. Use the same zero
indication to handle calls not originating from NAPI/softirq.
Simply handled by using dev_consume_skb_any().
This adds an extra branch+call for the netpoll case (checking
in_irq() + irqs_disabled()), but that is okay as this is a slowpath.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends bpf_tunnel_key with a tunnel_label member, that maps
to ip_tunnel_key's label so underlying backends like vxlan and geneve
can propagate the label to udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb(), where it's being set
in the IPv6 header. It allows for having 20 more bits to encode/decode
flow related meta information programmatically. Tested with vxlan and
geneve.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Will be used in a following patch to query if a key is being used, and
what it's value in the target object.
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assumptions from commit 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan
device"), 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support") and 3c1cb4d260
("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels") on dst_cache usage
when ip_tunnel_info is used is unfortunately not always valid as assumed.
While it seems correct for ip_tunnel_info front-ends such as OVS, eBPF
however can fill in ip_tunnel_info for consumers like vxlan, geneve or gre
with different remote dsts, tos, etc, therefore they cannot be assumed as
packet independent.
Right now vxlan, geneve, gre would cache the dst for eBPF and every packet
would reuse the same entry that was first created on the initial route
lookup. eBPF doesn't store/cache the ip_tunnel_info, so each skb may have
a different one.
Fix it by adding a flag that checks the ip_tunnel_info. Also the !tos test
in vxlan needs to be handeled differently in this context as it is currently
inferred from ip_tunnel_info as well if present. ip_tunnel_dst_cache_usable()
helper is added for the three tunnel cases, which checks if we can use dst
cache.
Fixes: 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan device")
Fixes: 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support")
Fixes: 3c1cb4d260 ("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After eBPF being able to programmatically access/manage tunnel key meta
data via commit d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata")
and more recently also for IPv6 through c6c3345407 ("bpf: support ipv6
for bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key"), this work adds two complementary
helpers to generically access their auxiliary tunnel options.
Geneve and vxlan support this facility. For geneve, TLVs can be pushed,
and for the vxlan case its GBP extension. I.e. setting tunnel key for geneve
case only makes sense, if we can also read/write TLVs into it. In the GBP
case, it provides the flexibility to easily map the group policy ID in
combination with other helpers or maps.
I chose to model this as two separate helpers, bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_opt(),
for a couple of reasons. bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key() is already rather
complex by itself, and there may be cases for tunnel key backends where
tunnel options are not always needed. If we would have integrated this
into bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key() nevertheless, we are very limited with
remaining helper arguments, so keeping compatibility on structs in case of
passing in a flat buffer gets more cumbersome. Separating both also allows
for more flexibility and future extensibility, f.e. options could be fed
directly from a map, etc.
Moreover, change geneve's xmit path to test only for info->options_len
instead of TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT flag. This makes it more consistent with vxlan's
xmit path and allows for avoiding to specify a protocol flag in the API on
xmit, so it can be protocol agnostic. Having info->options_len is enough
information that is needed. Tested with vxlan and geneve.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added by 9a628224a6 ("ip_tunnel: Add dont fragment flag."), allow to
feed df flag into tunneling facilities (currently supported on TX by
vxlan, geneve and gre) as a hint from eBPF's bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()
helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are only used here, so there's no reason they should not be static.
Only the vlan push/pop protos are used in the test_bpf suite.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When overwriting parts of the packet with bpf_skb_store_bytes() that
were fed previously into skb->hash calculation, we should clear the
current hash with skb_clear_hash(), so that a next skb_get_hash() call
can determine the correct hash related to this skb.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7d672345ed ("bpf: add generic bpf_csum_diff helper") added a
generic checksum diff helper that can feed bpf_l4_csum_replace() with
a target __wsum diff that is to be applied to the L4 checksum. This
facility is very flexible, can be cascaded, allows for adding, removing,
or diffing data, or for calculating the pseudo header checksum from
scratch, but it can also be reused for working with the IPv4 header
checksum.
Thus, analogous to bpf_l4_csum_replace(), add a case for header field
value of 0 to change the checksum at a given offset through a new helper
csum_replace_by_diff(). Also, in addition to that, this provides an
easy to use interface for feeding precalculated diffs f.e. coming from
a map. It nicely complements bpf_l3_csum_replace() that currently allows
only for csum updates of 2 and 4 byte diffs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
3b766cd832 ("net/core: Add reading VF
statistics through the PF netdevice") added that variable but it's never
been used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Engestrom <eric.engestrom@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 52bd2d62ce ("net: better skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id cohabitation")
skb_sender_cpu_clear() becomes empty and can be removed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to
userspace via generic Netlink interface.
There are two basic objects defined:
devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC
devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device.
This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace.
Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the send skbuff reaches the end, nlmsg_put and friends returns
-EMSGSIZE but it is silently thrown away in ndo_fdb_dump. It is called
within a for_each_netdev loop and the first fdb entry of a following
netdev could fit in the remaining skbuff. This breaks the mechanism
of cb->args[0] and idx to keep track of the entries that are already
dumped, which results missing entries in bridge fdb show command.
Signed-off-by: Minoura Makoto <minoura@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API,
handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks.
This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds
support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length),
and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated
fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt).
This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides
the following backward compatibility properties:
- legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the
get_settings/set_settings callbacks.
- legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new
driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy
ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link
mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the
ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to
non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if
driver sets higher bits.
- future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the
get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data
structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be
ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future"
ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields.
- future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks.
By "future" ethtool, what is meant is:
- query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if
fails
- set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or
ETHTOOL_GSET was successful
+ if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with
ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try
ETHTOOL_SSET).
+ otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with
ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try
ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS).
The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small
ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link
mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap
length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is
0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all
fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS).
Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit
agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap.
The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be
replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first
"link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change
it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add the SO_CNX_ADVICE socket option (setsockopt only). The
purpose is to allow an application to give feedback to the kernel about
the quality of the network path for a connected socket. The value
argument indicates the type of quality report. For this initial patch
the only supported advice is a value of 1 which indicates "bad path,
please reroute"-- the action taken by the kernel is to call
dst_negative_advice which will attempt to choose a different ECMP route,
reset the TX hash for flow label and UDP source port in encapsulation,
etc.
This facility should be useful for connected UDP sockets where only the
application can provide any feedback about path quality. It could also
be useful for TCP applications that have additional knowledge about the
path outside of the normal TCP control loop.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update the skb->csum after pulling the skb, otherwise
an unnecessary checksum (re)computation can ocure for IGMP/MLD packets
in the bridge code. Additionally this fixes the following splats for
network devices / bridge ports with support for and enabled RX checksum
offloading:
[...]
[ 43.986968] eth0: hw csum failure
[ 43.990344] CPU: 3 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/3 Not tainted 4.4.0 #2
[ 43.996193] Hardware name: BCM2709
[ 43.999647] [<800204e0>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<8001cf14>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 44.007432] [<8001cf14>] (show_stack) from [<801ab614>] (dump_stack+0x80/0x90)
[ 44.014695] [<801ab614>] (dump_stack) from [<802e4548>] (__skb_checksum_complete+0x6c/0xac)
[ 44.023090] [<802e4548>] (__skb_checksum_complete) from [<803a055c>] (ipv6_mc_validate_checksum+0x104/0x178)
[ 44.032959] [<803a055c>] (ipv6_mc_validate_checksum) from [<802e111c>] (skb_checksum_trimmed+0x130/0x188)
[ 44.042565] [<802e111c>] (skb_checksum_trimmed) from [<803a06e8>] (ipv6_mc_check_mld+0x118/0x338)
[ 44.051501] [<803a06e8>] (ipv6_mc_check_mld) from [<803b2c98>] (br_multicast_rcv+0x5dc/0xd00)
[ 44.060077] [<803b2c98>] (br_multicast_rcv) from [<803aa510>] (br_handle_frame_finish+0xac/0x51c)
[...]
Fixes: 9afd85c9e4 ("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")
Reported-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fix in 35e2d1152b ("tunnels: Allow IPv6 UDP checksums to be correctly
controlled.") changed behavior for bpf_set_tunnel_key() when in use with
IPv6 and thus uncovered a bug that TUNNEL_CSUM needed to be set but wasn't.
As a result, the stack dropped ingress vxlan IPv6 packets, that have been
sent via eBPF through collect meta data mode due to checksum now being zero.
Since after LCO, we enable IPv4 checksum by default, so make that analogous
and only provide a flag BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX for the user to turn it off in
IPv4 case.
Fixes: 35e2d1152b ("tunnels: Allow IPv6 UDP checksums to be correctly controlled.")
Fixes: c6c3345407 ("bpf: support ipv6 for bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 parsing was using a local pointer when it could use the same
pointer as the IPv4 portion of the code since the key_addrs can support
both IPv4 and IPv6 as it is just a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow dissector bits handling FCoE didn't bother to actually validate
that the space there was enough for the FCoE header. So we need to update
things so that if there is room we add the header and report a good result,
otherwise we do not add the header, and report the bad result.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that for IPv4 we were reporting the ip_proto of the fragment,
and for IPv6 we were not. This patch updates that behavior so that we
always report the IP protocol of the fragment. In addition it takes the
steps of updating the payload offset code so that we will determine the
start of the payload not including the L4 header for any fragment after the
first.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the logic for the IPv4 parsing so that it is consistent
with how we handle IPv6. Specifically if we do not have the flow key
indicating we want the addresses we still may need to take a look at the IP
fragmentation bits and to see if we should stop after we have recognized
the L3 header.
Fixes: 807e165dc4 ("flow_dissector: Add control/reporting of fragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While debugging with bpf_jit_disasm I noticed emissions of 'mov %eax,%eax',
and found that this comes from BPF_RET | BPF_A translations from classic
BPF. Emitting this is unnecessary as BPF_REG_A is mapped into BPF_REG_0
already, therefore only emit a mov when immediates are used as return value.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using this helper for updating UDP checksums, we need to extend
this in order to write CSUM_MANGLED_0 for csum computations that result
into 0 as sum. Reason we need this is because packets with a checksum
could otherwise become incorrectly marked as a packet without a checksum.
Likewise, if the user indicates BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0, then we should
not turn packets without a checksum into ones with a checksum.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're dealing with clones and the area is not writeable, try
harder and get a copy via pskb_expand_head(). Replace also other
occurences in tc actions with the new skb_try_make_writable().
Reported-by: Ashhad Sheikh <ashhadsheikh394@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently limit bpf_skb_store_bytes() and bpf_skb_load_bytes()
helpers to only store or load a maximum buffer of 16 bytes. Thus,
loading, rewriting and storing headers require several bpf_skb_load_bytes()
and bpf_skb_store_bytes() calls.
Also here we can use a per-cpu scratch buffer instead in order to not
pressure stack space any further. I do suspect that this limit was mainly
set in place for this particular reason. So, ease program development
by removing this limitation and make the scratchpad generic, so it can
be reused.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For L4 checksums, we currently have bpf_l4_csum_replace() helper. It's
currently limited to handle 2 and 4 byte changes in a header and feeds the
from/to into inet_proto_csum_replace{2,4}() helpers of the kernel. When
working with IPv6, for example, this makes it rather cumbersome to deal
with, similarly when editing larger parts of a header.
Instead, extend the API in a more generic way: For bpf_l4_csum_replace(),
add a case for header field mask of 0 to change the checksum at a given
offset through inet_proto_csum_replace_by_diff(), and provide a helper
bpf_csum_diff() that can generically calculate a from/to diff for arbitrary
amounts of data.
This can be used in multiple ways: for the bpf_l4_csum_replace() only
part, this even provides us with the option to insert precalculated diffs
from user space f.e. from a map, or from bpf_csum_diff() during runtime.
bpf_csum_diff() has a optional from/to stack buffer input, so we can
calculate a diff by using a scratchbuffer for scenarios where we're
inserting (from is NULL), removing (to is NULL) or diffing (from/to buffers
don't need to be of equal size) data. Also, bpf_csum_diff() allows to
feed a previous csum into csum_partial(), so the function can also be
cascaded.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lwt implementations using net devices can autoload using the
existing mechanism using IFLA_INFO_KIND. However, there's no mechanism
that lwt modules not using net devices can use.
Therefore, add the ability to autoload modules registering lwt
operations for lwt implementations not using a net device so that
users don't have to manually load the modules.
Only users with the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability can cause modules to be
loaded, which is ensured by rtnetlink_rcv_msg rejecting non-RTM_GETxxx
messages for users without this capability, and by
lwtunnel_build_state not being called in response to RTM_GETxxx
messages.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace individual implementations with the recently introduced
skb_postpush_rcsum() helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE for ioctl
ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface set_per_queue_coalesce to
set coalesce of each masked queue to device driver. The wanted coalesce
information are stored in "data" for each masked queue, which can copy
from userspace.
If it fails to set coalesce to device driver, the value which already
set to specific queue will be tried to rollback.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE for ioctl
ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface get_per_queue_coalesce to
get coalesce of each masked queue from device driver. Then the interrupt
coalescing parameters will be copied back to user space one by one.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting.
The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue
setting.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My implementation around IFF_NO_QUEUE driver flag assumed that leaving
tx_queue_len untouched (specifically: not setting it to zero) by drivers
would make it possible to assign a regular qdisc to them without having
to worry about setting tx_queue_len to a useful value. This was only
partially true: I overlooked that some drivers don't call ether_setup()
and therefore not initialize tx_queue_len to the default value of 1000.
Consequently, removing the workarounds in place for that case in qdisc
implementations which cared about it (namely, pfifo, bfifo, gred, htb,
plug and sfb) leads to problems with these specific interface types and
qdiscs.
Luckily, there's already a sanitization point for drivers setting
tx_queue_len to zero, which can be reused to assign the fallback value
most qdisc implementations used, which is 1.
Fixes: 348e3435cb ("net: sched: drop all special handling of tx_queue_len == 0")
Tested-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ever since commit 04ed3e741d
("net: change netdev->features to u32") the format string
fmt_long_hex has not been used, so we may as well remove it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 3ed80a6 (cgroup: drop module support) made including
module.h redundant in the net cgroup controllers,
netclassid_cgroup.c and netprio_cgroup.c. This patch
removes them.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its useful to turn off the qdisc offload feature at a per device
level. This gives us a big hammer to enable/disable offloading.
More fine grained control (i.e. per rule) may be supported later.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 2% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 60% when tunneling
over ipv6
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a generic, lockless dst cache implementation.
The need for lock is avoided updating the dst cache fields
only in per cpu scope, and requiring that the cache manipulation
functions are invoked with the local bh disabled.
The refresh_ts and reset_ts fields are used to ensure the cache
consistency in case of cuncurrent cache update (dst_cache_set*) and
reset operation (dst_cache_reset).
Consider the following scenario:
CPU1: CPU2:
<cache lookup with emtpy cache: it fails>
<get dst via uncached route lookup>
<related configuration changes>
dst_cache_reset()
dst_cache_set()
The dst entry set passed to dst_cache_set() should not be used
for later dst cache lookup, because it's obtained using old
configuration values.
Since the refresh_ts is updated only on dst_cache lookup, the
cached value in the above scenario will be discarded on the next
lookup.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the unaligned accesses seen on GRE TEB tunnels when
generating hash keys. Specifically what this patch does is make it so that
we force the use of skb_copy_bits when the GRE inner headers will be
unaligned due to NET_IP_ALIGNED being a non-zero value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sanity check to ensure that all requested channel sizes are within
bounds, which should reduce errors in driver implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops
incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings
from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to
understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured
or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in
various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels.
Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this
occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will
attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it
from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is
desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user
configuration.
The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would
conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should
only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we
required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default)
Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow
settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels.
This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which
ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH
table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this
information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is
requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is
not going to assign flows to now disabled channels.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network stack defers SKBs free, in-case free happens in IRQ or
when IRQs are disabled. This happens in __dev_kfree_skb_irq() that
writes SKBs that were free'ed during IRQ to the softirq completion
queue (softnet_data.completion_queue).
These SKBs are naturally delayed, and cleaned up during NET_TX_SOFTIRQ
in function net_tx_action(). Take advantage of this a use the skb
defer and flush API, as we are already in softirq context.
For modern drivers this rarely happens. Although most drivers do call
dev_kfree_skb_any(), which detects the situation and calls
__dev_kfree_skb_irq() when needed. This due to netpoll can call from
IRQ context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered that network stack were hitting the kmem_cache/SLUB
slowpath when freeing SKBs. Doing bulk free with kmem_cache_free_bulk
can speedup this slowpath.
NAPI context is a bit special, lets take advantage of that for bulk
free'ing SKBs.
In NAPI context we are running in softirq, which gives us certain
protection. A softirq can run on several CPUs at once. BUT the
important part is a softirq will never preempt another softirq running
on the same CPU. This gives us the opportunity to access per-cpu
variables in softirq context.
Extend napi_alloc_cache (before only contained page_frag_cache) to be
a struct with a small array based stack for holding SKBs. Introduce a
SKB defer and flush API for accessing this.
Introduce napi_consume_skb() as replacement for e.g. dev_consume_skb_any()
when running in NAPI context. A small trick to handle/detect if we
are called from netpoll is to see if budget is 0. In that case, we
need to invoke dev_consume_skb_irq().
Joint work with Alexander Duyck.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables us to use inner checksum offloads if provided by
hardware with outer checksums computed by software.
It basically reduces encap_hdr_csum to an advisory flag for now, but based
on the fact that SCTP may be getting segmentation support before long I
thought we may want to keep it as it is possible we may need to support
CRC32c and 1's compliment checksum in the same packet at some point in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call skb_has_shared_frag is used in the GRE path and skb_checksum_help
to verify that no frags can be modified by an external entity. This check
really doesn't belong in the GRE path but in the skb_segment function
itself. This way any protocol that might be segmented will be performing
this check before attempting to offload a checksum to software.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses two main issues.
First in the case of remote checksum offload we were avoiding dealing with
scatter-gather issues. As a result it would be possible to assemble a
series of frames that used frags instead of being linearized as they should
have if remote checksum offload was enabled.
Second I have updated the code so that we now let GSO take care of doing
the checksum on the data itself and drop the special case that was added
for remote checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the checksum maintained by GSO out of skb->csum and into
the GSO context block in order to allow for us to work on outer checksums
while maintaining the inner checksum offsets in the case of the inner
checksum being offloaded, while the outer checksums will be computed.
While updating the code I also did a minor cleanu-up on gso_make_checksum.
The change is mostly to make it so that we store the values and compute the
checksum instead of computing the checksum and then storing the values we
needed to update.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering link dumps by master device and kind, similar
to the filtering implemented for neighbor dumps.
Each net_device that exists adds between 1196 bytes (eth) and 1556 bytes
(bridge) to the link dump. As the number of interfaces increases so does
the amount of data pushed to user space for a link list. If the user
only wants to see a list of specific devices (e.g., interfaces enslaved
to a specific bridge or a list of VRFs) most of that data is thrown away.
Passing the filters to the kernel to have only relevant data returned
makes the dump more efficient.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both of the lines in this patch probably should have been included
in the initial implementation of this code for generic socket
support, but weren't technically necessary since only UDP sockets
were supported.
First, the sk_reuseport_cb points to a structure which assumes
each socket in the group has this pointer assigned at the same
time it's added to the array in the structure. The sk_clone_lock
function breaks this assumption. Since a child socket shouldn't
implicitly be in a reuseport group, the simple fix is to clear
the field in the clone.
Second, the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_xBPF socket options require that
SO_REUSEPORT also be set first. For UDP sockets, this is easily
enforced at bind-time since that process both puts the socket in
the appropriate receive hlist and updates the reuseport structures.
Since these operations can happen at two different times for TCP
sockets (bind and listen) it must be explicitly checked to enforce
the use of SO_REUSEPORT with SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_xBPF in the
setsockopt call.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an issue with unaligned accesses when using
eth_get_headlen on a page that was DMA aligned instead of being IP aligned.
The fact is when trying to check the length we don't need to be looking at
the flow label so we can reorder the checks to first check if we are
supposed to gather the flow label and then make the call to actually get
it.
v2: Updated path so that either STOP_AT_FLOW_LABEL or KEY_FLOW_LABEL can
cause us to check for the flow label.
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices may have limits on the number of fragments in an skb they support.
Current codebase uses a constant as maximum for number of fragments one
skb can hold and use.
When enabling scatter/gather and running traffic with many small messages
the codebase uses the maximum number of fragments and may thereby violate
the max for certain devices.
The patch introduces a global variable as max number of fragments.
Signed-off-by: Hans Westgaard Ry <hans.westgaard.ry@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit referenced in the Fixes tag incorrectly accounted the number
of in-flight fds over a unix domain socket to the original opener
of the file-descriptor. This allows another process to arbitrary
deplete the original file-openers resource limit for the maximum of
open files. Instead the sending processes and its struct cred should
be credited.
To do so, we add a reference counted struct user_struct pointer to the
scm_fp_list and use it to account for the number of inflight unix fds.
Fixes: 712f4aad40 ("unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets")
Reported-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_rss_key is written to once and thereafter is read by
drivers when they are initialising. The fact that it is mostly
read and not written to makes it a candidate for a __read_mostly
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Kim Jones <kim-marie.jones@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Carey <alan.carey@intel.com>
Acked-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds an rx_nohandler stat counter, along with a sysfs statistics
node, and copies the counter out via netlink as well.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdev_stats_to_stats64 function copies the deprecated
net_device_stats format stats into rtnl_link_stats64 for legacy support
purposes, but with the BUILD_BUG_ON as it was, it wasn't possible to
extend rtnl_link_stats64 without also extending net_device_stats. Relax
the BUILD_BUG_ON to only require that rtnl_link_stats64 is larger, and
zero out all the stat counters that aren't present in net_device_stats.
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO is currently not aware of tunnel metadata generated by lightweight
tunnels and stored in the dst. This leads to two possible problems:
* Incorrectly merging two frames that have different metadata.
* Leaking of allocated metadata from merged frames.
This avoids those problems by comparing the tunnel information before
merging, similar to how we handle other metadata (such as vlan tags),
and releasing any state when we are done.
Reported-by: John <john.phillips5@hpe.com>
Fixes: 2e15ea39 ("ip_gre: Add support to collect tunnel metadata.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marc Dionne discovered a NULL pointer dereference when setting
SO_REUSEPORT on a socket after it is bound.
This patch removes the assumption that at least one socket in the
reuseport group is bound with the SO_REUSEPORT option before other
bind calls occur.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.c.dionne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Tested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A quick set of bug fixes after there initial networking merge:
1) Netlink multicast group storage allocator only was tested with
nr_groups equal to 1, make it work for other values too. From
Matti Vaittinen.
2) Check build_skb() return value in macb and hip04_eth drivers, from
Weidong Wang.
3) Don't leak x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
4) More DMA map/unmap fixes in 3c59x from Neil Horman.
5) Don't clobber IP skb control block during GSO segmentation, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) ECN helpers for ipv6 don't fixup the checksum, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Fix SKB segment utilization estimation in xen-netback, from David
Vrabel.
8) Fix lockdep splat in bridge addrlist handling, from Nikolay
Aleksandrov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
bgmac: Fix reversed test of build_skb() return value.
bridge: fix lockdep addr_list_lock false positive splat
net: smsc: Add support h8300
xen-netback: free queues after freeing the net device
xen-netback: delete NAPI instance when queue fails to initialize
xen-netback: use skb to determine number of required guest Rx requests
net: sctp: Move sequence start handling into sctp_transport_get_idx()
ipv6: update skb->csum when CE mark is propagated
net: phy: turn carrier off on phy attach
net: macb: clear interrupts when disabling them
sctp: support to lookup with ep+paddr in transport rhashtable
net: hns: fixes no syscon error when init mdio
dts: hisi: fixes no syscon fault when init mdio
net: preserve IP control block during GSO segmentation
fsl/fman: Delete one function call "put_device" in dtsec_config()
hip04_eth: fix missing error handle for build_skb failed
3c59x: fix another page map/single unmap imbalance
3c59x: balance page maps and unmaps
x25_asy: Free x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
mlxsw: fix SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB
...
Skb_gso_segment() uses skb control block during segmentation.
This patch adds 32-bytes room for previous control block which
will be copied into all resulting segments.
This patch fixes kernel crash during fragmenting forwarded packets.
Fragmentation requires valid IP CB in skb for clearing ip options.
Also patch removes custom save/restore in ovs code, now it's redundant.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CALYGNiP-0MZ-FExV2HutTvE9U-QQtkKSoE--KN=JQE5STYsjAA@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unified hierarchy memory controller is going to use this jump label
as well to control the networking callbacks. Move it to the memory
controller code and give it a more generic name.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be any separate counters for socket memory consumed by
protocols other than TCP in the future. Remove the indirection and link
sockets directly to their owning memory cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be a tcp control soft limit, so integrating the memcg code
into the global skmem limiting scheme complicates things unnecessarily.
Replace this with simple and clear charge and uncharge calls--hidden
behind a jump label--to account skb memory.
Note that this is not purely aesthetic: as a result of shoehorning the
per-memcg code into the same memory accounting functions that handle the
global level, the old code would compare the per-memcg consumption
against the smaller of the per-memcg limit and the global limit. This
allowed the total consumption of multiple sockets to exceed the global
limit, as long as the individual sockets stayed within bounds. After
this change, the code will always compare the per-memcg consumption to
the per-memcg limit, and the global consumption to the global limit, and
thus close this loophole.
Without a soft limit, the per-memcg memory pressure state in sockets is
generally questionable. However, we did it until now, so we continue to
enter it when the hard limit is hit, and packets are dropped, to let
other sockets in the cgroup know that they shouldn't grow their transmit
windows, either. However, keep it simple in the new callback model and
leave memory pressure lazily when the next packet is accepted (as
opposed to doing it synchroneously when packets are processed). When
packets are dropped, network performance will already be in the toilet,
so that should be a reasonable trade-off.
As described above, consumption is now checked on the per-memcg level
and the global level separately. Likewise, memory pressure states are
maintained on both the per-memcg level and the global level, and a
socket is considered under pressure when either level asserts as much.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Move the jump-label from sock_update_memcg() and sock_release_memcg() to
the callsite, and so eliminate those function calls when socket
accounting is not enabled.
This also eliminates the need for dummy functions because the calls will
be optimized away if the Kconfig options are not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
On ARM64, a BUG() is triggered in the eBPF JIT if a filter with a
constant shift that can't be encoded in the immediate field of the
UBFM/SBFM instructions is passed to the JIT. Since these shifts
amounts, which are negative or >= regsize, are invalid, reject them in
the eBPF verifier and the classic BPF filter checker, for all
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_switchdev.c
The bond_main.c and mellanox switch conflicts were cases of
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix possible null pointer dereference that may occur when calling
skb_reserve() on a null skb.
Fixes: 879c7220e8 ("net: pktgen: Observe needed_headroom of the device")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After IPv6 support has recently been added to metadata dst and related
encaps, add support for populating/reading it from an eBPF program.
Commit d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata") started
with initial IPv4-only support back then (due to IPv6 metadata support
not being available yet).
To stay compatible with older programs, we need to test for the passed
structure size. Also TOS and TTL support from the ip_tunnel_info key has
been added. Tested with vxlan devs in collect meta data mode with IPv4,
IPv6 and in compat mode over different network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export flags used by eBPF helper functions through UAPI, so they can be
used by programs (instead of them redefining all flags each time or just
using the hard-coded values). It also gives a better overview what flags
are used where and we can further get rid of the extra macros defined in
filter.c. Moreover, reject invalid flags.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sz_idx variable is defined in the rtnetlink_rcv_msg(), but
not used anywhere. Let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kuleshov <kuleshovmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a generalization of the ingress qdisc as a qdisc holding
only classifiers. The clsact qdisc works on ingress, but also on egress.
In both cases, it's execution happens without taking the qdisc lock, and
the main difference for the egress part compared to prior version of [1]
is that this can be applied with _any_ underlying real egress qdisc (also
classless ones).
Besides solving the use-case of [1], that is, allowing for more programmability
on assigning skb->priority for the mqprio case that is supported by most
popular 10G+ NICs, it also opens up a lot more flexibility for other tc
applications. The main work on classification can already be done at clsact
egress time if the use-case allows and state stored for later retrieval
f.e. again in skb->priority with major/minors (which is checked by most
classful qdiscs before consulting tc_classify()) and/or in other skb fields
like skb->tc_index for some light-weight post-processing to get to the
eventual classid in case of a classful qdisc. Another use case is that
the clsact egress part allows to have a central egress counterpart to
the ingress classifiers, so that classifiers can easily share state (e.g.
in cls_bpf via eBPF maps) for ingress and egress.
Currently, default setups like mq + pfifo_fast would require for this to
use, for example, prio qdisc instead (to get a tc_classify() run) and to
duplicate the egress classifier for each queue. With clsact, it allows
for leaving the setup as is, it can additionally assign skb->priority to
put the skb in one of pfifo_fast's bands and it can share state with maps.
Moreover, we can access the skb's dst entry (f.e. to retrieve tclassid)
w/o the need to perform a skb_dst_force() to hold on to it any longer. In
lwt case, we can also use this facility to setup dst metadata via cls_bpf
(bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()) without needing a real egress qdisc just for
that (case of IFF_NO_QUEUE devices, for example).
The realization can be done without any changes to the scheduler core
framework. All it takes is that we have two a-priori defined minors/child
classes, where we can mux between ingress and egress classifier list
(dev->ingress_cl_list and dev->egress_cl_list, latter stored close to
dev->_tx to avoid extra cacheline miss for moderate loads). The egress
part is a bit similar modelled to handle_ing() and patched to a noop in
case the functionality is not used. Both handlers are now called
sch_handle_ingress() and sch_handle_egress(), code sharing among the two
doesn't seem practical as there are various minor differences in both
paths, so that making them conditional in a single handler would rather
slow things down.
Full compatibility to ingress qdisc is provided as well. Since both
piggyback on TC_H_CLSACT, only one of them (ingress/clsact) can exist
per netdevice, and thus ingress qdisc specific behaviour can be retained
for user space. This means, either a user does 'tc qdisc add dev foo ingress'
and configures ingress qdisc as usual, or the 'tc qdisc add dev foo clsact'
alternative, where both, ingress and egress classifier can be configured
as in the below example. ingress qdisc supports attaching classifier to any
minor number whereas clsact has two fixed minors for muxing between the
lists, therefore to not break user space setups, they are better done as
two separate qdiscs.
I decided to extend the sch_ingress module with clsact functionality so
that commonly used code can be reused, the module is being aliased with
sch_clsact so that it can be auto-loaded properly. Alternative would have been
to add a flag when initializing ingress to alter its behaviour plus aliasing
to a different name (as it's more than just ingress). However, the first would
end up, based on the flag, choosing the new/old behaviour by calling different
function implementations to handle each anyway, the latter would require to
register ingress qdisc once again under different alias. So, this really begs
to provide a minimal, cleaner approach to have Qdisc_ops and Qdisc_class_ops
by its own that share callbacks used by both.
Example, adding qdisc:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc qdisc show dev foo
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
Adding filters (deleting, etc works analogous by specifying ingress/egress):
# tc filter add dev foo ingress bpf da obj bar.o sec ingress
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj bar.o sec egress
# tc filter show dev foo ingress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[ingress] direct-action
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[egress] direct-action
A 'tc filter show dev foo' or 'tc filter show dev foo parent ffff:' will
show an empty list for clsact. Either using the parent names (ingress/egress)
or specifying the full major/minor will then show the related filter lists.
Prior work on a mqprio prequeue() facility [1] was done mainly by John Fastabend.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/512949/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a small helper skb_postpush_rcsum() and fix up redirect locations
that need CHECKSUM_COMPLETE fixups on ingress. dev_forward_skb() expects
a proper csum that covers also Ethernet header, f.e. since 2c26d34bbc
("net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding"), we
also do skb_postpull_rcsum() after pulling Ethernet header off via
eth_type_trans().
When using eBPF in a netns setup f.e. with vxlan in collect metadata mode,
I can trigger the following csum issue with an IPv6 setup:
[ 505.144065] dummy1: hw csum failure
[...]
[ 505.144108] Call Trace:
[ 505.144112] <IRQ> [<ffffffff81372f08>] dump_stack+0x44/0x5c
[ 505.144134] [<ffffffff81607cea>] netdev_rx_csum_fault+0x3a/0x40
[ 505.144142] [<ffffffff815fee3f>] __skb_checksum_complete+0xcf/0xe0
[ 505.144149] [<ffffffff816f0902>] nf_ip6_checksum+0xb2/0x120
[ 505.144161] [<ffffffffa08c0e0e>] icmpv6_error+0x17e/0x328 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144170] [<ffffffffa0898eca>] ? ip6t_do_table+0x2fa/0x645 [ip6_tables]
[ 505.144177] [<ffffffffa08c0725>] ? ipv6_get_l4proto+0x65/0xd0 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144189] [<ffffffffa06c9a12>] nf_conntrack_in+0xc2/0x5a0 [nf_conntrack]
[ 505.144196] [<ffffffffa08c039c>] ipv6_conntrack_in+0x1c/0x20 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144204] [<ffffffff8164385d>] nf_iterate+0x5d/0x70
[ 505.144210] [<ffffffff816438d6>] nf_hook_slow+0x66/0xc0
[ 505.144218] [<ffffffff816bd302>] ipv6_rcv+0x3f2/0x4f0
[ 505.144225] [<ffffffff816bca40>] ? ip6_make_skb+0x1b0/0x1b0
[ 505.144232] [<ffffffff8160b77b>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x36b/0x9a0
[ 505.144239] [<ffffffff8160bdc8>] ? __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[ 505.144245] [<ffffffff8160bdc8>] __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[ 505.144252] [<ffffffff8160ccff>] process_backlog+0x9f/0x140
[ 505.144259] [<ffffffff8160c4a5>] net_rx_action+0x145/0x320
[...]
What happens is that on ingress, we push Ethernet header back in, either
from cls_bpf or right before skb_do_redirect(), but without updating csum.
The "hw csum failure" can be fixed by using the new skb_postpush_rcsum()
helper for the dev_forward_skb() case to correct the csum diff again.
Thanks to Hannes Frederic Sowa for the csum_partial() idea!
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_release should not access dst->flags after decrementing
__refcnt to 0. The dst_entry may be in dst_busy_list and
dst_gc_task may dst_destroy it before dst_release gets a chance
to access dst->flags.
Fixes: d69bbf88c8 ("net: fix a race in dst_release()")
Fixes: 27b75c95f1 ("net: avoid RCU for NOCACHE dst")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 538950a1b7 ("soreuseport: setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF")
Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose socket options for setting a classic or extended BPF program
for use when selecting sockets in an SO_REUSEPORT group. These options
can be used on the first socket to belong to a group before bind or
on any socket in the group after bind.
This change includes refactoring of the existing sk_filter code to
allow reuse of the existing BPF filter validation checks.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sock_reuseport is an optional shared structure referenced by each
socket belonging to a reuseport group. When a socket is bound to an
address/port not yet in use and the reuseport flag has been set, the
structure will be allocated and attached to the newly bound socket.
When subsequent calls to bind are made for the same address/port, the
shared structure will be updated to include the new socket and the
newly bound socket will reference the group structure.
Usually, when an incoming packet was destined for a reuseport group,
all sockets in the same group needed to be considered before a
dispatching decision was made. With this structure, an appropriate
socket can be found after looking up just one socket in the group.
This shared structure will also allow for more complicated decisions to
be made when selecting a socket (eg a BPF filter).
This work is based off a similar implementation written by
Ying Cai <ycai@google.com> for implementing policy-based reuseport
selection.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle
and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these
statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Comment says "User BPF's register A is mapped to our BPF register 6",
which is actually wrong as the mapping is on register 0. This can
already be inferred from the code itself. So just remove it before
someone makes assumptions based on that. Only code tells truth. ;)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back in the days where eBPF (or back then "internal BPF" ;->) was not
exposed to user space, and only the classic BPF programs internally
translated into eBPF programs, we missed the fact that for classic BPF
A and X needed to be cleared. It was fixed back then via 83d5b7ef99
("net: filter: initialize A and X registers"), and thus classic BPF
specifics were added to the eBPF interpreter core to work around it.
This added some confusion for JIT developers later on that take the
eBPF interpreter code as an example for deriving their JIT. F.e. in
f75298f5c3 ("s390/bpf: clear correct BPF accumulator register"), at
least X could leak stack memory. Furthermore, since this is only needed
for classic BPF translations and not for eBPF (verifier takes care
that read access to regs cannot be done uninitialized), more complexity
is added to JITs as they need to determine whether they deal with
migrations or native eBPF where they can just omit clearing A/X in
their prologue and thus reduce image size a bit, see f.e. cde66c2d88
("s390/bpf: Only clear A and X for converted BPF programs"). In other
cases (x86, arm64), A and X is being cleared in the prologue also for
eBPF case, which is unnecessary.
Lets move this into the BPF migration in bpf_convert_filter() where it
actually belongs as long as the number of eBPF JITs are still few. It
can thus be done generically; allowing us to remove the quirk from
__bpf_prog_run() and to slightly reduce JIT image size in case of eBPF,
while reducing code duplication on this matter in current(/future) eBPF
JITs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Holzheu <holzheu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Michael Holzheu <holzheu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Zi Shen Lim <zlim.lnx@gmail.com>
Cc: Yang Shi <yang.shi@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yang Shi <yang.shi@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Zi Shen Lim <zlim.lnx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hacking tc programs with eBPF, one of the issues that come up
from time to time is to load addresses from headers. In eBPF as in
classic BPF, we have BPF_LD | BPF_ABS | BPF_{B,H,W} instructions that
extract a byte, half-word or word out of the skb data though helpers
such as bpf_load_pointer() (interpreter case).
F.e. extracting a whole IPv6 address could possibly look like ...
union v6addr {
struct {
__u32 p1;
__u32 p2;
__u32 p3;
__u32 p4;
};
__u8 addr[16];
};
[...]
a.p1 = htonl(load_word(skb, off));
a.p2 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 4));
a.p3 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 8));
a.p4 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 12));
[...]
/* access to a.addr[...] */
This work adds a complementary helper bpf_skb_load_bytes() (we also
have bpf_skb_store_bytes()) as an alternative where the same call
would look like from an eBPF program:
ret = bpf_skb_load_bytes(skb, off, addr, sizeof(addr));
Same verifier restrictions apply as in ffeedafbf0 ("bpf: introduce
current->pid, tgid, uid, gid, comm accessors") case, where stack memory
access needs to be statically verified and thus guaranteed to be
initialized in first use (otherwise verifier cannot tell whether a
subsequent access to it is valid or not as it's runtime dependent).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/geneve.c
Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix uninitialized variable warnings in nfnetlink_queue, a lot of
people reported this... From Arnd Bergmann.
2) Don't init mutex twice in i40e driver, from Jesse Brandeburg.
3) Fix spurious EBUSY in rhashtable, from Herbert Xu.
4) Missing DMA unmaps in mvpp2 driver, from Marcin Wojtas.
5) Fix race with work structure access in pppoe driver causing
corruptions, from Guillaume Nault.
6) Fix OOPS due to sh_eth_rx() not checking whether netdev_alloc_skb()
actually succeeded or not, from Sergei Shtylyov.
7) Don't lose flags when settifn IFA_F_OPTIMISTIC in ipv6 code, from
Bjørn Mork.
8) VXLAN_HD_RCO defined incorrectly, fix from Jiri Benc.
9) Fix clock source used for cookies in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
10) aurora driver needs HAS_DMA dependency, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
11) ndo_fill_metadata_dst op of vxlan has to handle ipv6 tunneling
properly as well, from Jiri Benc.
12) Handle request sockets properly in xfrm layer, from Eric Dumazet.
13) Double stats update in ipv6 geneve transmit path, fix from Pravin B
Shelar.
14) sk->sk_policy[] needs RCU protection, and as a result
xfrm_policy_destroy() needs to free policies using an RCU grace
period, from Eric Dumazet.
15) SCTP needs to clone ipv6 tx options in order to avoid use after
free, from Eric Dumazet.
16) Missing kbuild export if ila.h, from Stephen Hemminger.
17) Missing mdiobus_alloc() return value checking in mdio-mux.c, from
Tobias Klauser.
18) Validate protocol value range in ->create() methods, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
19) Fix early socket demux races that result in illegal dst reuse, from
Eric Dumazet.
20) Validate socket address length in pptp code, from WANG Cong.
21) skb_reorder_vlan_header() uses incorrect offset and can corrupt
packets, from Vlad Yasevich.
22) Fix memory leaks in nl80211 registry code, from Ola Olsson.
23) Timeout loop count handing fixes in mISDN, xgbe, qlge, sfc, and
qlcnic. From Dan Carpenter.
24) msg.msg_iocb needs to be cleared in recvfrom() otherwise, for
example, AF_ALG will interpret it as an async call. From Tadeusz
Struk.
25) inetpeer_set_addr_v4 forgets to initialize the 'vif' field, from
Eric Dumazet.
26) rhashtable enforces the minimum table size not early enough,
breaking how we calculate the per-cpu lock allocations. From
Herbert Xu.
27) Fix FCC port lockup in 82xx driver, from Martin Roth.
28) FOU sockets need to be freed using RCU, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
29) Fix out-of-bounds access in __skb_complete_tx_timestamp() and
sock_setsockopt() wrt. timestamp handling. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (117 commits)
net: check both type and procotol for tcp sockets
drivers: net: xgene: fix Tx flow control
tcp: restore fastopen with no data in SYN packet
af_unix: Revert 'lock_interruptible' in stream receive code
fou: clean up socket with kfree_rcu
82xx: FCC: Fixing a bug causing to FCC port lock-up
gianfar: Don't enable RX Filer if not supported
net: fix warnings in 'make htmldocs' by moving macro definition out of field declaration
rhashtable: Fix walker list corruption
rhashtable: Enforce minimum size on initial hash table
inet: tcp: fix inetpeer_set_addr_v4()
ipv6: automatically enable stable privacy mode if stable_secret set
net: fix uninitialized variable issue
bluetooth: Validate socket address length in sco_sock_bind().
net_sched: make qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() work for non mq
ser_gigaset: remove unnecessary kfree() calls from release method
ser_gigaset: fix deallocation of platform device structure
ser_gigaset: turn nonsense checks into WARN_ON
ser_gigaset: fix up NULL checks
qlcnic: fix a timeout loop
...
Dmitry reported the following out-of-bound access:
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff816cec2e>] __asan_report_load4_noabort+0x3e/0x40
mm/kasan/report.c:294
[<ffffffff84affb14>] sock_setsockopt+0x1284/0x13d0 net/core/sock.c:880
[< inline >] SYSC_setsockopt net/socket.c:1746
[<ffffffff84aed7ee>] SyS_setsockopt+0x1fe/0x240 net/socket.c:1729
[<ffffffff85c18c76>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x16/0x7a
arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:185
This is because we mistake a raw socket as a tcp socket.
We should check both sk->sk_type and sk->sk_protocol to ensure
it is a tcp socket.
Willem points out __skb_complete_tx_timestamp() needs to fix as well.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemdebruijn.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change applications monitoring FDB notifications
were not able to determine whether a new FDB entry is permament
or not:
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f8 dev sw0p1 temp self
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f9 dev sw0p1 self
bridge monitor fdb
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f8 dev sw0p1 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f9 dev sw0p1 self permanent
With this change ndm_state from the original netlink message
is passed to the new netlink message sent as notification.
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev sw0p1 self
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f7 dev sw0p1 temp self
bridge monitor fdb
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev sw0p1 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f7 dev sw0p1 self static
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a SOCK_DESTROY operation, a destroy function
pointer to sock_diag_handler, and a diag_destroy function
pointer. It does not include any implementation code.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_csum_offload_chk driver helper function to determine if a
device with limited checksum offload capabilities is able to offload the
checksum for a given packet.
This patch includes:
- The skb_csum_offload_chk function. Returns true if checksum is
offloadable, else false. Optionally, in the case that the checksum
is not offloable, the function can call skb_checksum_help to resolve
the checksum. skb_csum_offload_chk also returns whether the checksum
refers to an encapsulated checksum.
- Definition of skb_csum_offl_spec structure that caller uses to
indicate rules about what it can offload (e.g. IPv4/v6, TCP/UDP only,
whether encapsulated checksums can be offloaded, whether checksum with
IPv6 extension headers can be offloaded).
- Ancilary functions called skb_csum_offload_chk_help,
skb_csum_off_chk_help_cmn, skb_csum_off_chk_help_cmn_v4_only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These netif flags are unnecessary convolutions. It is more
straightforward to just use NETIF_F_HW_CSUM, NETIF_F_IP_CSUM,
and NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM directly.
This patch also:
- Cleans up can_checksum_protocol
- Simplifies netdev_intersect_features
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The name NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is a misnomer. This does not correspond to the
set of features for offloading all checksums. This is a mask of the
checksum offload related features bits. It is incorrect to set both
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM and NETIF_F_IP_CSUM or NETIF_F_IPV6 at the same time for
features of a device.
This patch:
- Changes instances of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM to NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK (where
NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is being used as a mask).
- Changes bonding, sfc/efx, ipvlan, macvlan, vlan, and team drivers to
use NEITF_F_HW_CSUM in features list instead of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP checksum is really a CRC and is very different from the
standards 1's complement checksum that serves as the checksum
for IP protocols. This offload interface is also very different.
Rename NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to highlight these
differences. The term CSUM should be reserved in the stack to refer
to the standard 1's complement IP checksum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev drivers need to know the netdev on which the switchdev op was
invoked. For example, the STP state of a VLAN interface configured on top
of a port can change while being member in a bridge. In this case, the
underlying driver should only change the STP state of that particular
VLAN and not of all the VLANs configured on the port.
However, current switchdev infrastructure only passes the port netdev down
to the driver. Solve that by passing the original device down to the
driver as part of the required switchdev object / attribute.
This doesn't entail any change in current switchdev drivers. It simply
enables those supporting stacked devices to know the originating device
and act accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_reorder_vlan_header is called after the vlan header has
been pulled. As a result the offset of the begining of
the mac header has been incrased by 4 bytes (VLAN_HLEN).
When moving the mac addresses, include this incrase in
the offset calcualation so that the mac addresses are
copied correctly.
Fixes: a6e18ff111 (vlan: Fix untag operations of stacked vlans with REORDER_HEADER off)
CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM can deal with SYNACK messages, sent while listener socket
is not locked. We add proper rcu protection to __xfrm_sk_clone_policy()
and xfrm_sk_policy_lookup()
This might serve as the first step to remove xfrm.xfrm_policy_lock
use in fast path.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cgroup v1, dealing with cgroup membership was difficult because the
number of membership associations was unbound. As a result, cgroup v1
grew several controllers whose primary purpose is either tagging
membership or pull in configuration knobs from other subsystems so
that cgroup membership test can be avoided.
net_cls and net_prio controllers are examples of the latter. They
allow configuring network-specific attributes from cgroup side so that
network subsystem can avoid testing cgroup membership; unfortunately,
these are not only cumbersome but also problematic.
Both net_cls and net_prio aren't properly hierarchical. Both inherit
configuration from the parent on creation but there's no interaction
afterwards. An ancestor doesn't restrict the behavior in its subtree
in anyway and configuration changes aren't propagated downwards.
Especially when combined with cgroup delegation, this is problematic
because delegatees can mess up whatever network configuration
implemented at the system level. net_prio would allow the delegatees
to set whatever priority value regardless of CAP_NET_ADMIN and net_cls
the same for classid.
While it is possible to solve these issues from controller side by
implementing hierarchical allowable ranges in both controllers, it
would involve quite a bit of complexity in the controllers and further
obfuscate network configuration as it becomes even more difficult to
tell what's actually being configured looking from the network side.
While not much can be done for v1 at this point, as membership
handling is sane on cgroup v2, it'd be better to make cgroup matching
behave like other network matches and classifiers than introducing
further complications.
In preparation, this patch updates sock->sk_cgrp_data handling so that
it points to the v2 cgroup that sock was created in until either
net_prio or net_cls is used. Once either of the two is used,
sock->sk_cgrp_data reverts to its previous role of carrying prioidx
and classid. This is to avoid adding yet another cgroup related field
to struct sock.
As the mode switching can happen at most once per boot, the switching
mechanism is aimed at lowering hot path overhead. It may leak a
finite, likely small, number of cgroup refs and report spurious
prioidx or classid on switching; however, dynamic updates of prioidx
and classid have always been racy and lossy - socks between creation
and fd installation are never updated, config changes don't update
existing sockets at all, and prioidx may index with dead and recycled
cgroup IDs. Non-critical inaccuracies from small race windows won't
make any noticeable difference.
This patch doesn't make use of the pointer yet. The following patch
will implement netfilter match for cgroup2 membership.
v2: Use sock_cgroup_data to avoid inflating struct sock w/ another
cgroup specific field.
v3: Add comments explaining why sock_data_prioidx() and
sock_data_classid() use different fallback values.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sock->sk_cgrp_data which is a struct sock_cgroup_data.
->sk_cgroup_prioidx and ->sk_classid are moved into it. The struct
and its accessors are defined in cgroup-defs.h. This is to prepare
for overloading the fields with a cgroup pointer.
This patch mostly performs equivalent conversions but the followings
are noteworthy.
* Equality test before updating classid is removed from
sock_update_classid(). This shouldn't make any noticeable
difference and a similar test will be implemented on the helper side
later.
* sock_update_netprioidx() now takes struct sock_cgroup_data and can
be moved to netprio_cgroup.h without causing include dependency
loop. Moved.
* The dummy version of sock_update_netprioidx() converted to a static
inline function while at it.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netprio builds per-netdev contiguous priomap array which is indexed by
css->id. The array is allocated using kzalloc() effectively limiting
the maximum ID supported to some thousand range. This patch caps the
maximum supported css->id to USHRT_MAX which should be way above what
is actually useable.
This allows reducing sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx to u16 from u32. The freed
up part will be used to overload the cgroup related fields.
sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx's position is swapped with sk_mark so that the
two cgroup related fields are adjacent.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the kernel generally uses negated error numbers, *err needs to be
compared with -EAGAIN (d'oh).
Signed-off-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@mobileactivedefense.com>
Fixes: ea3793ee29 ("core: enable more fine-grained datagram reception control")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following commit which went into mainline through networking tree
3b13758f51 ("cgroups: Allow dynamically changing net_classid")
conflicts in net/core/netclassid_cgroup.c with the following pending
fix in cgroup/for-4.4-fixes.
1f7dd3e5a6 ("cgroup: fix handling of multi-destination migration from subtree_control enabling")
The former separates out update_classid() from cgrp_attach() and
updates it to walk all fds of all tasks in the target css so that it
can be used from both migration and config change paths. The latter
drops @css from cgrp_attach().
Resolve the conflict by making cgrp_attach() call update_classid()
with the css from the first task. We can revive @tset walking in
cgrp_attach() but given that net_cls is v1 only where there always is
only one target css during migration, this is fine.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Nina Schiff <ninasc@fb.com>
The __skb_recv_datagram routine in core/ datagram.c provides a general
skb reception factility supposed to be utilized by protocol modules
providing datagram sockets. It encompasses both the actual recvmsg code
and a surrounding 'sleep until data is available' loop. This is
inconvenient if a protocol module has to use additional locking in order
to maintain some per-socket state the generic datagram socket code is
unaware of (as the af_unix code does). The patch below moves the recvmsg
proper code into a new __skb_try_recv_datagram routine which doesn't
sleep and renames wait_for_more_packets to
__skb_wait_for_more_packets, both routines being exported interfaces. The
original __skb_recv_datagram routine is reimplemented on top of these
two functions such that its user-visible behaviour remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@mobileactivedefense.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Vyukov reported that SCTP was triggering a WARN on socket destroy
related to disabling sock timestamp.
When SCTP accepts an association or peel one off, it copies sock flags
but forgot to call net_enable_timestamp() if a packet timestamping flag
was copied, leading to extra calls to net_disable_timestamp() whenever
such clones were closed.
The fix is to call net_enable_timestamp() whenever we copy a sock with
that flag on, like tcp does.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Eric, these helpers should have const dev param.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/ravb_main.c
kernel/bpf/syscall.c
net/ipv4/ipmr.c
All three conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When lower device like bonding slave, team/bridge port, etc changes its
state, it is useful for others to notice this change. Currently this is
implemented specificly for bonding as NETDEV_BONDING_INFO notifier. This
patch aims to replace this specific usage and make this more generic to
be used for all upper-lower devices.
Introduce NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE netdev notifier type and
netdev_lower_state_changed() helper.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes the drivers and other code would find it handy to know some
internal information about upper device being changed. So allow upper-code
to pass information down to notifier listeners during linking.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate netdev_master_upper_dev_link_private and pass priv directly as
a parameter of netdev_master_upper_dev_link.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev drivers reflect the newly requested topology to hardware when
CHANGEUPPER is received, after software links were already formed.
However, the operation can fail and user will not be notified, as the
return value of the notifier is not checked.
Add this check and rollback software links if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing the np->opt RCU conversion, I found that UDP/IPv6 was
using a mixture of xchg() and sk_dst_lock to protect concurrent changes
to sk->sk_dst_cache, leading to possible corruptions and crashes.
ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow() uses sk_dst_check() anyway, so the simplest
way to fix the mess is to remove sk_dst_lock completely, as we did for
IPv4.
__ip6_dst_store() and ip6_dst_store() share same implementation.
sk_setup_caps() being called with socket lock being held or not,
we have to use sk_dst_set() instead of __sk_dst_set()
Note that I had to move the "np->dst_cookie = rt6_get_cookie(rt);"
in ip6_dst_store() before the sk_setup_caps(sk, dst) call.
This is because ip6_dst_store() can be called from process context,
without any lock held.
As soon as the dst is installed in sk->sk_dst_cache, dst can be freed
from another cpu doing a concurrent ip6_dst_store()
Doing the dst dereference before doing the install is needed to make
sure no use after free would trigger.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following v2 hierarchy.
P0 (+memory) --- P1 (-memory) --- A
\- B
P0 has memory enabled in its subtree_control while P1 doesn't. If
both A and B contain processes, they would belong to the memory css of
P1. Now if memory is enabled on P1's subtree_control, memory csses
should be created on both A and B and A's processes should be moved to
the former and B's processes the latter. IOW, enabling controllers
can cause atomic migrations into different csses.
The core cgroup migration logic has been updated accordingly but the
controller migration methods haven't and still assume that all tasks
migrate to a single target css; furthermore, the methods were fed the
css in which subtree_control was updated which is the parent of the
target csses. pids controller depends on the migration methods to
move charges and this made the controller attribute charges to the
wrong csses often triggering the following warning by driving a
counter negative.
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 1 at kernel/cgroup_pids.c:97 pids_cancel.constprop.6+0x31/0x40()
Modules linked in:
CPU: 1 PID: 1 Comm: systemd Not tainted 4.4.0-rc1+ #29
...
ffffffff81f65382 ffff88007c043b90 ffffffff81551ffc 0000000000000000
ffff88007c043bc8 ffffffff810de202 ffff88007a752000 ffff88007a29ab00
ffff88007c043c80 ffff88007a1d8400 0000000000000001 ffff88007c043bd8
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81551ffc>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82
[<ffffffff810de202>] warn_slowpath_common+0x82/0xc0
[<ffffffff810de2fa>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffff8118e031>] pids_cancel.constprop.6+0x31/0x40
[<ffffffff8118e0fd>] pids_can_attach+0x6d/0xf0
[<ffffffff81188a4c>] cgroup_taskset_migrate+0x6c/0x330
[<ffffffff81188e05>] cgroup_migrate+0xf5/0x190
[<ffffffff81189016>] cgroup_attach_task+0x176/0x200
[<ffffffff8118949d>] __cgroup_procs_write+0x2ad/0x460
[<ffffffff81189684>] cgroup_procs_write+0x14/0x20
[<ffffffff811854e5>] cgroup_file_write+0x35/0x1c0
[<ffffffff812e26f1>] kernfs_fop_write+0x141/0x190
[<ffffffff81265f88>] __vfs_write+0x28/0xe0
[<ffffffff812666fc>] vfs_write+0xac/0x1a0
[<ffffffff81267019>] SyS_write+0x49/0xb0
[<ffffffff81bcef32>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x76
This patch fixes the bug by removing @css parameter from the three
migration methods, ->can_attach, ->cancel_attach() and ->attach() and
updating cgroup_taskset iteration helpers also return the destination
css in addition to the task being migrated. All controllers are
updated accordingly.
* Controllers which don't care whether there are one or multiple
target csses can be converted trivially. cpu, io, freezer, perf,
netclassid and netprio fall in this category.
* cpuset's current implementation assumes that there's single source
and destination and thus doesn't support v2 hierarchy already. The
only change made by this patchset is how that single destination css
is obtained.
* memory migration path already doesn't do anything on v2. How the
single destination css is obtained is updated and the prep stage of
mem_cgroup_can_attach() is reordered to accomodate the change.
* pids is the only controller which was affected by this bug. It now
correctly handles multi-destination migrations and no longer causes
counter underflow from incorrect accounting.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-and-tested-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Proxy entries could have null pointer to net-device.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Fixes: 84920c1420 ("net: Allow ipv6 proxies and arp proxies be shown with iproute2")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry provided a syzkaller (http://github.com/google/syzkaller)
triggering a fault in sock_wake_async() when async IO is requested.
Said program stressed af_unix sockets, but the issue is generic
and should be addressed in core networking stack.
The problem is that by the time sock_wake_async() is called,
we should not access the @flags field of 'struct socket',
as the inode containing this socket might be freed without
further notice, and without RCU grace period.
We already maintain an RCU protected structure, "struct socket_wq"
so moving SOCKWQ_ASYNC_NOSPACE & SOCKWQ_ASYNC_WAITDATA into it
is the safe route.
It also reduces number of cache lines needing dirtying, so might
provide a performance improvement anyway.
In followup patches, we might move remaining flags (SOCK_NOSPACE,
SOCK_PASSCRED, SOCK_PASSSEC) to save 8 bytes and let 'struct socket'
being mostly read and let it being shared between cpus.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup to make following patch easier to
review.
Goal is to move SOCK_ASYNC_NOSPACE and SOCK_ASYNC_WAITDATA
from (struct socket)->flags to a (struct socket_wq)->flags
to benefit from RCU protection in sock_wake_async()
To ease backports, we rename both constants.
Two new helpers, sk_set_bit(int nr, struct sock *sk)
and sk_clear_bit(int net, struct sock *sk) are added so that
following patch can change their implementation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory barrier in the helper wq_has_sleeper is needed by just
about every user of waitqueue_active. This patch generalises it
by making it take a wait_queue_head_t directly. The existing
helper is renamed to skwq_has_sleeper.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classid of a process is changed either when a process is moved to
or from a cgroup or when the net_cls.classid file is updated.
Previously net_cls only supported propogating these changes to the
cgroup's related sockets when a process was added or removed from the
cgroup. This means it was neccessary to remove and re-add all processes
to a cgroup in order to update its classid. This change introduces
support for doing this dynamically - i.e. when the value is changed in
the net_cls_classid file, this will also trigger an update to the
classid associated with all sockets controlled by the cgroup.
This mimics the behaviour of other cgroup subsystems.
net_prio circumvents this issue by storing an index into a table with
each socket (and so any updates to the table, don't require updating
the value associated with the socket). net_cls, however, passes the
socket the classid directly, and so this additional step is needed.
Signed-off-by: Nina Schiff <ninasc@fb.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David and HacKurx reported a following/similar size overflow triggered
in a grsecurity kernel, thanks to PaX's gcc size overflow plugin:
(Already fixed in later grsecurity versions by Brad and PaX Team.)
[ 1002.296137] PAX: size overflow detected in function scm_detach_fds net/core/scm.c:314
cicus.202_127 min, count: 4, decl: msg_controllen; num: 0; context: msghdr;
[ 1002.296145] CPU: 0 PID: 3685 Comm: scm_rights_recv Not tainted 4.2.3-grsec+ #7
[ 1002.296149] Hardware name: Apple Inc. MacBookAir5,1/Mac-66F35F19FE2A0D05, [...]
[ 1002.296153] ffffffff81c27366 0000000000000000 ffffffff81c27375 ffffc90007843aa8
[ 1002.296162] ffffffff818129ba 0000000000000000 ffffffff81c27366 ffffc90007843ad8
[ 1002.296169] ffffffff8121f838 fffffffffffffffc fffffffffffffffc ffffc90007843e60
[ 1002.296176] Call Trace:
[ 1002.296190] [<ffffffff818129ba>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[ 1002.296200] [<ffffffff8121f838>] report_size_overflow+0x38/0x60
[ 1002.296209] [<ffffffff816a979e>] scm_detach_fds+0x2ce/0x300
[ 1002.296220] [<ffffffff81791899>] unix_stream_read_generic+0x609/0x930
[ 1002.296228] [<ffffffff81791c9f>] unix_stream_recvmsg+0x4f/0x60
[ 1002.296236] [<ffffffff8178dc00>] ? unix_set_peek_off+0x50/0x50
[ 1002.296243] [<ffffffff8168fac7>] sock_recvmsg+0x47/0x60
[ 1002.296248] [<ffffffff81691522>] ___sys_recvmsg+0xe2/0x1e0
[ 1002.296257] [<ffffffff81693496>] __sys_recvmsg+0x46/0x80
[ 1002.296263] [<ffffffff816934fc>] SyS_recvmsg+0x2c/0x40
[ 1002.296271] [<ffffffff8181a3ab>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x85
Further investigation showed that this can happen when an *odd* number of
fds are being passed over AF_UNIX sockets.
In these cases CMSG_LEN(i * sizeof(int)) and CMSG_SPACE(i * sizeof(int)),
where i is the number of successfully passed fds, differ by 4 bytes due
to the extra CMSG_ALIGN() padding in CMSG_SPACE() to an 8 byte boundary
on 64 bit. The padding is used to align subsequent cmsg headers in the
control buffer.
When the control buffer passed in from the receiver side *lacks* these 4
bytes (e.g. due to buggy/wrong API usage), then msg->msg_controllen will
overflow in scm_detach_fds():
int cmlen = CMSG_LEN(i * sizeof(int)); <--- cmlen w/o tail-padding
err = put_user(SOL_SOCKET, &cm->cmsg_level);
if (!err)
err = put_user(SCM_RIGHTS, &cm->cmsg_type);
if (!err)
err = put_user(cmlen, &cm->cmsg_len);
if (!err) {
cmlen = CMSG_SPACE(i * sizeof(int)); <--- cmlen w/ 4 byte extra tail-padding
msg->msg_control += cmlen;
msg->msg_controllen -= cmlen; <--- iff no tail-padding space here ...
} ... wrap-around
F.e. it will wrap to a length of 18446744073709551612 bytes in case the
receiver passed in msg->msg_controllen of 20 bytes, and the sender
properly transferred 1 fd to the receiver, so that its CMSG_LEN results
in 20 bytes and CMSG_SPACE in 24 bytes.
In case of MSG_CMSG_COMPAT (scm_detach_fds_compat()), I haven't seen an
issue in my tests as alignment seems always on 4 byte boundary. Same
should be in case of native 32 bit, where we end up with 4 byte boundaries
as well.
In practice, passing msg->msg_controllen of 20 to recvmsg() while receiving
a single fd would mean that on successful return, msg->msg_controllen is
being set by the kernel to 24 bytes instead, thus more than the input
buffer advertised. It could f.e. become an issue if such application later
on zeroes or copies the control buffer based on the returned msg->msg_controllen
elsewhere.
Maximum number of fds we can send is a hard upper limit SCM_MAX_FD (253).
Going over the code, it seems like msg->msg_controllen is not being read
after scm_detach_fds() in scm_recv() anymore by the kernel, good!
Relevant recvmsg() handler are unix_dgram_recvmsg() (unix_seqpacket_recvmsg())
and unix_stream_recvmsg(). Both return back to their recvmsg() caller,
and ___sys_recvmsg() places the updated length, that is, new msg_control -
old msg_control pointer into msg->msg_controllen (hence the 24 bytes seen
in the example).
Long time ago, Wei Yongjun fixed something related in commit 1ac70e7ad2
("[NET]: Fix function put_cmsg() which may cause usr application memory
overflow").
RFC3542, section 20.2. says:
The fields shown as "XX" are possible padding, between the cmsghdr
structure and the data, and between the data and the next cmsghdr
structure, if required by the implementation. While sending an
application may or may not include padding at the end of last
ancillary data in msg_controllen and implementations must accept both
as valid. On receiving a portable application must provide space for
padding at the end of the last ancillary data as implementations may
copy out the padding at the end of the control message buffer and
include it in the received msg_controllen. When recvmsg() is called
if msg_controllen is too small for all the ancillary data items
including any trailing padding after the last item an implementation
may set MSG_CTRUNC.
Since we didn't place MSG_CTRUNC for already quite a long time, just do
the same as in 1ac70e7ad2 to avoid an overflow.
Btw, even man-page author got this wrong :/ See db939c9b26e9 ("cmsg.3: Fix
error in SCM_RIGHTS code sample"). Some people must have copied this (?),
thus it got triggered in the wild (reported several times during boot by
David and HacKurx).
No Fixes tag this time as pre 2002 (that is, pre history tree).
Reported-by: David Sterba <dave@jikos.cz>
Reported-by: HacKurx <hackurx@gmail.com>
Cc: PaX Team <pageexec@freemail.hu>
Cc: Emese Revfy <re.emese@gmail.com>
Cc: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Cc: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tracepoint to show fib6 table lookups and result.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_alloc_skb() can return NULL.
We should not crash should this happen.
Fixes: 93f93a4404 ("net: move skb_mark_napi_id() into core networking stack")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI drivers no longer need to observe a particular protocol
to benefit from busy polling (CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL=y)
napi_hash_add() and napi_hash_del() are automatically called
from core networking stack, respectively from
netif_napi_add() and netif_napi_del()
This patch depends on free_netdev() and netif_napi_del() being
called from process context, which seems to be the norm.
Drivers might still prefer to call napi_hash_del() on their
own, since they might combine all the rcu grace periods into
a single one, knowing their NAPI structures lifetime, while
core networking stack has no idea of a possible combining.
Once this patch proves to not bring serious regressions,
we will cleanup drivers to either remove napi_hash_del()
or provide appropriate rcu grace periods combining.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_hash_del() will soon be used from both drivers (if they want)
or core networking stack.
Callers are responsibles to ensure an RCU grace period is respected
before freeing napi structure : napi_hash_del() can signal if
this RCU grace period is needed or not.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not often add/delete a napi context.
Moving napi_hash[] into read mostly section avoids potential false sharing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_tx_napi_add() is a variant of netif_napi_add()
It should be used by drivers that use a napi structure
to exclusively poll TX.
We do not want to add this kind of napi in napi_hash[] in following
patches, adding generic busy polling to all NAPI drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to automatically provide busy polling support
to all NAPI drivers, without them having to implement anything.
skb_mark_napi_id() can be called from napi_gro_receive() and
napi_get_frags().
Few drivers are still calling skb_mark_napi_id() because
they use netif_receive_skb(). They should eventually call
napi_gro_receive() instead. I will leave this to drivers
maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having to implement complex ndo_busy_poll() method,
drivers can simply rely on NAPI poll logic.
Busy polling gains are mainly coming from polling itself,
not on exact details on how we poll the device.
ndo_busy_poll() if implemented can avoid touching
napi state, but it adds extra synchronization between
normal napi->poll() and busy poll handler, slowing down
the common path (non busy polling) with extra atomic operations.
In practice few drivers ever got busy poll because of the complexity.
We could go one step further, and make busy polling
available for all NAPI drivers, but this would require
that all netif_napi_del() calls are done in process context
so that we can call synchronize_rcu().
Full audit would be required.
Before this is done, a driver still needs to call :
- skb_mark_napi_id() for each skb provided to the stack.
- napi_hash_add() and napi_hash_del() to allocate a napi_id per napi struct.
- Make sure RCU grace period is respected after napi_hash_del() before
memory containing napi structure is freed.
Followup patch implements busy poll for mlx5 driver as an example.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of blocking BH in whole sk_busy_loop(), block them
only around ->ndo_busy_poll() calls.
This has many benefits.
1) allow tunneled traffic to use busy poll as well as native traffic.
Tunnels handlers usually call netif_rx() and depend on net_rx_action()
being run (from sofirq handler)
2) allow RFS/RPS being used (sending IPI to other cpus if needed)
3) use the 'lets burn cpu cycles' budget to do useful work
(like TX completions, timers, RCU callbacks...)
4) reduce BH latencies, making busy poll a better citizen.
Tested:
Tested with SIT tunnel
lpaa5:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa5:~# ./netperf -H 2002:af6:786::1 -t TCP_RR
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from ::0 (::) port 0 AF_INET6 to 2002:af6:786::1 () port 0 AF_INET6 : first burst 0
Local /Remote
Socket Size Request Resp. Elapsed Trans.
Send Recv Size Size Time Rate
bytes Bytes bytes bytes secs. per sec
16384 87380 1 1 10.00 37373.93
16384 87380
Now enable busy poll on both hosts
lpaa5:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa6:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa5:~# ./netperf -H 2002:af6:786::1 -t TCP_RR
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from ::0 (::) port 0 AF_INET6 to 2002:af6:786::1 () port 0 AF_INET6 : first burst 0
Local /Remote
Socket Size Request Resp. Elapsed Trans.
Send Recv Size Size Time Rate
bytes Bytes bytes bytes secs. per sec
16384 87380 1 1 10.00 58314.77
16384 87380
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is really little gain from inlining this big function.
We'll soon make it even bigger in following patches.
This means we no longer need to export napi_by_id()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id share a common storage,
and we had various bugs about this.
We had to call skb_sender_cpu_clear() in some places to
not leave a prior skb->napi_id and fool netdev_pick_tx()
As suggested by Alexei, we could split the space so that
these errors can not happen.
0 value being reserved as the common (not initialized) value,
let's reserve [1 .. NR_CPUS] range for valid sender_cpu,
and [NR_CPUS+1 .. ~0U] for valid napi_id.
This will allow proper busy polling support over tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 00ee592717 ("net: fix __netdev_update_features return
on ndo_set_features failure")
and adds a comment explaining why it's okay to return a value other than
0 upon error. Some drivers might actually change flags and return an
error so it's better to fire a spurious notification rather than miss
these.
CC: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following warning:
CC net/core/rtnetlink.o
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function ‘rtnl_fill_ifinfo’:
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1308:1: warning: the frame size of 2864 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
}
^
by splitting up the huge rtnl_fill_ifinfo into some smaller ones, so we
don't have the huge frame allocations at the same time.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. new skb only need dst and ip address(v4 or v6).
2. skb_copy may need high order pages, which is very rare on long running server.
Signed-off-by: Junwei Zhang <linggao.zjw@alibaba-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <martinbj2008@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have multiple stacked vlan devices all of which have
turned off REORDER_HEADER flag, the untag operation does not
locate the ethernet addresses correctly for nested vlans.
The reason is that in case of REORDER_HEADER flag being off,
the outer vlan headers are put back and the mac_len is adjusted
to account for the presense of the header. Then, the subsequent
untag operation, for the next level vlan, always use VLAN_ETH_HLEN
to locate the begining of the ethernet header and that ends up
being a multiple of 4 bytes short of the actuall beginning
of the mac header (the multiple depending on the how many vlan
encapsulations ethere are).
As a reslult, if there are multiple levles of vlan devices
with REODER_HEADER being off, the recevied packets end up
being dropped.
To solve this, we use skb->mac_len as the offset. The value
is always set on receive path and starts out as a ETH_HLEN.
The value is also updated when the vlan header manupations occur
so we know it will be correct.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent flaw in the netdev feature setting resulted in warnings
like this one from VLAN interfaces:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 4975 at net/core/dev.c:2419 skb_warn_bad_offload+0xbc/0xcb()
: caps=(0x00000000001b5820, 0x00000000001b5829) len=2782 data_len=0 gso_size=1348 gso_type=16 ip_summed=3
The ":" is supposed to be preceded by a driver name, but in this
case it is an empty string since the device has no parent.
There are many types of network devices without a parent. The
anonymous warnings for these devices can be hard to debug. Log
the network device name instead in these cases to assist further
debugging.
This is mostly similar to how __netdev_printk() handles orphan
devices.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ndo_set_features fails __netdev_update_features() will return -1 but
this is wrong because it is expected to return 0 if no features were
changed (see netdev_update_features()), which will cause a netdev
notifier to be called without any actual changes. Fix this by returning
0 if ndo_set_features fails.
Fixes: 6cb6a27c45 ("net: Call netdev_features_change() from netdev_update_features()")
CC: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __netdev_update_features() was updated to ensure some features are
disabled on new lower devices, an error was introduced for devices which
don't have the ndo_set_features() method set. Before we'll just set the
new features, but now we return an error and don't set them. Fix this by
returning the old behaviour and setting err to 0 when ndo_set_features
is not present.
Fixes: e7868a85e1 ("net/core: ensure features get disabled on new lower devs")
CC: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix null deref in xt_TEE netfilter module, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Several spots need to get to the original listner for SYN-ACK
packets, most spots got this ok but some were not. Whilst covering
the remaining cases, create a helper to do this. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Missiing check of return value from alloc_netdev() in CAIF SPI code,
from Rasmus Villemoes.
4) Don't sleep while != TASK_RUNNING in macvtap, from Vlad Yasevich.
5) Use after free in mvneta driver, from Justin Maggard.
6) Fix race on dst->flags access in dst_release(), from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add missing ZLIB_INFLATE dependency for new qed driver. From Arnd
Bergmann.
8) Fix multicast getsockopt deadlock, from WANG Cong.
9) Fix deadlock in btusb, from Kuba Pawlak.
10) Some ipv6_add_dev() failure paths were not cleaning up the SNMP6
counter state. From Sabrina Dubroca.
11) Fix packet_bind() race, which can cause lost notifications, from
Francesco Ruggeri.
12) Fix MAC restoration in qlcnic driver during bonding mode changes,
from Jarod Wilson.
13) Revert bridging forward delay change which broke libvirt and other
userspace things, from Vlad Yasevich.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
Revert "bridge: Allow forward delay to be cfgd when STP enabled"
bpf_trace: Make dependent on PERF_EVENTS
qed: select ZLIB_INFLATE
net: fix a race in dst_release()
net: mvneta: Fix memory use after free.
net: Documentation: Fix default value tcp_limit_output_bytes
macvtap: Resolve possible __might_sleep warning in macvtap_do_read()
mvneta: add FIXED_PHY dependency
net: caif: check return value of alloc_netdev
net: hisilicon: NET_VENDOR_HISILICON should depend on HAS_DMA
drivers: net: xgene: fix RGMII 10/100Mb mode
netfilter: nft_meta: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
net_sched: em_meta: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
sched: cls_flow: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
netfilter: xt_owner: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
smack: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
net: add skb_to_full_sk() helper and use it in selinux_netlbl_skbuff_setsid()
bpf: doc: correct arch list for supported eBPF JIT
dwc_eth_qos: Delete an unnecessary check before the function call "of_node_put"
bonding: fix panic on non-ARPHRD_ETHER enslave failure
...
Only cpu seeing dst refcount going to 0 can safely
dereference dst->flags.
Otherwise an other cpu might already have freed the dst.
Fixes: 27b75c95f1 ("net: avoid RCU for NOCACHE dst")
Reported-by: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__GFP_WAIT has been used to identify atomic context in callers that hold
spinlocks or are in interrupts. They are expected to be high priority and
have access one of two watermarks lower than "min" which can be referred
to as the "atomic reserve". __GFP_HIGH users get access to the first
lower watermark and can be called the "high priority reserve".
Over time, callers had a requirement to not block when fallback options
were available. Some have abused __GFP_WAIT leading to a situation where
an optimisitic allocation with a fallback option can access atomic
reserves.
This patch uses __GFP_ATOMIC to identify callers that are truely atomic,
cannot sleep and have no alternative. High priority users continue to use
__GFP_HIGH. __GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM identifies callers that can sleep and
are willing to enter direct reclaim. __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM to identify
callers that want to wake kswapd for background reclaim. __GFP_WAIT is
redefined as a caller that is willing to enter direct reclaim and wake
kswapd for background reclaim.
This patch then converts a number of sites
o __GFP_ATOMIC is used by callers that are high priority and have memory
pools for those requests. GFP_ATOMIC uses this flag.
o Callers that have a limited mempool to guarantee forward progress clear
__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM but keep __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM. bio allocations fall
into this category where kswapd will still be woken but atomic reserves
are not used as there is a one-entry mempool to guarantee progress.
o Callers that are checking if they are non-blocking should use the
helper gfpflags_allow_blocking() where possible. This is because
checking for __GFP_WAIT as was done historically now can trigger false
positives. Some exceptions like dm-crypt.c exist where the code intent
is clearer if __GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM is used instead of the helper due to
flag manipulations.
o Callers that built their own GFP flags instead of starting with GFP_KERNEL
and friends now also need to specify __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM.
The first key hazard to watch out for is callers that removed __GFP_WAIT
and was depending on access to atomic reserves for inconspicuous reasons.
In some cases it may be appropriate for them to use __GFP_HIGH.
The second key hazard is callers that assembled their own combination of
GFP flags instead of starting with something like GFP_KERNEL. They may
now wish to specify __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM. It's almost certainly harmless
if it's missed in most cases as other activity will wake kswapd.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vitaly Wool <vitalywool@gmail.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With moving netdev_sync_lower_features() after the .ndo_set_features
calls, I neglected to verify that devices added *after* a flag had been
disabled on an upper device were properly added with that flag disabled as
well. This currently happens, because we exit __netdev_update_features()
when we see dev->features == features for the upper dev. We can retain the
optimization of leaving without calling .ndo_set_features with a bit of
tweaking and a goto here.
Fixes: fd867d51f8 ("net/core: generic support for disabling netdev features down stack")
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Nikolay and further explained by Geert, the initial
for_each_netdev_feature macro was broken, as feature would get set outside
of the block of code it was intended to run in, thus only ever working for
the first feature bit in the mask. While less pretty this way, this is
tested and confirmed functional with multiple feature bits set in
NETIF_F_UPPER_DISABLES.
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 lro off
...
[ 242.761394] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 243.552178] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 244.353978] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 245.147420] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 gro off
...
[ 251.925645] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000004000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 252.713693] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 253.499085] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000004000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 254.290922] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
Fixes: fd867d51f ("net/core: generic support for disabling netdev features down stack")
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the definition of PTP_CLASS_L2 to not have any bits overlapping with
the other defined protocol values, allowing the PTP_CLASS_* definitions to
be for simple filtering on packet type.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some netdev features, which when disabled on an upper device,
such as a bonding master or a bridge, must be disabled and cannot be
re-enabled on underlying devices.
This is a rework of an earlier more heavy-handed appraoch, which simply
disables and prevents re-enabling of netdev features listed in a new
define in include/net/netdev_features.h, NETIF_F_UPPER_DISABLES. Any upper
device that disables a flag in that feature mask, the disabling will
propagate down the stack, and any lower device that has any upper device
with one of those flags disabled should not be able to enable said flag.
Initially, only LRO is included for proof of concept, and because this
code effectively does the same thing as dev_disable_lro(), though it will
also activate from the ethtool path, which was one of the goals here.
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k bond0 |grep large
large-receive-offload: on
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k p5p1 |grep large
large-receive-offload: on
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 lro off
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k bond0 |grep large
large-receive-offload: off
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k p5p1 |grep large
large-receive-offload: off
dmesg dump:
[ 1033.277986] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 1034.067949] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 1034.753612] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 1035.591019] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
This has been successfully tested with bnx2x, qlcnic and netxen network
cards as slaves in a bond interface. Turning LRO on or off on the master
also turns it on or off on each of the slaves, new slaves are added with
LRO in the same state as the master, and LRO can't be toggled on the
slaves.
Also, this should largely remove the need for dev_disable_lro(), and most,
if not all, of its call sites can be replaced by simply making sure
NETIF_F_LRO isn't included in the relevant device's feature flags.
Note that this patch is driven by bug reports from users saying it was
confusing that bonds and slaves had different settings for the same
features, and while it won't be 100% in sync if a lower device doesn't
support a feature like LRO, I think this is a good step in the right
direction.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_set_owner_w() is called from various places that assume
skb->sk always point to a full blown socket (as it changes
sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We'd like to attach skb to request sockets, and in the future
to timewait sockets as well. For these kind of pseudo sockets,
we need to take a traditional refcount and use sock_edemux()
as the destructor.
It is now time to un-inline skb_set_owner_w(), being too big.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Bisected-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netstamp_needed is toggled for all socket families if they request
timestamping. But some protocols don't need the lower-layer timestamping
code at all. This patch starts disabling it for af-unix.
E.g. systemd enables timestamping during boot-up on the journald af-unix
sockets, thus causing the system to globally enable timestamping in the
lower networking stack. Still, it is very probable that timestamping
gets activated, by e.g. dhclient or various NTP implementations.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding IPv6 for the TSO helper API is trivial:
* Don't play with the id (which doesn't exist in IPv6)
* Correctly update the payload_len (don't include the
length of the IP header itself)
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c
net/openvswitch/vport-vxlan.c
net/openvswitch/vport.c
net/openvswitch/vport.h
The openvswitch conflicts were overlapping changes. One was
the egress tunnel info fix in 'net' and the other was the
vport ->send() op simplification in 'net-next'.
The xfrm6_output.c conflicts was also a simplification
overlapping a bug fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink directives and ndo entry to trust VF user.
This controls the special permission of VF user.
The administrator will dedicatedly trust VF user to use some features
which impacts security and/or performance.
The administrator never turn it on unless VF user is fully trusted.
CC: Sy Jong Choi <sy.jong.choi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While transitioning to netdev based vport we broke OVS
feature which allows user to retrieve tunnel packet egress
information for lwtunnel devices. Following patch fixes it
by introducing ndo operation to get the tunnel egress info.
Same ndo operation can be used for lwtunnel devices and compat
ovs-tnl-vport devices. So after adding such device operation
we can remove similar operation from ovs-vport.
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if_nlmsg_size() overestimates the minimum allocation size of netlink
dump request (when called from rtnl_calcit()) or the size of the
message (when called from rtnl_getlink()). This is because
ext_filter_mask is not supported by rtnl_link_get_af_size() and
rtnl_link_get_size().
The over-estimation is significant when at least one netdev has many
VLANs configured (8 bytes for each configured VLAN).
This patch-set "rightsizes" the protocol specific attribute size
calculation by propagating ext_filter_mask to rtnl_link_get_af_size()
and adding this a argument to get_link_af_size op in rtnl_af_ops.
Bridge module already used filtering aware sizing for notifications.
br_get_link_af_size_filtered() is consistent with the modified
get_link_af_size op so it replaces br_get_link_af_size() in br_af_ops.
br_get_link_af_size() becomes unused and thus removed.
Signed-off-by: Ronen Arad <ronen.arad@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This newly introduced netdevice notifier is called before actual change
upper happens. That provides a possibility for notifier handlers to
know upper change will happen and react to it, including possibility to
forbid the change. That is valuable for drivers which can check if the
upper device linkage is supported and forbid that in case it is not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that kernel memory can leak into userspace by a
kmalloc, ethtool_get_strings, then copy_to_user sequence.
Avoid this by using kcalloc to zero fill the copied buffer.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SO_INCOMING_CPU as added in commit 2c8c56e15d was a getsockopt() command
to fetch incoming cpu handling a particular TCP flow after accept()
This commits adds setsockopt() support and extends SO_REUSEPORT selection
logic : If a TCP listener or UDP socket has this option set, a packet is
delivered to this socket only if CPU handling the packet matches the specified
one.
This allows to build very efficient TCP servers, using one listener per
RX queue, as the associated TCP listener should only accept flows handled
in softirq by the same cpu.
This provides optimal NUMA behavior and keep cpu caches hot.
Note that __inet_lookup_listener() still has to iterate over the list of
all listeners. Following patch puts sk_refcnt in a different cache line
to let this iteration hit only shared and read mostly cache lines.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's useful to allow users to set fwmark for an individual packet,
without changing the socket state. The function this patch adds in
sock layer can be used by the protocols that need such a feature.
Signed-off-by: Edward Hyunkoo Jee <edjee@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let unprivileged users load and execute eBPF programs
teach verifier to prevent pointer leaks.
Verifier will prevent
- any arithmetic on pointers
(except R10+Imm which is used to compute stack addresses)
- comparison of pointers
(except if (map_value_ptr == 0) ... )
- passing pointers to helper functions
- indirectly passing pointers in stack to helper functions
- returning pointer from bpf program
- storing pointers into ctx or maps
Spill/fill of pointers into stack is allowed, but mangling
of pointers stored in the stack or reading them byte by byte is not.
Within bpf programs the pointers do exist, since programs need to
be able to access maps, pass skb pointer to LD_ABS insns, etc
but programs cannot pass such pointer values to the outside
or obfuscate them.
Only allow BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER unprivileged programs,
so that socket filters (tcpdump), af_packet (quic acceleration)
and future kcm can use it.
tracing and tc cls/act program types still require root permissions,
since tracing actually needs to be able to see all kernel pointers
and tc is for root only.
For example, the following unprivileged socket filter program is allowed:
int bpf_prog1(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
u32 index = load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
u64 *value = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&my_map, &index);
if (value)
*value += skb->len;
return 0;
}
but the following program is not:
int bpf_prog1(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
u32 index = load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
u64 *value = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&my_map, &index);
if (value)
*value += (u64) skb;
return 0;
}
since it would leak the kernel address into the map.
Unprivileged socket filter bpf programs have access to the
following helper functions:
- map lookup/update/delete (but they cannot store kernel pointers into them)
- get_random (it's already exposed to unprivileged user space)
- get_smp_processor_id
- tail_call into another socket filter program
- ktime_get_ns
The feature is controlled by sysctl kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled.
This toggle defaults to off (0), but can be set true (1). Once true,
bpf programs and maps cannot be accessed from unprivileged process,
and the toggle cannot be set back to false.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF socket filter programs may see junk in 'u32 cb[5]' area,
since it could have been used by protocol layers earlier.
For socket filter programs used in af_packet we need to clean
20 bytes of skb->cb area if it could be used by the program.
For programs attached to TCP/UDP sockets we need to save/restore
these 20 bytes, since it's used by protocol layers.
Remove SK_RUN_FILTER macro, since it's no longer used.
Long term we may move this bpf cb area to per-cpu scratch, but that
requires addition of new 'per-cpu load/store' instructions,
so not suitable as a short term fix.
Fixes: d691f9e8d4 ("bpf: allow programs to write to certain skb fields")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Makefile currently controlling compilation of this code lists
it under "obj-y" ...meaning that it currently is not being built as
a module by anyone.
Lets remove the modular code that is essentially orphaned, so that
when reading the driver there is no doubt it is builtin-only.
Since module_init translates to device_initcall in the non-modular
case, the init ordering remains unchanged with this commit. We can
change to one of the other priority initcalls (subsys?) at any later
date, if desired.
We can't remove module.h since the file uses other module related
stuff even though it is not modular itself.
We move the information from the MODULE_LICENSE tag to the top of the
file, since that information is not captured anywhere else. The
MODULE_ALIAS_NET_PF_PROTO becomes a no-op in the non modular case, so
it is removed.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes lockdep_rtnl_is_held return bool due to this
particular function only using either one or zero as its return
value.
In another patch lockdep_is_held is also made return bool.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Yaowei Bai <bywxiaobai@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While recently arguing on a seccomp discussion that raw prandom_u32()
access shouldn't be exposed to unpriviledged user space, I forgot the
fact that SKF_AD_RANDOM extension actually already does it for some time
in cBPF via commit 4cd3675ebf ("filter: added BPF random opcode").
Since prandom_u32() is being used in a lot of critical networking code,
lets be more conservative and split their states. Furthermore, consolidate
eBPF and cBPF prandom handlers to use the new internal PRNG. For eBPF,
bpf_get_prandom_u32() was only accessible for priviledged users, but
should that change one day, we also don't want to leak raw sequences
through things like eBPF maps.
One thought was also to have own per bpf_prog states, but due to ABI
reasons this is not easily possible, i.e. the program code currently
cannot access bpf_prog itself, and copying the rnd_state to/from the
stack scratch space whenever a program uses the prng seems not really
worth the trouble and seems too hacky. If needed, taus113 could in such
cases be implemented within eBPF using a map entry to keep the state
space, or get_random_bytes() could become a second helper in cases where
performance would not be critical.
Both sides can trigger a one-time late init via prandom_init_once() on
the shared state. Performance-wise, there should even be a tiny gain
as bpf_user_rnd_u32() saves one function call. The PRNG needs to live
inside the BPF core since kernels could have a NET-less config as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Chema Gonzalez <chema@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no good reason why users outside of networking should not
be using this facility, f.e. for initializing their seeds.
Therefore, make it accessible from there as get_random_once().
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before
forwarding"), we also need to clear the skb->sender_cpu when moving
from RX to TX via skb_do_redirect() due to the shared location of
napi_id (used on RX) and sender_cpu (used on TX).
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before forwarding")
the skb->sender_cpu needs to be cleared before xmit.
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace is already passed into dst_output pass it into
dst->output lwt->output and friends.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering neighbor dumps by device by adding the
NDA_IFINDEX attribute to the dump request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current ongoing effort to dump existing cBPF seccomp filters back
to user space requires to hold the pre-transformed instructions like
we do in case of socket filters from sk_attach_filter() side, so they
can be reloaded in original form at a later point in time by utilities
such as criu.
To prepare for this, simply extend the bpf_prog_create_from_user()
API to hold a flag that tells whether we should store the original
or not. Also, fanout filters could make use of that in future for
things like diag. While fanout filters already use bpf_prog_destroy(),
move seccomp over to them as well to handle original programs when
present.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Tested-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sockets have a native eBPF program attached through
setsockopt(sk, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_BPF, ...), and then try to
dump these over getsockopt(sk, SOL_SOCKET, SO_GET_FILTER, ...),
the following panic appears:
[49904.178642] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
[49904.178762] IP: [<ffffffff81610fd9>] sk_get_filter+0x39/0x90
[49904.182000] PGD 86fc9067 PUD 531a1067 PMD 0
[49904.185196] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
[49904.224677] Call Trace:
[49904.226090] [<ffffffff815e3d49>] sock_getsockopt+0x319/0x740
[49904.227535] [<ffffffff812f59e3>] ? sock_has_perm+0x63/0x70
[49904.228953] [<ffffffff815e2fc8>] ? release_sock+0x108/0x150
[49904.230380] [<ffffffff812f5a43>] ? selinux_socket_getsockopt+0x23/0x30
[49904.231788] [<ffffffff815dff36>] SyS_getsockopt+0xa6/0xc0
[49904.233267] [<ffffffff8171b9ae>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x71
The underlying issue is the very same as in commit b382c08656
("sock, diag: fix panic in sock_diag_put_filterinfo"), that is,
native eBPF programs don't store an original program since this
is only needed in cBPF ones.
However, sk_get_filter() wasn't updated to test for this at the
time when eBPF could be attached. Just throw an error to the user
to indicate that eBPF cannot be dumped over this interface.
That way, it can also be known that a program _is_ attached (as
opposed to just return 0), and a different (future) method needs
to be consulted for a dump.
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I accidentally cleared fastopenq.max_qlen in reqsk_queue_alloc()
while max_qlen can be set before listen() is called,
using TCP_FASTOPEN socket option for example.
Fixes: 0536fcc039 ("tcp: prepare fastopen code for upcoming listener changes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYN_RECV & TIMEWAIT sockets are not full blown, they do not have a
sk_dst_cache pointer.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before letting request sockets being put in TCP/DCCP regular
ehash table, we need to add either :
- SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU flag to their kmem_cache
- add RCU grace period before freeing them.
Since we carefully respected the SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU protocol
like ESTABLISH and TIMEWAIT sockets, use it here.
req_prot_init() being only used by TCP and DCCP, I did not add
a new slab_flags into their rsk_prot, but reuse prot->slab_flags
Since all reqsk_alloc() users are correctly dealing with a failure,
add the __GFP_NOWARN flag to avoid traces under pressure.
Fixes: 079096f103 ("tcp/dccp: install syn_recv requests into ehash table")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
{cls,act}_bpf can now set the skb->priority from an eBPF program based
on various critera, so that for example classful qdiscs like multiq can
update the skb's priority during enqueue time and further push it down
into subsequent qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using routing realms as part of the classifier is quite useful, it
can be viewed as a tag for one or multiple routing entries (think of
an analogy to net_cls cgroup for processes), set by user space routing
daemons or via iproute2 as an indicator for traffic classifiers and
later on processed in the eBPF program.
Unlike actions, the classifier can inspect device flags and enable
netif_keep_dst() if necessary. tc actions don't have that possibility,
but in case people know what they are doing, it can be used from there
as well (e.g. via devs that must keep dsts by design anyway).
If a realm is set, the handler returns the non-zero realm. User space
can set the full 32bit realm for the dst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we need to add further flags to the bpf_prog structure, lets migrate
both bools to a bitfield representation. The size of the base structure
(excluding insns) remains unchanged at 40 bytes.
Add also tags for the kmemchecker, so that it doesn't throw false
positives. Even in case gcc would generate suboptimal code, it's not
being accessed in performance critical paths.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be aligned with obj.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This control variable was set at first listen(fd, backlog)
call, but not updated if application tried to increase or decrease
backlog. It made sense at the time listener had a non resizeable
hash table.
Also rounding to powers of two was not very friendly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is enough to check listener sk_state, no need for an extra
condition.
max_qlen_log can be moved into struct request_sock_queue
We can remove syn_wait_lock and the alignment it enforced.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use hash_rnd, nr_table_entries and syn_table[]
For a listener with a backlog of 10 millions sockets, this
saves 80 MBytes of vmalloced memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this patch, we insert request sockets into TCP/DCCP
regular ehash table (where ESTABLISHED and TIMEWAIT sockets
are) instead of using the per listener hash table.
ACK packets find SYN_RECV pseudo sockets without having
to find and lock the listener.
In nominal conditions, this halves pressure on listener lock.
Note that this will allow for SO_REUSEPORT refinements,
so that we can select a listener using cpu/numa affinities instead
of the prior 'consistent hash', since only SYN packets will
apply this selection logic.
We will shrink listen_sock in the following patch to ease
code review.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ying Cai <ycai@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlen_inc & young_inc were protected by listener lock,
while qlen_dec & young_dec were atomic fields.
Everything needs to be atomic for upcoming lockless listener.
Also move qlen/young in request_sock_queue as we'll get rid
of struct listen_sock eventually.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct request_sock_queue fields are currently protected
by the listener 'lock' (not a real spinlock)
We need to add a private spinlock instead, so that softirq handlers
creating children do not have to worry with backlog notion
that the listener 'lock' carries.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering neighbor dumps by master device by adding
the NDA_MASTER attribute to the dump request. A new netlink flag,
NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED, is added to indicate the kernel supports the
request and output is filtered as requested.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While auditing TCP stack for upcoming 'lockless' listener changes,
I found I had to change fastopen_init_queue() to properly init the object
before publishing it.
Otherwise an other cpu could try to lock the spinlock before it gets
properly initialized.
Instead of adding appropriate barriers, just remove dynamic memory
allocations :
- Structure is 28 bytes on 64bit arches. Using additional 8 bytes
for holding a pointer seems overkill.
- Two listeners can share same cache line and performance would suffer.
If we really want to save few bytes, we would instead dynamically allocate
whole struct request_sock_queue in the future.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier patch 6ae459bda tried to detect void ckecksum partial
skb by comparing pull length to checksum offset. But it does
not work for all cases since checksum-offset depends on
updates to skb->data.
Following patch fixes it by validating checksum start offset
after skb-data pointer is updated. Negative value of checksum
offset start means there is no need to checksum.
Fixes: 6ae459bda ("skbuff: Fix skb checksum flag on skb pull")
Reported-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@odin.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason we were carrying the budget value around between the
various calls to napi->poll. If for example one of the drivers called had
a bug in which it returned a non-zero value for work this could result in
the budget value becoming negative.
Rather than carry around a value of budget that is 0 or less we can instead
just loop through and pass 0 to each napi->poll call. If any driver
returns a value for work done that is non-zero then we can report that
driver and continue rather than allowing a bad actor to make the budget
value negative and pass that negative value to napi->poll.
Note, the only actual change here is that instead of letting budget become
negative we are keeping it at 0 regardless of the value returned for work
since it should not be possible for the polling routine to do any actual
work with a budget of 0. So if the polling routine returns a non-0 value
we are just reporting it and continuing with a budget of 0 rather than
letting that work value be subtracted from the budget of 0.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise 4294967295 (MBit/s) (-1) will be printed when there is no link.
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net does not state if this shall be
signed or unsigned.
Also remove the now unused variable fmt_udec.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@systec-electronic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/arp.c
The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __netdev_find_adj() helper does not use its first argument, only the
device to find and list to walk through.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_find_net_device_by_node() uses class_find_device() internally to
lookup the corresponding network device. class_find_device() returns
a reference to the embedded struct device, with its refcount
incremented.
Add a comment to the definition in net/core/net-sysfs.c indicating the
need to drop this refcount, and fix the DSA code to drop this refcount
when the OF-generated platform data is cleaned up and freed. Also
arrange for the ref to be dropped when handling errors.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dump_rules returns skb length and not error.
But when family == AF_UNSPEC, the caller of dump_rules
assumes that it returns an error. Hence, when family == AF_UNSPEC,
we continue trying to dump on -EMSGSIZE errors resulting in
incorrect dump idx carried between skbs belonging to the same dump.
This results in fib rule dump always only dumping rules that fit
into the first skb.
This patch fixes dump_rules to return error so that we exit correctly
and idx is correctly maintained between skbs that are part of the
same dump.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers might call napi_disable while not holding the napi instance poll_lock.
In those instances, its possible for a race condition to exist between
poll_one_napi and napi_disable. That is to say, poll_one_napi only tests the
NAPI_STATE_SCHED bit to see if there is work to do during a poll, and as such
the following may happen:
CPU0 CPU1
ndo_tx_timeout napi_poll_dev
napi_disable poll_one_napi
test_and_set_bit (ret 0)
test_bit (ret 1)
reset adapter napi_poll_routine
If the adapter gets a tx timeout without a napi instance scheduled, its possible
for the adapter to think it has exclusive access to the hardware (as the napi
instance is now scheduled via the napi_disable call), while the netpoll code
thinks there is simply work to do. The result is parallel hardware access
leading to corrupt data structures in the driver, and a crash.
Additionaly, there is another, more critical race between netpoll and
napi_disable. The disabled napi state is actually identical to the scheduled
state for a given napi instance. The implication being that, if a napi instance
is disabled, a netconsole instance would see the napi state of the device as
having been scheduled, and poll it, likely while the driver was dong something
requiring exclusive access. In the case above, its fairly clear that not having
the rings in a state ready to be polled will cause any number of crashes.
The fix should be pretty easy. netpoll uses its own bit to indicate that that
the napi instance is in a state of being serviced by netpoll (NAPI_STATE_NPSVC).
We can just gate disabling on that bit as well as the sched bit. That should
prevent netpoll from conducting a napi poll if we convert its set bit to a
test_and_set_bit operation to provide mutual exclusion
Change notes:
V2)
Remove a trailing whtiespace
Resubmit with proper subject prefix
V3)
Clean up spacing nits
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: jmaxwell@redhat.com
Tested-by: jmaxwell@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as already the case in bpf_redirect()/skb_do_redirect()
pair, let the stack deal with devs that are !IFF_UP.
dev_forward_skb() as well as dev_queue_xmit() will free the skb
and increment drop counter internally in such cases, so we can
spare the condition in bpf_clone_redirect().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing bpf_clone_redirect() helper clones skb before redirecting
it to RX or TX of destination netdev.
Introduce bpf_redirect() helper that does that without cloning.
Benchmarked with two hosts using 10G ixgbe NICs.
One host is doing line rate pktgen.
Another host is configured as:
$ tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section clone_redirect_xmit drop
so it receives the packet on $dev and immediately xmits it on $dev + 1
The section 'clone_redirect_xmit' in tcbpf1_kern.o file has the program
that does bpf_clone_redirect() and performance is 2.0 Mpps
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit drop
which is using bpf_redirect() - 2.4 Mpps
and using cls_bpf with integrated actions as:
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 \
bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit integ_act classid 1
performance is 2.5 Mpps
To summarize:
u32+act_bpf using clone_redirect - 2.0 Mpps
u32+act_bpf using redirect - 2.4 Mpps
cls_bpf using redirect - 2.5 Mpps
For comparison linux bridge in this setup is doing 2.1 Mpps
and ixgbe rx + drop in ip_rcv - 7.8 Mpps
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often cls_bpf classifier is used with single action drop attached.
Optimize this use case and let cls_bpf return both classid and action.
For backwards compatibility reasons enable this feature under
TCA_BPF_FLAG_ACT_DIRECT flag.
Then more interesting programs like the following are easier to write:
int cls_bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
/* classify arp, ip, ipv6 into different traffic classes
* and drop all other packets
*/
switch (skb->protocol) {
case htons(ETH_P_ARP):
skb->tc_classid = 1;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IP):
skb->tc_classid = 2;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IPV6):
skb->tc_classid = 3;
break;
default:
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
return TC_ACT_OK;
}
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is immediately motivated by the bridge code that chains functions that
call into netfilter. Without passing net into the okfns the bridge code would
need to guess about the best expression for the network namespace to process
packets in.
As net is frequently one of the first things computed in continuation functions
after netfilter has done it's job passing in the desired network namespace is in
many cases a code simplification.
To support this change the function dst_output_okfn is introduced to
simplify passing dst_output as an okfn. For the moment dst_output_okfn
just silently drops the struct net.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_receive_skb_sk is only called once in the bridge code, replace
it with a bridge specific function that calls netif_receive_skb.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A function with weird arguments that it will never use to accomdate a
netfilter callback prototype is absolutely in the core of the
networking stack. Frankly it does not make sense and it causes a lot
of confusion as to why arguments that are never used are being passed
to the function.
As I am preparing to make a second change to arguments to the okfn even
the names stops making sense.
As I have removed the two callers of this function remove this confusion
from the networking stack.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redo commit ed1acc8cd8.
Commit 822b3b2ebf ("net: Add max rate tx queue
attribute") moved get_netdev_queue_index around, but kept the old version.
Probably because of a reuse of the original patch from before Eric's change to
that function.
Remove one inline keyword, and no need for a loop to find
an index into a table.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Fixes: 822b3b2ebf ("net: Add max rate tx queue attribute")
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unneeded NULL test.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@ expression x; @@
-if (x != NULL) {
\(kmem_cache_destroy\|mempool_destroy\|dma_pool_destroy\)(x);
x = NULL;
-}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many commonly used functions like getifaddrs() invoke RTM_GETLINK
to dump the interface information, and do not need the
the AF_INET6 statististics that are always returned by default
from rtnl_fill_ifinfo().
Computing the statistics can be an expensive operation that impacts
scaling, so it is desirable to avoid this if the information is
not needed.
This patch adds a the RTEXT_FILTER_SKIP_STATS extended info flag that
can be passed with netlink_request() to avoid statistics computation
for the ifinfo path.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
problem reported:
kernel 4.1.3
------------
# bridge vlan
port vlan ids
eth0 1 PVID Egress Untagged
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
vmbr0 1 PVID Egress Untagged
94
kernel 4.2
-----------
# bridge vlan
port vlan ids
ndo_bridge_getlink can return -EOPNOTSUPP when an interfaces
ndo_bridge_getlink op is set to switchdev_port_bridge_getlink
and CONFIG_SWITCHDEV is not defined. This today can happen to
bond, rocker and team devices. This patch adds -EOPNOTSUPP
checks after calls to ndo_bridge_getlink.
Fixes: 85fdb95672 ("switchdev: cut over to new switchdev_port_bridge_getlink")
Reported-by: Alexandre DERUMIER <aderumier@odiso.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of always emitting BPF_REG_X, let's emit BPF_REG_X only when the
source actually is BPF_X. This causes programs generated by the classic
converter to not be importable via bpf(), as the eBPF verifier checks that
the src_reg is correct or 0. While not a problem yet, this will be a
problem when BPF_PROG_DUMP lands, and we can potentially dump and re-import
programs generated by the converter.
Signed-off-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
CC: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches IPv6 policy routing to use the shared
fib_default_rule_pref() function of IPv4 and DECnet. It is also used in
multicast routing for IPv4 as well as IPv6.
The motivation for this patch is a complaint about iproute2 behaving
inconsistent between IPv4 and IPv6 when adding policy rules: Formerly,
IPv6 rules were assigned a fixed priority of 0x3FFF whereas for IPv4 the
assigned priority value was decreased with each rule added.
Since then all users of the default_pref field have been converted to
assign the generic function fib_default_rule_pref(), fib_nl_newrule()
may just use it directly instead. Therefore get rid of the function
pointer altogether and make fib_default_rule_pref() static, as it's not
used outside fib_rules.c anymore.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
diag socket's sock_diag_put_filterinfo() dumps classic BPF programs
upon request to user space (ss -0 -b). However, native eBPF programs
attached to sockets (SO_ATTACH_BPF) cannot be dumped with this method:
Their orig_prog is always NULL. However, sock_diag_put_filterinfo()
unconditionally tries to access its filter length resp. wants to copy
the filter insns from there. Internal cBPF to eBPF transformations
attached to sockets don't have this issue, as orig_prog state is kept.
It's currently only used by packet sockets. If we would want to add
native eBPF support in the future, this needs to be done through
a different attribute than PACKET_DIAG_FILTER to not confuse possible
user space disassemblers that work on diag data.
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These cannot live in net/core/flow.c which only builds when XFRM is
enabled.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just have a flags member instead.
In file included from include/linux/linkage.h:4:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:6,
from net/core/flow_dissector.c:1:
In function 'flow_keys_hash_start',
inlined from 'flow_hash_from_keys' at net/core/flow_dissector.c:553:34:
>> include/linux/compiler.h:447:38: error: call to '__compiletime_assert_459' declared with attribute error: BUILD_BUG_ON failed: FLOW_KEYS_HASH_OFFSET % sizeof(u32)
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ___skb_get_hash ignore return value from skb_flow_dissect_flow_keys.
A failure in that function likely means that there was a parse error,
so we may as well use whatever fields were found before the error was
hit. This is also good because it means we won't keep trying to derive
the hash on subsequent calls to skb_get_hash for the same packet.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should stop
when encapsulation is detected (IP/IP or GRE). Also, add a key_control
flag that indicates encapsulation was encountered during the
dissection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
stopped when a flow label is encountered. Presumably, the flow label
is derived from a sufficient hash of an inner transport packet so
further dissection is not needed (that is ports are not included in
the flow hash). Using the flow label instead of ports has the additional
benefit that packet fragments should hash to same value as non-fragments
for a flow (assuming that the same flow label is used).
We set this flag by default in for skb_get_hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
stopped when an L3 packet is encountered. This would be useful if a
caller just wanted to get IP addresses of the outermost header (e.g.
to do an L3 hash).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse NEXTHDR_FRAGMENT. When seen account for it in the fragment bits of
key_control. Also, check if first fragment should be parsed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
attempted on a first fragment. Also add key_control flags to indicate
that a packet is a fragment or first fragment.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags argument will allow control of the dissection process (for
instance whether to parse beyond L3).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of returning immediately (on a parsing failure for instance) we
jump to cleanup code. This always sets protocol values in key_control
(even on a failure there is still valid information in the key_tags that
was set before the problem was hit).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create __get_hash_from_flowi6 and __get_hash_from_flowi4 to get the
flow keys and hash based on flowi structures. These are called by
__skb_get_hash_flowi6 and __skb_get_hash_flowi4. Also, created
get_hash_from_flowi6 and get_hash_from_flowi4 which can be called
when just the hash value for a flowi is needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move __skb_set_sw_hash to skbuff.h and add __skb_set_hash which is
a common method (between __skb_set_sw_hash and skb_set_hash) to set
the hash in an skbuff.
Also, move skb_clear_hash to be closer to __skb_set_hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
opts_size is only written and never read. Following patch
removes this unused variable.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the following case doesn't use DCTCP, even if it should:
A responder has f.e. Cubic as system wide default, but for a specific
route to the initiating host, DCTCP is being set in RTAX_CC_ALGO. The
initiating host then uses DCTCP as congestion control, but since the
initiator sets ECT(0), tcp_ecn_create_request() doesn't set ecn_ok,
and we have to fall back to Reno after 3WHS completes.
We were thinking on how to solve this in a minimal, non-intrusive
way without bloating tcp_ecn_create_request() needlessly: lets cache
the CA ecn option flag in RTAX_FEATURES. In other words, when ECT(0)
is set on the SYN packet, set ecn_ok=1 iff route RTAX_FEATURES
contains the unexposed (internal-only) DST_FEATURE_ECN_CA. This allows
to only do a single metric feature lookup inside tcp_ecn_create_request().
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's currently nothing preventing directing packets with IPv6
encapsulation data to IPv4 tunnels (and vice versa). If this happens,
IPv6 addresses are incorrectly interpreted as IPv4 ones.
Track whether the given ip_tunnel_key contains IPv4 or IPv6 data. Store this
in ip_tunnel_info. Reject packets at appropriate places if they are supposed
to be encapsulated into an incompatible protocol.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few useful tracepoints developing VRF driver.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we catch future netpoll_send_udp users who use it without
disabling irqs and also as a hint for poll_controller users.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Printing a warning in alloc_netdev_mqs() if tx_queue_len is zero and
IFF_NO_QUEUE not set is not appropriate since drivers may use one of the
alloc_netdev* macros instead of alloc_etherdev*, thereby not
intentionally leaving tx_queue_len uninitialized. Instead check here if
tx_queue_len is zero and set IFF_NO_QUEUE, so the value of tx_queue_len
can be ignored in net/sched_generic.c.
Fixes: 906470c ("net: warn if drivers set tx_queue_len = 0")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The symbol '__sk_reclaim' is not present in the current tree. Apparently
'__sk_reclaim' was meant to be '__sk_mem_reclaim', so fix it with the
right symbol name for the kernel doc.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Cc: Hideo Aoki <haoki@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add info that is passed along with NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For classifiers getting invoked via tc_classify(), we always need an
extra function call into tc_classify_compat(), as both are being
exported as symbols and tc_classify() itself doesn't do much except
handling of reclassifications when tp->classify() returned with
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY.
CBQ and ATM are the only qdiscs that directly call into tc_classify_compat(),
all others use tc_classify(). When tc actions are being configured
out in the kernel, tc_classify() effectively does nothing besides
delegating.
We could spare this layer and consolidate both functions. pktgen on
single CPU constantly pushing skbs directly into the netif_receive_skb()
path with a dummy classifier on ingress qdisc attached, improves
slightly from 22.3Mpps to 23.1Mpps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to indicate to tunnel driver that key.tun_id is set,
otherwise gre won't recognize the metadata.
Fixes: d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix following warnings.
.//net/core/skbuff.c:407: warning: No description found
for parameter 'len'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:407: warning: Excess function parameter
'length' description in '__netdev_alloc_skb'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:476: warning: No description found
for parameter 'len'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:476: warning: Excess function parameter
'length' description in '__napi_alloc_skb'
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cfg and family arguments to lwt build state functions. cfg is a void
pointer and will either be a pointer to a fib_config or fib6_config
structure. The family parameter indicates which one (either AF_INET
or AF_INET6).
LWT encpasulation implementation may use the fib configuration to build
the LWT state.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c48a11c7ad ("netvm: propagate page->pfmemalloc to skb") added
checks for page->pfmemalloc to __skb_fill_page_desc():
if (page->pfmemalloc && !page->mapping)
skb->pfmemalloc = true;
It assumes page->mapping == NULL implies that page->pfmemalloc can be
trusted. However, __delete_from_page_cache() can set set page->mapping
to NULL and leave page->index value alone. Due to being in union, a
non-zero page->index will be interpreted as true page->pfmemalloc.
So the assumption is invalid if the networking code can see such a page.
And it seems it can. We have encountered this with a NFS over loopback
setup when such a page is attached to a new skbuf. There is no copying
going on in this case so the page confuses __skb_fill_page_desc which
interprets the index as pfmemalloc flag and the network stack drops
packets that have been allocated using the reserves unless they are to
be queued on sockets handling the swapping which is the case here and
that leads to hangs when the nfs client waits for a response from the
server which has been dropped and thus never arrive.
The struct page is already heavily packed so rather than finding another
hole to put it in, let's do a trick instead. We can reuse the index
again but define it to an impossible value (-1UL). This is the page
index so it should never see the value that large. Replace all direct
users of page->pfmemalloc by page_is_pfmemalloc which will hide this
nastiness from unspoiled eyes.
The information will get lost if somebody wants to use page->index
obviously but that was the case before and the original code expected
that the information should be persisted somewhere else if that is
really needed (e.g. what SLAB and SLUB do).
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix blooper in slub]
Fixes: c48a11c7ad ("netvm: propagate page->pfmemalloc to skb")
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Debugged-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.com>
Debugged-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.6+]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, the lwtunnel state resides in per-protocol data. This is
a problem if we encapsulate ipv6 traffic in an ipv4 tunnel (or vice versa).
The xmit function of the tunnel does not know whether the packet has been
routed to it by ipv4 or ipv6, yet it needs the lwtstate data. Moving the
lwtstate data to dst_entry makes such inter-protocol tunneling possible.
As a bonus, this brings a nice diffstat.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the IPv6 addresses as an union with IPv4 ones. When using IPv4, the
newly introduced padding after the IPv4 addresses needs to be zeroed out.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the introduction of IFF_NO_QUEUE, there is a better way for
drivers to indicate that no qdisc should be attached by default. Though,
the old convention can't be dropped since ignoring that setting would
break drivers still using it. Instead, add a warning so out-of-tree
driver maintainers get a chance to adjust their code before we finally
get rid of any special handling of tx_queue_len == 0.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function updates a checksum field value and skb->csum based on
a value which is the difference between the old and new checksum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_proto_csum_replace4,2,16 take a pseudohdr argument which indicates
the checksum field carries a pseudo header. This argument should be a
boolean instead of an int.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the capability to redirect dst input in the same way
that dst output is redirected by LWT.
Also, save the original dst.input and and dst.out when setting up
lwtunnel redirection. These can be called by the client as a pass-
through.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 10e4ea751 ("net: Fix race condition in store_rps_map") has moved the
manipulation of the rps_needed jump label under a spinlock. Since changing
the state of a jump label may sleep this is incorrect and causes warnings
during runtime.
Make rps_map_lock a mutex to allow sleeping under it.
Fixes: 10e4ea751 ("net: Fix race condition in store_rps_map")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent refactoring of the IGMP and MLD parsing code into
ipv6_mc_check_mld() / ip_mc_check_igmp() introduced a potential crash /
BUG() invocation for bridges:
I wrongly assumed that skb_get() could be used as a simple reference
counter for an skb which is not the case. skb_get() bears additional
semantics, a user count. This leads to a BUG() invocation in
pskb_expand_head() / kernel panic if pskb_may_pull() is called on an skb
with a user count greater than one - unfortunately the refactoring did
just that.
Fixing this by removing the skb_get() call and changing the API: The
caller of ipv6_mc_check_mld() / ip_mc_check_igmp() now needs to
additionally check whether the returned skb_trimmed is a clone.
Fixes: 9afd85c9e4 ("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig
The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_queue_destroy() and reqsk_queue_unlink() should use
del_timer_sync() instead of del_timer() before calling reqsk_put(),
otherwise we could free a req still used by another cpu.
But before doing so, reqsk_queue_destroy() must release syn_wait_lock
spinlock or risk a dead lock, as reqsk_timer_handler() might
need to take this same spinlock from reqsk_queue_unlink() (called from
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_drop())
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an explicit neighbour table overflow message (ratelimited) and
statistic to make diagnosing neighbour table overflows tractable in
the wild.
Diagnosing a neighbour table overflow can be quite difficult in the wild
because there is no explicit dmesg logged. Callers to neighbour code
seem to use net_dbg_ratelimit when the neighbour call fails which means
the "base message" is not emitted and the callback suppressed messages
from the ratelimiting can end-up juxtaposed with unrelated messages.
Further, a forced garbage collection will increment a stat on each call
whether it was successful in freeing-up a table entry or not, so that
statistic is only a hint. So, add a net_info_ratelimited message and
explicit statistic to the neighbour code.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition in store_rps_map that allows jump label
count in rps_needed to go below zero. This can happen when
concurrently attempting to set and a clear map.
Scenario:
1. rps_needed count is zero
2. New map is assigned by setting thread, but rps_needed count _not_ yet
incremented (rps_needed count still zero)
2. Map is cleared by second thread, old_map set to that just assigned
3. Second thread performs static_key_slow_dec, rps_needed count now goes
negative
Fix is to increment or decrement rps_needed under the spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1fbe4b46ca "net: pktgen: kill the Wait for kthread_stop
code in pktgen_thread_worker()" removed (in particular) the final
__set_current_state(TASK_RUNNING) and I didn't notice the previous
set_current_state(TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE). This triggers the warning
in __might_sleep() after return.
Afaics, we can simply remove both set_current_state()'s, and we
could do this a long ago right after ef87979c27 "pktgen: better
scheduler friendliness" which changed pktgen_thread_worker() to
use wait_event_interruptible_timeout().
Reported-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 738ac1ebb9 ("net: Clone
skb before setting peeked flag") introduced a use-after-free bug
in skb_recv_datagram. This is because skb_set_peeked may create
a new skb and free the existing one. As it stands the caller will
continue to use the old freed skb.
This patch fixes it by making skb_set_peeked return the new skb
(or the old one if unchanged).
Fixes: 738ac1ebb9 ("net: Clone skb before setting peeked flag")
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the locally-generated packet path skb->protocol may not be set and
this is required for the lwtunnel encap in order to get the lwtstate.
This would otherwise have been set by ip_output or ip6_output so set
skb->protocol prior to calling the lwtunnel encap
function. Additionally set skb->dev in case it is needed further down
the transmit path.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb->hash to the __sk_buff offset map, so it can be accessed from
an eBPF program. We currently already do this for classic BPF filters,
but not yet on eBPF, it might be useful as a demuxer in combination with
helpers like bpf_clone_redirect(), toy example:
__section("cls-lb") int ingress_main(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
unsigned int which = 3 + (skb->hash & 7);
/* bpf_skb_store_bytes(skb, ...); */
/* bpf_l{3,4}_csum_replace(skb, ...); */
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, which, 0);
return -1;
}
I was thinking whether to add skb_get_hash(), but then concluded the
raw skb->hash seems fine in this case: we can directly access the hash
w/o extra eBPF helper function call, it's filled out by many NICs on
ingress, and in case the entropy level would not be sufficient, people
can still implement their own specific sw fallback hash mix anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_get_hash_flowi6 and skb_get_hash_flowi4 which derive an sk_buff
hash from flowi6 and flowi4 structures respectively. These functions
can be called when creating a packet in the output path where the new
sk_buff does not yet contain a fully formed packet that is parsable by
flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helpers to let eBPF programs attached to TC manipulate tunnel metadata:
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key(skb, key, size, flags)
skb: pointer to skb
key: pointer to 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
size: size of 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
flags: room for future extensions
First eBPF program that uses these helpers will allocate per_cpu
metadata_dst structures that will be used on TX.
On RX metadata_dst is allocated by tunnel driver.
Typical usage for TX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey;
... populate tkey ...
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
RX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey = {};
bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
... lookup or redirect based on tkey ...
'struct bpf_tunnel_key' will be extended in the future by adding
elements to the end and the 'size' argument will indicate which fields
are populated, thereby keeping backwards compatibility.
The 'flags' argument may be used as well when the 'size' is not enough or
to indicate completely different layout of bpf_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
